SIXTH EDITION

r-
o~
..-LQ
I <;j'
..-0)
O~
"-z
Um (J)
 NSCP C101 10

NATIONAL
!
j
STRUCTURAL
!
"

CODE OF THE
I
I, PHILIPPINES
2010

VOLUME I
BUILDINGS, TOWERS AND
OTHER VERTICAL STRUCTURES

SIXTH EDITION

Associ ation of St ructura l E ngineers of the Ph ilippines

Suitt' 7 13, Future Point Plaza Co ndominiu m 1
11 2 P a na y Aven ue, Q uezon C ity, Philippi nes 1100

Tel. Nil : (+632) 410-0483

Fax Nil. : (+632) 411-8606
Em a i I : i!:'i~'jl!.l.nJj..l.\~.~(f.g.!_"lJ.i.!jl~_\}.!J~
\ Veh s ite: ht t p:// www.asepllnline.llr g

National Structu ral Code of the Philippines 6 !il Edition Volume 1

NSCP C10110

NATIONAL
SrRUCTURAL
CODE OF THE
PHILIPPINES
2010

VOLUME I
BUILDINGS, TOWERS AND
OTHER VERTICAL STRUCTURES

SIXTH EDITION

Associati on of Structural Engine ers of the Philippines

 NAT IONAL STRUCTURA L CODE OF T HE PHILIPPINES (NSCP)
CIO I-I O
Volu me I
Buildings, Towers and Other Vertical Structures
Sixth Edition, 20 I 0, First Printin g

Copyright @ 2010, The Association of Structural Enginee rs of the Philippines, Inc. (ASEP)
All rights reserved. This publication or any part thereof must not be reproduced in any fonn without the written permi ssion
of the Association Structural Engineers of the Philipp ines, Inc. (ASEP).

ISSN No.: 2094-5477

PUBLI SHER

Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines, Inc. (ASEP)

Suite 7 13 Future Point Plaza Condominium
1 12 P anay Avenue, Quezon City,
1100 Philippine s
Teleph one Nos. (+632) 410 -04 83
Facsimile No. (+6 32) 4 11-860 6
E-mail address aseponline@gmail.com
Website http:// www.asepo nIine.org

The Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines. Inc. (ASEP) is a professional Association founded in August
1961 to represent the structural engineering community nationwide. This document is published in keeping with the
association's object ives:

Maintenance of high ethical and professional standards in the practice of structural engineering;
Advancement of structural engineering knowledge;
Promotion of good public and private clientele relationship; and
Fellowship among structural engineers. and professional relations with other allied technical and scientific
organizations.

Print History

First Edition, 1972

Second Edition, 198 1
Third Edi tion, 1987
Fourth Edition, 1992
Fifth Ed ition, 200 I
Sixth Ed ition. 20 I0

National Structural Code of the Philippines s" Edition Volume 1

 FOREWORD

For the protection of public life and propert y. the design of struc tures and the preparation of
structural plans for their construction have to be contro lled and regulated . For almost four decade s now.
this control has been exe rcised in this country by the Natio nal Structural Code of the Philippines with the
initial publication by the Associ ation of Structural Engineers of the Philippi nes (ASE P) of the National
S tructural Code for Buildings. T he CUrrent publication of the 6'h Edition of NSC P C 10 1-10 for buildings.
towers and other vertical struc tures is the affi rma tion of the mandate of the ASE P to co ntinuously update
the National Structural Code of the Philippines with the latest tech nological developme nts. While
attaining a lega l status in its use as a re ferra l code of the Na tional Building Code, NSC P C IOI -1O is a
pu blication of high techni cal value in matters of structural co ncerns .

The NSCP C I0 I-l Oi s not only completely new in its techni cal substance but also in its formal. It
has bee n a product of a sustained effort of ASE P spanning nine years and the fruition of this endeavor has
fina lly co me to reality during my incumbency. It is therefore with a deep feelin g of gratitude and pride
that I co mmend the members of the ASEP Board. the Codes and Standards C ommittee and the Publicity
and Publ ications Committee for their acco mplishments.

May 20 10.

AD~~S,
President
F. ASEP

Associat ion ofStructural Engineers of the

Philippin es. 2009-2010

Association of Structural Engineers of the Philip pines

 PREFACE TO THE NSCP SIXTH EDITI ON
J. Introductio n

ASEP recognizes the need for an up-to-date structural code addre ssing the design and installation of building
structural systems through requirements emphasizing performance. The new National Structural Code of the
Philippines (NSCP) is designed 10 meet these needs through various model codes/regulations, generally from the
United States, to safeguard the public health and safety nationwide.

This updated Structural Code establishes minimum requirements for building structural systems using prescriptive
and performance-based provisions. It is founded on broad-based principles that make possible the usc of new
materials and new building designs. Also, this code [cOCCIS the latest seismic design practice for ea rthquake resistant
structures.

2. Changes and Develo pme nts

In its drive 10 upgrade and update the NSCP, the ASE P Codes and Standards Commi ttee initially wanted to adopt
the latest editions of American code counterpa rts. However, for cases where avail able local data is limited 10
sup port the upgrade , then so me prov isions and procedures of the NSCP 5th edition wcre retained .

This NSCP 61 h edition is based on the following international codes and refe rences:
a. Uniform Building Code UBC-19 97 (adopted for Earthqu ake Loads)

b. Intern ational Bui lding Code IBC2009 (referenced)

c. American Society of Civil Engin eers ASC E70S (adopted for Wind Loads)

<I , America n Co ncrete Institute ACI31 S0SM

c. Ameri ca n Institute for Stee l Construction AISC-05 with Su ppleme ntar y Se ismic Provisions

f. Ameri can Iron and Steel Institute AISI S 1()()- 2007

g. Reinforced Masonry Engineering Handbook Ame rica

h. Concrete Masonry Handbook, 6th Edition

Sig nificant revisions arc summarized as follows:

a. Chapte r I - Ge nera l Req uire ments. The foll owing changes arc made in this cod e:

a. I Sec tio n 10 3 - Classifi cation of Buildings

School bui ldi ngs of more than one storey, hospi tals and designated evacuation centers are
added unde r the essenti al faciliti es category.
a.2 Secti on 104 - Design Require ments
Defl ection of any structural member under the serviceability requireme nt is deleted. For
concrete and steel materials see Chapter 4 and 5 respectivel y; new req uirements arc
added to the design review section.
3.3 Section 105 - Posting and Instrumentation
Th e provision of installed record ing accelerograph is adju sted .

Nation al Structural Code of the Philippines 6'" Edition Volume 1

 h. Cha pte r 2 - Minimum Design Loads. Th e changes made in th is co de arc as follows:

b. 1 Sect ion 203 - Co mbi nation o f Loads

The load factor val ues on wind 10"d5 are adj usted together with the inclu sion o f rai n
lo ads .
b.2 Secti on 205 - Live Loads

Additional loads arc incorporated in the table for min imum uniform an d co ncentra ted
load s.
b.3 Sec tion 207 - Wind Load s

Wind load provision s, which were pre viou s ly based on ASCE7- 95 . are upd ated by the
int rod uction of the Wind Direc tionality Fact or, Kd , based on ASCE7-05. The A NSI
ElAfT IA-222 -G is also referenced for wind loads on antennas .
Equation s for the gust effect fact ors for both rigid and flex ible struct ures are introduce d.
The se inc lude the gust effec t facto r for antennas. transmi ssion a nd latticed towe rs.
poles/posts. masts and transm ission lines based on ASCE Ma nual of Practice No .74
(Guidelines for Electrical Transmission Line Struc tura l Load ing) .
New for mulas are also introd uced for the natur al frequ en cy and dampin g ratio .
b.4 Sect ion 208 _. Earthquake Lo ad s

Basi cally , there arc no maj or c hanges on the earth quake pro vis ions due to the 11011-
a vailability of Phivolcs-issu ed spec tral accelerati on maps for all areas in the Philippines .
How e ve r, ASCE/S EI7-05 is recog nized as an altern ative pro cedure in the de termination
of th e ea rthq uake load s .
b.5 Sec tion 2 10 and Sectio n 2 11 - Environme ntal Loa ds

New sections on rain loads and flood loads are add ed .

c. Cha pter 3: Spcc ificuuo ns for Exca vati o ns a nd Geo mat crials. The revisions made in thi s updated
co de arc as foll ows:

c. I Pro visions pertaini ng to the conduct and inter preta tion of foundat ion investigat ions for
cases invo lving liquefiable. ex pa nsive or qu esti on able so ils arc adopted ;

c .2 The section on footings is ame nd ed 10 incorp o rate pro visions for diffe rent ial se ttle men t.
d esi gn loads a nd vibratory loads;

c.3 Th e section on pile foun dations is a me nded to incorp orate new provis ions o n splici ng of
con crete piles; a nd

c .4 T he section on special founda tion s, slop e stabili za tion a nd mate rials o f co nstru ctio n arc
added .

d. Chapte r 4: Structural Concrete. T he re vision s made in this updat ed code a rc as follows:

d .1 Sec tion 40 I - Ge nera l Req uirem en ts: Desi gn require me nts for eart hquake-resistant
structures arc updated base d o n ACI 3 18-0 8M which ment ion s the "Seismic Design
Ca tegor ies (S DCs) " of ASCEISEI 7-05. How ev er. in the ab sence of Phlvolcs-issuc d
spectral accelera tion ma ps for all a reas in the Phil ippines, the seismic loadi ng pro cedures
based on ASCE/SEI 7-05 is adopted as an alternative procedu re (see Section 208- 11).
The refore . bused on the Commentary of AC I 31 808. Sei smic Zo ne 2 (lIBe ( 7) was
ad op ted ill lieu 0 1" S DC C (ASCE/SE I 7-()5). S imila rly, Sei sm ic ZOIlC 4 is ado pted in
lieu 0 1" SDC, D, '" an d F;

Association of Structural Engineels of the Philippines

 d.2 Section 403 - Materials: New requirements for headed shear stud reinforcement, headed
deformed bars, and stainless steel bars are given with appropriate references to ASTM
standards;

d.S Section 404 ~ Durability Requirement: Exposure categories and classes, requirements or
concrete by exposure class arc adopted to replace the many tables of durability
requirements in Section 404, making it easier to clearly specify the intended application;

<1.4 Section 405 - Concrete Quality, Mixing, and Placing: The use of three 100 mm x 200
mm cylinders is adopted as equivalent to the usc of two 150 mill x 300 mm cylinders for
determining concrete compressive strength. Due to concern that material properties may
change with time, a 12-11l0nth limit is set on historical data used to qualify mixture
proportions and flexural test performance criteria are added to qualify the use of steel
fiber - reinforced concrete as a replacement for minimum shear reinforcement;

d.5 Section 407 - Details of Reinforcement: To avoid the misconception that there is no
minus tolerance on cover values given in the code, "minimum cover" is replaced with
"specified cover" throughout Section 407; Class B lap splices are now required for
structural integrity reinforcement; continuous top and bottom structural integrity
reinforcement are required to pass through the column core; and requirements for
transverse reinforcement confining structural integrity reinforcement in perimeter beams
are clarified;

d.6 Section 408 - Analysis and Design - General Considerations: Provisions arc modified 10
allow redistribution of positive moments; and a simple modeling procedure for
evaluation of lateral displacements is added;

d.7 Section 409 ~ Strength and Serviceability Requirements: Strength reduction factors for
compression-controlled sections (other structural members) is reduced from 0.70 to 0.65,
and shear and torsion for shear walls and frames in Seismic Zone 4 is reduced from 0.85
to 0.75, bearing on concrete (except for post-tensioning anchorage zones) is reduced
from 0.70 to 0.65. Strength reduction factors for strut-and-tie models, flexural sections in
prctensioncd members, are also added;

d.S Section 410 - Flexure and Axial Loads: The section on slenderness effects is reorganiz.ed
to recognize computer analysis techniques as the primary method of evaluating second-
order effects:

d.9 Section 411 ~ Shear and Torsion: Code requirements arc added to permit the lise of
headed stud assemblies as shear reinforcement for slabs and footings. The nominal shear
strength is permitted (0 be larger for headed stud assemblies than for other forms of slab
and footing shear reinforcement; more stringent limits are placed on the depths of
beams that are exempted from the requirement for minimum shear reinforcement; a new
limit 011 the depth of hollow core units for which minimum shear reinforcement could be
waived is established; steel fiber-reinforced concrete is added as an alternative to
minimum shear reinforcement: and the upper limit on shear friction strength is
significantly increased for monolithically placed concrete and concrete placed against
intentionally roughened concrete;

National Structural Code of the Philippines s" Edition Volume 1

 cUO Section 412 - Development and Splices of Reinforcement: Provisions are added for the
development length of headed deformed bars; splice length when splicing bars with
different sizes is addressed; and a coating factor of 1.0 for galvanized reinforcement is
added;

d.11 Section 4 J 3 - Two-Way Slab Systems: Dimension limits are added for the use of shear
caps; and alternative corner reinforcement arrangement is added for two-way slabs
supported ov edge beams or walls;

d.12 Section 414 ..- Walls: Design provisions for slender wall panels are modified to be more
consistent with the methods used in design practice;

d.13 Section 418 - Prestressed Concrete: The allowable concrete compression stress
immediately after prestress transfer is increased; and requirements for structural integrity
steel in two-way unbondcd post-tensioned slab systems are modified;

d.14 Section 4.20 - Strength Evaluation of Existing Structures: Load factors for determining
the required test load are modified to reflect typical modern load combinations;

d.15 Section 421 - Earthquake-Resistant Structures: This section presents the requirements for
Seismic Resistant Design from ASCEISEI 7-05, but instead of using the Seismic Design
Categories of ASCEfSEI 7-05, the equivalent Seismic Zones as per UBC 1997 are
specified. Also, new design requirements are added for such seismic zones; new
detailing option is added for diagonally reinforced coupling beams; design yield strength
for confinement reinforcement is raised to 690 MPa to help reduce congestion; and
boundary element confinement requirements is relaxed;

d.16 Section 423 - Anchoring to Concrete: Use of reinforcement in the vicinity of anchors and
ductility requirements for anchors in seismic zones arc clarified.

d.17 Section 425 - Alternative Provisions for Reinforced and Prestressed Concrete Flexural
and Compression Members: Revisions in Appendix B of ACI 318-08M is adopted;

d.18 Section 426 - Alternative Load and Strength Reduction Factors: Revisions in Appendix
C of ACI 318-08M is adopted; and

d.19 Section 427 - Strut-and-tie Models: Appendix A of ACI 318-08M is adopted in its
entirety.

e. Chapter 5: Structural Steel. The revisions made in this updated code are as follows:

e. J Adopted is an integrated treatment of the Allowable Stress Design (ASD) and the Load
and Resistance Factor Design (L.. RFD) such that the earlier Specification that treated only
the ASD method is retained;

c.2 In lieu of the previous method of analysis, a new method (Direct Analysis Method) is
adopted: and

cJ The cold formed steel design for building systems and structural members are included.

The chapter on steel design from NSCP 200! which covered Allowable Working Stress Design (ASD) is
fully updated (0 address usage, advances in the state of knowledge, and changes in design practice.

f. Chapter 6: Wood

rI The provisions in this chapter arc refined to incorporate local practices and corrections in
the previous version of the code (NSCP 2(01). Referrals arc made to the NSCP 2010

Associanon of Structural Engineers of tne Philippines

 Vol. III on Housing for relevant provisions concerning single-family dwellings / low-cost
housing;

[2 Tables from the previous version of NSCP 2001 includiog the Table containing specie
design information are amended to incorporate the latest updated information/ list of
wood species as provided by the Forest Products Research and Development Institute
(FPRDl);

1'.3 A provision that limit the use of wood shear walls and diaphragms is added; and

fA A section for Machine Graded Lumber (MGL) is included.

g. Chapter 7: Masonry

g.1 The provisions in this chapter are refined to include local practices and corrections from
the previous versioo of the code (NSCP 2001); referrals are made to the NSCP 2010 Vol.
III on Housing for relevant provisions concerning single-family dwellings / low-cost
housing;

g.2 Recycled aggregates are defined and provided;

g.3 A section for Seismic Design is added; and

g.4 Additional sections each for Masonry Fireplaces and Masonry Chimneys arc included.

This publication of the 6th Edition is a collective effort of the ASEP Board of Directors from 2007 to 2010, from
ASEP 's past presidents Christopher P. T Tamayo (2007-2008) and Wilfreda S. Lopez (2008-2009) and the ASEP
Codes and Standards Committee whose cooperation made this publication.

In addition, the ASEP Codes and Standards Committee is indebted to Philippine Institute of Volcanology and
Seismology (Phivolcs) and to Dir. Renata V. Solidum, Ph. D. for his unselfish contribution especially on Chapters 1
and 2 of this code.

Likewise, our thanks to all ASEP members and other users of the NSCP who have suggested improvements,
identified errors and recommended items for inclusion and omissions. Their suggestions have been carefully
considered.

ASr.~P also acknowledges the contribution of the industry partners, companies and individuals, who continue to
support ASEP's numerous undertakings.

3. Disclaimer

The reader is cautioned that professional judgment must be exercised when data or recommendations are applied.
The information presented has been prepared in accordance with recognized engineering principles and is for
genera! information only. This information should not be used or relied upon for any specific application without
competent professional examination and verification of its accuracy, suitability and applicability by a registered
engineer. Anyone.tuaking use of this information assumes allliabilities arising from such usc.

111
National Structural Code of the Philippines 6 Edition Volume 1
 . EXECUTIVE COMMiTTEE'!;
ADAM C ABINALES, m J\j: ., . ".A.S t;l' WI LFREDO S. LO PEZ, Mi.:M. ,"m:I'
ASEf>President, 2009-2010 ASHI' Pr(,s;(/('II1. 2008-2009

ANT HONY VLADIMIJ( C. PIMEN TEL, '''' '' CHR ISTOPHER P, T. TAMA YO, ,'Am'
ASEP vice-President. 2009-20JOalit! ASF;P President. 2007-2008
Managing Director, Codes (1 1/(/ Standards Commi ttee

EIVI I LO i\ t. i\ 10RA J ~ E..,) . !<lS CI' . .. "'s.:, ROM EO A. ESTA NERO. 1.. .Il. .Asn
Ctiainnan. Codes and S tandards Committer Advise r. Codes and Standards Comm ittee

CODES AND STANDARDS COMMITTEE

GENERAL REQUIREMENTS LOADS AND ACTIONS

CARLO S M. VIL LAIl AZA , ','.m CAR LOS M. VILLARAZA , ,'."'''

Cha irman Cha irman
VIRG IL IO C. CO LUMNA , M':"'~ ,. Lo\sn VIRG ILIO C. C O LU MNA , .~1t '>r . ' .ASH
Co- Cha irman Co-Ctvairman
IlO NALD O S. ISO N, r.,,"' . BENIT O 1\1. PACII ECO, ,....".. f-1.sn
RO N\VALOO E I\.I I\IAN UE L R. AQU INO , ~I SCL ~USEr CESAR I). PAHALAN. F.ASt:I'
Work Group Members RO NALDO S. ISO N, F.ASEI'
RONWALDO EMMANUE L R. AQUIN O, """" ""
RUTH n. MABILANGAN, M S ('f:. ~' .' S H
Work Group Members

EXCAVAnONS AND STRUCTURAL CONCRETE

GEOMA TERIALS
M ARK ZAU CO, 1'1111 .lO nGE P. GENOTA, U"[ f

Ctsainn an Chairman
ROY ANT H ONY LU NA, ~IS("l WILFR EDO S. LOPEZ, r.,\" El'
Co-Cboinnnn Co-Chairman
.JONATH AN R. Il lJNI;CA . " ". A ND HES WI NSTO N Co ORETA , 1'II._ 1I~'I .\"';r
MA RK K. MO RA LES, " ." RAMIL II. CIUSOLO, ,, ~""
DANIEL C. PEC KLE\, .JR., "'". .JUANITO C. CU NANAN, "A'"
BHIA N H. TA N. \ l., n: BLAS N. ESPINOSA, ... SH
Work Group Mombers BEUNAIU)O A. LI-:.J ANO, r~ jl.. MAS" I
Work Group Members
ARNEL R. AGUEL, ~I.ASH
Resource Person
HOi\'I EO A. I~S'rA N ERO , ho, IL t"-ASU '
Adviser

Association o f Structural EngineCfs of lhe Plulippines

 ff4EV.ft~;}: ~%'&;"ivE,GQ~~St~;'$JJ,}\NPAJu)Sl.pJmmg;.iJri~W1Jffl~~~~;~.
i:' -; . . :c~:t~~~~~~f;1!~tt~~ :-l;~~~I~~~t1~~~t~h!;~}.
Ai>T IJONY VLADIMIR C. PIM ENTEL, w " CHRISTOPIIICR P.T. TA MAYO, fA "~
Chairman Cbuirman
GILBERT n. MAGB UTAY, ~ 1 ."'SU ALAN C. AllAN, ".. . $fJl'
FREDERI CK FR ANCI S M . SISON, ...,," Co-Chairman
Co-Chairmen RI CO J . CA BANGO N, ".",rn,
ALLAN DERBY A. ALFI LER, ~l .A S n ACHILLES L. LUARDO , ..""
ALLAN B. llENOGSUDAN, MAm' ROY T . ROQ UE, M ....S)'J
EIlGA RDO S. CRUZ, :.t.Ast:J Work Group M embers
J ONATIJ AN G. SEVILLA, .".,,,,,
Work Group Memb ers

MASONkY ASEP SECRETARIAT

C IJRIST OI'IJE R P.T. TAMA YO, w o'

Chairman AlLYN C. ANONICA L
ALAN C. AHAN, F...\S EI' Administrati ve Officer
'Co-Ctiain nan MA Y A. JA CINTO
LEO pOL Da R. BUENA VENTURA, JR., ." " ,,"' Accou nl Offi cer
.lAY EMERSON V. LIM, "A."" CERELINE G. LU CASIA
Work Group Members JUNE B. C ArS
Adm inistrative Staff

National Structural Code of the Philippines Gill Edition Volume 1

 ASSOCIATION OF STRUCTURAL ENGINEERS OF THE
PHILIPPINES
COMMITTEE ON CODES AND STANDARDS (2007-2010)

Letter of Acknowledgement and App rec iation

. J wish to convey my deepest appreciation and thanks for the inva luab le service rendered by the
vario us volunteer cha irper sons and me mber s of the co mmittee s in making this major NSC P 20 10 6 '"
Ed ition a reality.

The tim e, money and per son al sac rifices rendered by the various Co mmittee Chairpersons a re
sincerely and deeply app reciat ed . Without these unse lfish contributions, ihis monumental task wou ld not
have been at all possible.

My sincerest thank s are also offered to our sponsors and benefactors who have responded to our
calI by support ing the NSCP through their adve rtisements which are very valuable in reducing the cos t of
printing to make the NSCP more affordab le and more widespread in distribu tion.

As we launch the NSC P 20 I0 6'" Edition, we stay committed towards disseminating the
imp ortant features and new revi sion s to the Code by conducting regional and city seminars as a service to
the civil engineering profession and also to help the structural engineerin g profession keep abreast with
the state of practice and state of the art in structural engineering.

As we have gone to this initial launch, we encourage the end -users to give us their inva luable
co mments to wards making the NSCP a living code and more rece ptive to the need s of Filipino enginee rs.

Spec ial thanks also go to the ASE P Presiden t and the Board of Direc tors and the AS E P
Se cre tariat for the valuab le s upport and assista nce given in the preparat ion of the re vised NSC P 20 10 6'"
Editio n.

EMILI
Chairm 11
Committee 011 Codes and Standards f or
NSC P 2010 6'10 Edition

Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippi nes

 ASSOCIATION OF STRUCTURAL ENGINEERS OF THE
PHILIPPINES
OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS (2009-2010)

OFFICERS:

ADAM C. ABINALES, MEng., F.ASEP

President
ANTHONY VLADIMIR C. PIMENTEL, F.ASEI'
Vice President
MIRIAM LUSICA-TAMA YO, MSCF" F.ASEP
Secretary
VIRGILIO B. COLUMNA, MEng.,F.ASEP
Treasu rer

DIRECTORS:

ANTONIO A. AVILA, M.ASEP

DANILO A. DOMINGO, M.ASEP
RONALDO S. ISON, FA SEP
FREDERICK FRANCIS M. SISON, M.ASEP
PEDRO M. TOLENTINO, JR., MASEP
VINCI NICHOLAS R. VILLASENOR, F.ASEP

WILFREDO S. LOP EZ, MCM.F.ASEP

Immediate Past Presi dent

COLLEGE OF FELLOWS:

ROMEO A. ESTANERO, I'h.I)., FA SEP

Chancellor
JORGE P. GENOTA, F.ASEI'
Scr ibe
CARLOS M. VILLARA ZA, F.ASE"
Burser

111
National Structural Code of the Philippines 6 Edition Volume 1
ASSOCIATION OF STRUCTURAL ENGINEERS OF THE
PHILIPPINES
OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS (2008-2009)

OFFICERS:

WILFREDO S. LOPEZ, MeM. F.ASEP

President
ADAM C. ABINALES, MEng., F.ASEP
Vice President
VIRGILIO C. COLUMNA, MEng.,F.ASEP
Secretary
VINCI NICOLAS R. VILLASENOR, F.ASEI'
Treasurer

DIRECTORS:

DANILO A. DOMINGO, M.ASEP

RONALDO S. ISON, F.ASEI'
JORGE P. GENOTA, F.ASEI'
FREDERICK FRANCIS M. SISON, M.ASEP
ANTHONY VLADIMIR C. PIMENTEL, F.ASEP
PEDRO M. TOLENTINO, JR., M.ASEP

CHRISTOPHERP. T. TAMAYO, F.ASEI'

Immediate Past President

COLLEGE OF FELLOWS:

ROMEO A. ESTANERO, I'h.D., F.ASEP

Chancellor
JORGE P. GENOTA, F.ASEP
Scribe

Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines

 ASSOCIATION OF STRUCTURAL ENGINEERS OF THE
PHILIPPINES
OFFI CERS AND DIRECTORS (2007-2008)

OFFI CERS:

CHRISTOPHER P. T. TAMAYO, F.ASEI'

President
WlLFREDO S. LO PE Z, MCM,FJ\SEI'
Vice President
VIRG ILIO C. COLUMNA, MEng., F.ASEI'
Secretary
ELMER P. FRANC ISCO , M.ASEP
Treasurer

DIRECTORS:

ADAM C. ABINALES, MElIg., FA SEI'

FE RDINAND A. BRIONES, M.ASEI'
DANILO A. DOMINGO, ~I.AS EP
RONALDO S. ISON, FASEI'
BERNARDO A. LEJ ANO, rn.u, MAS EI'
PEDRO M. TOLENTINO, J R., M.ASEI'

JORGE P. GENOTA, F.ASEP

Immediat e Past" Pr esident

COLLE GE OF FELLOWS:

ROMEO A. ESTANERO, Ph. D., F.ASEP

Chancellor
JORGE P. GE NOTA; F,ASEP
Scribe

National Structural Code of the Philippines 6'" Edition Volume 1

Department of Public Works and Highways

Association of Structural Engilwers of the Ptuupomes

 NSCP C101 -10

Chapter 1

GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

NATIONAL STRUCTURAL CODE OF THE PHILIPPINES

VOLUME I
BUILDINGS, TOWERS AND
OTHER VERTICAL STRUCTURES

SIXTH EDITION

Association of Struct ural Eng ineers of the Philip pines

Suite 713, Future Point Plaza Condominium I
112 Panay Avenue, Qu ezon City, Phili ppines 1100

T ei. No : (+632) 410-0483

Fax No.: (+632) 4JI-8606
Email: ascponJincCti{gmail.com
Website: hll p://www.aseponline.orll

National Structural Code of the Philippines 6'" Edition Voiume 1



Associati on of Structu ral Engine ers of the Philippines

 CHAPTER 1 - Gen e ral Requiremenls 11

Table of Contents

CHAPTER I- GENERAL REQUiREMENTS 3

SECTION 101 - TITLE, PURPO SE AND SCOPE 3
10 1.1 Tille 3
10 1.2 Purpose .. 3
101.3 Scope ....................... .. 3.
101,4 Alternative Systems 3
SECTI ON 102 DEFI NITIONS 3
SECTI ON 103 - CLASSIF[CATlO N OF STRUCTURES 5
103. I Nature of Occupancy 5
SECTION 104 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS 6
104 .1 Strength Requirement : 6
104.2 Serviceability Req uirement. 6
104.3 Analysis 6
104.4 Foundation Investigation 7
104.5 Design Review 7
SECTI ON [05 - POSTIN G AND INSTR UMENTATION 7
105.1 Posting of Live Loads 8
105.2 Earthquake-Recordin g Instrumentati on .. 8
SECTI ON 106 - SPEC[FIC ATlONS, DRAWINGS AND CALCULATI ONS 8
106. 1 General 9
106.2 Specifications 9
106.3 Design Drawings 9
106,4 Calculations 10
106.5 As-built Drawings.... .. 10
SECTI O N 107 STR UCT URAL INSPECTIONS, TESTS AND STR UCTURA L OBSERVATIONS II
107. 1 General 11
107.2 Definitions II
107.3 Inspection Program 12
107.4 Structural Inspector 12
107.5 Types of Work for Inspect ion 12
107.6 Approved Fabricators .. 14
107.7 Prefabricated Con struction .. 14
107.8 Non-Destructive Testing ................................ .. 15
107.9 Structural Observatio n 16
SECTI O N 108 - EXISTING STRUCTU RES 16
108. 1 General 16
108.2 Maintenance............................................................................................................ .. 16
108.3 Additions. Alterntions or Repairs .... 16
108.4 Chan ge in Usc 17
SECTION 109 G RAD[NG AND EARTHWORK 17
109.1 General. 18
109.2 Definitions : 18
109.3 Permits Required 19

National Structurat Code of the Philippines 6'" Edition Volume 1

12 CHAPTEI1 1 - Ge neral Requirements

109.4 Hazards . 19
109.5 Grading Permit Requirements 19
109.6 Grading Inspection 20
109.7 Comple tion of Work 21

Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines

 C HAPTER 1 - Ge ne ral Hequ irerne nts 1-3

Sponsors of any system of design or construction not

within the scop e of this code , the adequ acy of which had
been shown by success ful usc and by anal ysis and test,
shall ha ve the right to present the data on which their
design is based 10 the building official or 10 a boa rd of
examiners appo inted by the build ing official or the proje ct
owncr/developer . Thi s board shall be composed of
competent structural engineers and shall have authority to
101.1 Titl e investigate the data so su bmitted, to require test s, and to
These regul ations shall be known as the National formulate rules go verning design and construction of such
Str uctura l Code of the Philippines, Vol. I, 6 l h Ed ition systems to meet the intent 0 ( this code. These rules, when
20 ] 0, and ma y be cited as such and will be referred to approved and promulgated by the bui lding o fficial, shall
here in as "t his code." be of the same force and effect as the provisions of this
code.
101. 2 Purpose
The purpose of this code is to provide minimum load
requirements for the design of buildings, towers and other
vertical struc tures, and minimum standards and
g uide lines ( 0 safeguard life or lim b, property and public
we lfare by regu lating and co ntrolling the des ign.
construction. quality of materials pertaining to the
structural aspec ts of all buildings and structures within
this jurisdiction.

101.3 Scope
The provisions of this code shall appl y to the
const ruction , alterati on , movin g: demol ition. repa ir,
ma intenance and use o f buildings , towers and other
vertical structures within this juri sdiction.

Special structures such as but not limited to single family

dwellings. storage silos, liquid product tanks and
hydraulic flood control structures, should be referred to
special slate of practice literature but shall refer to
pro visions o f this code as a minimum whe rever
applicable.

For additions, altera tions, main tenan ce , and change in usc

of buildi ngs and structures, see Section 108.

Where, in any specific case, different sections of this code

specify different materials, methods or construction or
other requirements. the most restrictive provisions shall
govern exce pt in the case of single family dwellings.
Where there is a co nflict between a general require ment
und II specific requirement. the specific requirement shall
he applica ble..

101.4 Alt erna tive Syst ems

The pro visi on s 01" this code arc not intended to prevent the
lise of any material, alterna te design or method of
constructio n not specifically prescribed by this code.
provided an y alternate has been pen nilied and its lise
au thoriz ed by the buildin g offic ial (se c Section 1( 2).

111
National Structural Code of the Philippines 6 Edition Volu me 1
 1-4 CHAPTEfi 1 -- Ge neral Require men ts

art ificiall y buill up or composed of parts joined together

in some definite manner.

STnUCTunAL ENGINEER is a registere d Civ il

For the purpose of this code, certain terms, phrases, words
and their derivatives shall be construed as spccified in this
chapter and elsewhere in this code where specific
defin itions arc provided. Te rms, phrases and words used
in the singular include the plural and vice versa. Te rm s,
phrases and words used i n the mascuur ,e gender include
the feminine and vice versa.
The following terms arc defined for usc in this chapter:
Engineer with special qualification in the practice of
St ructural Engineering as recogni zed by the Board of
Civil Engineering of the Professional Regulatio n
Commission as endorsed by the Philippine Institute of
Civil Engineers (PICE) through the Association of
Structural Engin eers of the Philippines (ASEP) or
specialist memb ers of the Structural Engineering
Specialty Div ision of PICE.

ADDITION is an extension or increase in Jloor urea or

height of a building or structure.

ALTEn or ALTERATION is any change. addilion or

modification in construction or occupancy.

APPROVEIl <IS to materials and types of construction,

refers to approval by the building offici al as (he result of
investigation and tests co nducted by the building o fficia l,
or by reason of accepted principles or tests by recognized
autho rities, technical or scientific organizations.

A UTIlOnlTY IIA VIN G J URI SDI CTION is ' he

organization, political subdivision, office or individual
charged with the responsibility of administering and
en forcing the provisions of this code.

BUILDING is .IIIY structure usually enclosed by walls

an d a roo f, cons truc ted to provide supp ort or shelter for an
intended usc or occupancy.

BUILDING, EXISTING, is a building erected prior to

the adoption of this code. or one for which a legal
building permit has been issued.

Il UILDING OFFI CIAL is the o ffice r or other

des ignated authority charged with the administration and
e nforcement of this code, or the building official's duly
authori zed reprcscnnu ivc,

CI VIL ENGINEE R is a professional engineer licensed

to practise ill the field or civil engineering.

E NG INEE R() F REC O R D is a Civil engineer

responsible for the struc tural design.

OC CUP AN CY is the purpose for which it building or

other structures or part thereo f is used or intended 10 be
used .

STRUCTU RE is that which is built or constructed, an

edifice or building of .IIl Y kind. or any piece of work

Association of Structural En gineers of the Ph ilipptnes

 CHAPTEFl. 1 -- General Requirements 1"5

Table 103-1 - Occupancy Category

OCCUPANCY OCCUPANCY OR FUNCTION OF

CATEGORY STRUCTURE
Occupancies having surgery and emergency
treatment areas,
Fire and police stations,
103.1 Nature of Occupancy
Garages and shelters for emergency vehicles
Buildings and other structures shall be classified, based
and emergency aircraft,
on the nature of occupancy, according to Table l03~1 for
Structures and shelters in emergency
purposes of applying wind and earthquake in Chapter 2.
I'''' preparedness centers,
Each building or other structures shall be assigned to the
A viation control towers,
highest applicable occupancy category or categories.
Assignment of the same structure to multiple occupancy Structures and equipment in communication
categories based on usc and the type of loading condition centers and other facilities required for
I Essential emergency response,
being evaluated (e.g. wind or seismic) shall be Facilities
permissible. Facilities for standby power-generating
equipment for Category I structures,
When buildings or other structures have multiple uses Tanks or other structures containing housing
or supporting water or other fire-
(occupancies), the relationship between the uses of
suppression material or equipment
various parts of the building or other structure and the
required for the-protection of Category I,
independence of the structural system for those various II or III structures,
parts shall be examined. The classification for each
Public school buildings,
independent structural system of a multiple-use building
or other structure shall be that of the highest usage group Hospitals and
in any part of the building or other structure that is Designated evacuation centers.
dependent on that basic structural system. Occupancies and structures housing or
supporting toxic or explosive chemicals
II Hazardous or substances,
Facilities Non-building structures storing, supporting
or containing quantities of toxic or
explosive substances,
- _.-
Single-story school buildings
Buildings with an assembly room with an
occupant capacity of 1,000 or more,
Educational buildings such as museums
libraries, auditorium with a capacity of
300 or more students,
III Special Buildings used for college or adult
Occupancy education with a capacity of 500 or more
Structures students,
Institutional buildings with 50 or more
incapacitated patients, but not included in
Category I,
Mental hospitals, sanitariums, jails, prison
and othcr buildings where personal
liberties of inmates are similarly
restrained,
All structures with all occupancy of 5,000 or
more persons,
Structures and equipment in power-
generating stations, and other public
utility facilities not included ill Category
lor Category II, and required for
continued operation,
- ----~~~.~-~ --_...., _._--------~.---_._~--~-_.-
_._~~~ ..

National Structural Code of the Philippmes Gill Edition Volume 1

16 CHAPTER 1 ... General ncquiremenls

Ta ble IOJ-I (cont inued) - Occup ancy Ca tego ry

OCCUI'AN CY OCCUPANCY OR FUNCTION OF

CA TEGORY STRUCT URE
-- 104.1 Strength Requirement
IV Stand ar d All structures housing occupancies or
Occupan cy having functions not listed in Category J. Buildings, to we rs and other vertical structures and all
St ru ct ures II Of III and Category V. portions [hereof shall be designed and constructed to
V Miscellan eou s Private garages. car ports. sheds and fences sustain, within the limitations specified in th is code . all
Str uct ures over J.5 m high . loads set forth in Chapter 2 and elsewhere in thi': co de.
combined in accordance with Section 203.

Design shall be in accordance with Strength !k,SlJ~; , Loa d

and Resistance Factor Design and AH u",'i.td.:: S tress
Desi gn meth ods , as permitted by the app licable mate rial
chapters.
Exception:
Unless otherwise required by the building offi cial,
buildings or portions thereof that are constructed ill
accordance with she conventional light-f raming
requirements spec ified in Chapter 5 and the NSCP
Volume III on Housing shalt be deemed 10 meet the
requirem ents ofthis section.

104.2 Serviceability Req uir ement

104 .2.1 Gene r al

S tru ctural sys tems and members the reo f shall be design ed
10 have adequate stiffness to limit deflectio ns. lateral
drifts, vibration, or any other deformations that adv ersely
affect the intended usc and perfor mance of buildings
towers and other ve rt ica l struc tures . Th c de sign shall a lso
co ns ide r durabil ity. resistance to ex posure to we ather or
aggressive env ironment. crack control, and other
conditions that affect the intended use and perfor manc e of
buildings, towers and o ther vertical structures.

104.3 An al ysis
Any syste m or m ethod of co nstruc tion [ 0 be used -shall be
based 011 a rational analysis ill accordance with well
established principles of mech anics that take into account
equilibrium, general stability. geometric compatibility and
both short-term and long-term material properties.
Members that tend to accumulate residua! deformations
under repeated service loads shall ha ve included in their
analysis the added ecce nt ric ities e xpec ted to occ ur du rin g
their service life. Such ana lysis shall result in a system
th..l{ pro vides a complete load path capable of tra ns ferri ng
;11 1 load s and fo rces fro m thei r po int o f o rigin to the load -
resisting clements. The analysis shall inc lude , h UI not be
limited to, the provisions of Sections 104.:i.1 through
104 .3.3.

Association o f Structur ai Enqin eers of !tle Phihppines


104 .3. 1 Stability Against Over turning
Every structure shall be designed ( 0 resist the o verturning
effe cts caused by the lateral forces speci fied with
ade qua te Factor of Safely (FOS) . Sec Section 206 .6 for
reta ining walls. Section 207 for wind load ing and Section
208 for earthquake loadi ng.
104. 3.2 Self -Slrain ing Forces
Prov isions shall be made for anticipated self-straining
force s arising from differentia! settleme nt of foundations
and from restrained dimensional changes due to
rcru pcrarore, moisture. shrinkage, heave, creep and similar
effect s.
104 .3 .3 Anchorage
Anc ho rage of {he roof to walls and co lumns. and of walls
a nd co lumns 10 foundations sha ll he pr o vided and
ad equatel y de tailed 10 res ist the upli ft and slidi ng forces
that result from the applicat ion o f the prescribed forces .
Concrete and masonry walls shall be anchored to all
floors, roofs and other structural clements that provide
lateral support for the wall. Such anchorage shall provide
a positive direct connection capable of resisting the
horizontal forces specified in Chapter 2 but not less than
the minimum forces in Section 206.4. In addition, in
Seismic Zone 4, diaphragm to wall anchorage using
e mbe dd ed straps shall have the straps attached to or
hooked around the reinforcing steel or otherwise
terminated so as to effectively transfer forces to the
reinforci ng steel, Walls shall be designed 10 resist be ndin g
betwee n ancho rs whe re the a nchor spac ing ex ceed s 1.2
meter s. Requi red a nchors in masonry wa lls of holl o w
unit s o r ca vity wall s s hall be e m bed ded in a re inforced
gro ute d structur al c le me nt of the wa ll. See Sect ions 208 .7.
208 .8.2 .7 and 208.8 .2.8 for eart hq uake de sign
require ments. Stiffe ner bea ms and col um ns adeq uate ly
anch ored 10 the ma in fra mes sha ll be conside red as
necessa ry to e nsure proper bas ket effec t on the masonry
blocks to pre ve nt co llapse provided its contribu tio n to the
overa ll stiffness of the struc ture is rec ogn ized .
104.4 Foundation In vest igation
So il e xplorat ions sha ll be requ ired for bu ildings. towe rs
and othe r vertica l s truc tures fa llin g unde r Ca teg ories I, II
and III in accordance with Ta ble 103- 1 or .IS required by
the buildi ng o ffic ia l o r if the s ite spec ific cond itio ns make
the founda tion investigati on necessa ry.
Detailed requirements for foun dat ion investigatio ns sha ll
be in accordan ce with Cha pte r J o f th is code.
National Structural Code of the Pllilippmes 6
CHAPTEfl 1 - Ge nera l Hequirernent s 17
104.5 Des ign Review
The de sign calculations, drawings, speci ficatio ns and
other design related docum ent s for buildings, lowers and
othe r vertical struc tures with irregul ar config uratio n in
Occ upancy Categories I. II or III withi n Sei smic Zone 4,
struc tures unde r Altern ative Syste ms in Item lOl A , an d
Undefined Structural System s not listed in Table 208- 11,
shall be subj ect to a rev iew by an indepe ndent recogni ze d
struc tural engi nee r or engi neers to be e m ployed by the
o wner in accordance with the ASEP Design Pee r Revie w
Guide line s. T he struc tural engineer or structural
e ng inee rs performin g the revi ew sh a ll h ave co m pa rable
qualifica tio ns an d experience as the struc tural eng ineer
respo ns ible for the design . The re viewe r or reviewers
shall o btain a professional waiver from the en gineer- of-
record who sh all be e xpect ed to grant such waiv er in
keeping w ith e thica l standards of the profession as
adopted in ASEP guide lines for peer re view .
The design re view shall, as a minimum, ve rify the general
co mplia nce with this co de wh ich shall inc lude, but not be
limited to, the review of the design load criteria, the
design con cept, mathemat ical model and techniques.
The following may also be verifi ed, that ther e are no
major errors in pert inent ca lculatio ns , drawi ngs and
speci fica tions a nd Illay also ensure that the struc ture as
rev iewed, me et minimum sta ndar ds for safety, adequacy
and acceptable standard design practi ce.
The e nginee r-o f-reco rd shall submit the plans and
specifications, a signed a nd scaled state me nt by the
structu ral engine e r do ing the re vie w that the a bo ve re view
has been perform ed and that minimum sta nda rds have
been met.
See Sect ion 208 .6.6.3.2 for design revi e w requirements
when nonlinear time-history ana lysis is used for
ea rthqua ke design .
In keepi ng with thc ethic al standards of the profession , the
rev iewer or re viewers shall not supplant the eng inee r-on-
record as e ngineer-an -re co rd for the project. T he des ign
re vie w shall no t in any way trans fer or dimini sh the
res ponsi bility o f the engi neer-o f-record,
~::5"'~~~.&~~;;,~;- .;~l~:l~$~;~}~~t?:: ':;~K'~Y~~'; ;;~1Yi~~~~~~.';:,i:!.~)E1;:~;~~;~1f'
1h
Edition Volume 1
 18 CHAPTEIi 1 -- General Requirements

Phivolcs or the authorities having jurisdiction shall make

arrangements to provide, maintain and service. the
instruments. Data shall be the property of the authorities
having jurisdiction. but copies of individual records shall
105.1 Posting of Live Loads be made available to the owner of the building and to the
public on request and after the payment of an appropriate
The live loads for which each floor or portion thereof of a
fee.
commercial or industrial building has been designed shall
have such design live loads conspicuously posted by the
owner in that pari of each story in which they apply, using
durable metal signs. It shall not be allowed to remove or
deface such notices. The occupant of the building shall be
responsible for keeping the actual load below the
allowable limits.

105.2 Earthquake-Recording Instrumentation

105.2.1 General
Unless waived by the building official, every building in
Seismic Zone 4 over 50 m in height shall be provided
with not less than three approved recording
accelerographs. The accelerographs shall be
interconnected for common start and common timing.

105.2.2 Location
The instruments shall be located in the basement,
midportion, and near the top of the building. Each
instrument shall be located so that access is maintained at
all times and is unobstructed by room contents. A sign
stating "MAINTAIN CLEAR ACCESS TO THIS
INSTRUMENT" shall be posted in a conspicuous
location.

105.2.3 Maintenance
Maintenance and service of the instruments shall be
provided by the owner of the building, subject to the
monitoring of the building official. Data produced by the
instruments shall be made available to the building
official or the Philippine Institute of Volcanology and
Seismology (Phi voles) on request.

105.2.4 Instrumentation of Selected Buildings

All owners of existing structures selected by the
authorities having jurisdiction shall provide accessible
space for the installation of appropriate earthquake-
recording instruments. Location of said.instruments shall
be determined by Phivolcs or the authorities having
j 1I riscl ict i on.

Association of Structural Engineers of Ole PhiliPPlfWS

 CHAPT ER 1 - G eneral Roquire me n 1-9

106.3.2.1 Gener al Information

I. Name and dale of issue o f building c -,' , ~ and
supplements , if any, to w hich the design COlli '; : ,15.

106.1 G ener a l 2. Stre ngths or des ignati ons of mate rials t, j j ;';, li . ( .J.
Copies of design calculations, reports. plans. 3. Desi gn strengths of underl ying soil or rock. 'ie soil
spec ifications and inspe ction program for all or rock pro file. when av ailable, shall be ; i!"OV' ;,d.
co ns tructio ns shall bea r the signat ure and seal of the
eng inccr-of-record . 4. Live loads and other loads used in desi t l; an Ic.ul y
indica ted in the ODor plans.
106.2 Specifications 5. Se ismic design basis including the total b",-; ' she ar
Th e specific ations shall co nta in information cove ring the coe ffi cie nt: a descripti on of the Intend ~ . ';ld ; i~:l : n g
materi al a nd con st ruc tion require men ts . Th e ma teria ls and syste m; and the funda me ntal natura l ,i 'K ') ','1 .hc
co ns tructio n require ments shall conform to the design in ea ch direction under consider t .: n
specifications refe rred to in Cha pte rs 3 to 7 of this code.
6. Pro visions for d ime ns ional c ha nges ,'C; ~ ; II' 'r Irom
creep, shrinkage, heave and temperature,
106.3 Design Drawings
7. Camber of trusses, be ams and girder!'. ; f
106.3.1 Gen e ral 8. Exp lanatio n or de fini tio n o f .'iy! be:
Th e design drawings sha ll be drawn 10 sc ale on durable abbre viatio ns used in the drawings. '
paper or doth using pe rmane nt in k and shall be o f
sufficient clarity to ind ica te the locat ion , natu re and exte nt 9. Eng ineer's profession al lice nse nur.u-
of the work proposed. 111c drawi ngs shall show a expira tion date of the c urrent Professio nal Re:
complete design with sizes, sections, relative locations Co m mission reg istrat ion.
and co nnection derail s o f the various mem bers. Floor
le ve ls, co lum n ce nters a nd o ffsets sha ll be d ime nsion ed. 106.3.2.2 Structu ral Concre te
Wh ere available and feasible, ar chive copies shall be I. Specified compressive strength (1'c) oj 1 0:
mai ntained in durab le mediu m such as compact disc (C D) Slated ages or stage s o f const ruct ion "n j' ' ,'i i i ;
a nd di gital vc rsaulc disc (DV D) . pan of struc ture is designed. T he 28 .r.
strength (I' c) shall be the basis of dcsir.;'! ,' I': SCI" (
106.3.2 Required Inform ation
2. Anch ora ge em bedme nt lengths or cl:;:/ f p C' l
T he design drawings shall contain, bUI shall nOI be limited
stee l reinforce ment and loca tion a nd len gth
to the gene ra l infor mati on listed in Sec tio n 106.3.2. 1 an d
spli ces .
material speci fic informatio n listed in Sec tio ns 106.3.2.2
and 1063 .2.3. as ap plicable . 3. T ype an d loca tio n o f we lde d splices ;:nd .,
connection!'> of reinforcement.
4. Mag nitude and location of prestress. ug "; :C':
including pres tressed cable layout.

5. Minimum co ncre te compressive streng:> (r ,..)

of post-te nsioning .
6. Stressing seque nce for pos t-tens ioned tc " 'j '

7. Details and loca tion of all co nnuct i.. 1':

joints spcci flr-d for plain co ncre te in ::;(;( ; '

8. Statement i f co nc rete s lab is de sig ned .. , .:

d iap hragm . as spec ified in Sec tio n i ~ 1.9
42 1.9.4.

National Structura l Code of the Philippines Gi ll Edition Volume 1

 1 10 CHAPTEIi 1 - General Requ ireme nts
106.3.2.3 Str uc tura l Steel
J. Type or types of construction as defined in Section
501.3.
2. Loads and design requirements necessary for
preparation of shop drawings including shears,
moments and axial forces to be resisted by all
mem bers and their connections.
3. Th e type of con nection for joints using high -strength
bolts.
4. For welded joints. T ype I connections shall not he
allowed .
5. Stiffe ner and bracing requirements.
6. Descriptio n o r explanation of welding and inspection
symbols used in the design and shop drawings.
7. Notes for j oints in which welding sequence and
technique of welding arc required to be carefully
controlled to minimize distortion.
106.4 Calcula tions
106.4.1 G enera l
Calculations pertinent to the structural design of
structures and its component members shall be filed with
the design drawings.
106.4.2 Basi s of Desi gn Su mmary
T he calc ulations shall include a summary of the criteria
and me tho do log ies used in the design . This summary
shall include, bUI need not be limited to , the following:
I. Name and date of issue of building code and
supplements. if any, to which the design conforms.
2. Streng ths or designations of materials to be used for
each co mponent of the structure.
3. Design strengths and other design parameters of the
underlyi ng sai l or rock.
4. Live loads and other loads used in design.
5. The basis of the seismic and wind design forces.
6. A description of the structure's gravity and lateral
load resisting systems. A description of the roof,
11001', fo undation and other component system s sl1,11I
also he provided.
7. A description procedures used ill the structural
analysis. Th is shall include the sectio n and materi al
properties used, loading combinations considered .
seco nd- orde r effects con sideration s, a nd a ny
simplifying assum ptions made.
Associati on o f S tructural Enqmccrs of the Phifippmos
106.4.3 Co m puter Programs
Calculations may include the results from an electro n ic
digital computer analysis. The following requireme nts
apply to calculations which include such computer outp ut :
J. A drawing of the complete mathematical model used
to represent Ihe structure in the computer-genera ted
analysis shall be provided . Design assumptions sh a ll
be clearly described.
2. A program description giving the program name, the
version number, and tbe co mpany which developed
the program and its address shall be provided as part
of the computation doc umentation. A program Use r's
Guide shall also be made available, upon request, a nd
shall contain the information to determine the nature
and extent of the analysis, veri fy the input data ,
interpret the result, and determine whether th e
computations comply with the requirements of th is
code.
3. Data provided, as computer input shall be clearly
distinguished fro m those computed in the program.
The information required in the output shall include
date of processing, program identification, and
identification of structures being analyzed, all input
data, units and final results. An archived copy of all
computer runs shall be stored in CD or DVD.
4. The first shee t of each co mputer run shall be sign ed
and sealed by the engineer-of-record.
106.4.4 M od el An alysis
Results from model analysis and experimental studies
shall bc permitted to suppleme nt calculations. The results
shall be accompanied by a description of thc rational
basis, SCHl p , mcthodology and other information required
for the eva luation of the results.
106.5 As IJUiII Drawin gs
As-built drawi ngs shall be prepared by the constructor or
a person retained to provide such services to document
the work as ac tually constructed. The as- built drawings
sha ll be drawn to scale. upon dura ble paper or cloth using
permanent ink and shall indicate the sizes, sections.
relative locations. and connection details of the various
structural members as actually constructed. Strengths of
mate rials. based 0 11 required tests. shall also he indicated .
Work items which require modifications of or are
otherwise different from thosc shown in the. design
drawings filed with the building official shall be
accordingly marked ill the as-built drawings and provided
with notes indicating the basis of such modifications or
changes. The basis of Illodification ' or change shall
include reference to supplemental design drawings.
construction bulletins. or instructions from the owner,
 CHAPTER 1 - General Requirements 1-11

owner's representative or structural engineer authorizing

such modifications or changes.

The signature, seal, name and professional license number

of the civil engineer in charge of construction shall be
included in the as-built drawings.

Copies of the as-built drawings shall be provided to the 107.1 General

owner, constructor, engineer-of-record and the building All construction or work for which a permit is required
official. shall be subject to inspection throughout the various work
_._14~)~ stages. One or more structural inspectors who are
registered civil engineers with experience in structural
construction, who shall undertake competent inspection
during construction on the types of work listed under
Section 107.5, shall be employed by the owner or the
engineer-of- record acting as the owner's agent.
Exception:
The building official may waive the requirement for the
employment of a structural inspector if the construction is
ofa minor nature.

In addition to structural inspections, structural

observations shall be performed when required by Section
107.9.

107.2 Definitions
The following terms are defined for use in this section:

CONTINUOUS STRUCTURAL INSPECTION is a

structural inspection where the structural inspector is on
the site at all times observing the work requiring
structural inspection.

PERIODIC STRUCTURAL INSPECTION is a

structural inspection where the inspections are made on a
periodic basis and satisfy the requirements of continuous
inspection, provided this periodic scheduled inspection is
performed as outlined in the inspection program prepared
by the structural engineer.

STRUCTURAL INSPECTION is the visual observation

by a structural inspector of a particular type of
construction work or operation for the purpose of
ensuring its general compliance to the approved plans and
specifications and the applicable workmanship provisions
of this code as well as overall construction safety at
various stages of construction.

STRUCTURAL OBSERVATION is the visual

observation of the structural system by the structural
observer as provided for in Section 107.9.2, for its general
conformance to the approved plans and specifications, at
significant construction stages and at completion of the
structural system. Structural observation does not include

th
National Structural Code of the Philippines 6 Edition Volume 1
 1-12 CHAPTER 1 - General Requirements
or waive the resp onsibility for the structural inspection s
required by Section 107_1 or other sections of this code.
107.3 Structural Ins pector
107.3.1 Qu alifi cations
The structural inspector shall be a registered civil
engineer who shall demonstrate competence for
inspection of the particular type of construction or
op eration req uiring struc tural inspecti on .
107.3.2 Dutie s a nd Responsibilities
The structural inspector shall observe the work assigned
for conformance to the approved design drawings and
specifications. Any discrepancy observed shall be brought
to the immediate attention of the constructor for
correction, then . if uncorrected, to the owner and/ or to the
building official.
T he structural inspector shall verify that the as-built
dr awings (see Section 106.5) pertaining to the work
assigned reflect the condi tio n as con struc ted.
The structu ral inspector shall also submit a final repo rt
duly signed and sea led stating whether the work requiring
structural inspection was, to the best of the insp ector's
knowledge. in confo rma nce to the approved plans and
specifications and the ap plicab le workmanship provi sions
of this code.
107.4 Inspection Program
The structu ral inspec tor shall prepare an appropriate
testing and inspection program that shall be submitted to
the building official. He shall designate the portions of
the work that requires structural inspe ctions.
When structural observation is required by Section 107.9,
the inspection' program shall describe the stages of
construction at wh ich structural observation is to occur.
The inspection program shall include samples of
inspection reports and provi de time limi ts for submiss ion
of reports.
107.5 Types of Work for Inspection
Except as provided in Section 107.1, the types of work
lis ted below shall be inspected by a structural inspe ctor.
107.5.1 Concre te
During the taking of test specimens and placing of
concrete. See Section 107.5.12 for shotcrete.
Exceptions: ::;
Association of Structural Eng ineers of the Philippines
1, Concrete for; fo undations of residensial buildings
accommodating "10 or -f ewer persons, or -buildings
f allillg under. Category V of Table 1031, provi ded
the building officia l finds toot a -structuralha zard
doesnot exist.
2. For f oundation concrete, other than cast-ill-p lace
drilled piles or caissons, where the structural design
is based on an f"; not greater than 17 MPa.
3. Non -structural slabs on grade, including prestressed
slabs on grade when effective prestress in concrete is
less than 10 MPa.
4. Site lVork concrete f ully supported on earth and
concrete where no special hazard exists.
107.5.2 Bolls Inst alled in Con crete
Prior to and during the placement of concrete around bolt s
when stress increases permitt ed by Section 423 are
utilized.
107.5.3 Sp ecial M om ent-Resisting Conc re te Fram e
Fo r speci al moment-resis ting concre te framc desi gn
seismic load in structu res within Seism ic Zo ne 4, th e
structural inspector shall provide reports to the engineer-
of-record and shall prov ide contin uous inspect ion of the
placement of the reinforcement and concrete .
107.5.4 Reinforcing Steel and Pres t ress ing Stee l
Te ndo ns
107.5.4.1 During all st ress ing an d grou ting of tendon s
in prestressed concr ete.
107.5.4.2 During placing of reinforcing steel and
p restressing tend ons for all concrete required 10 hav e
structu ra l inspection by Section 107.5.J .
Exception:
The structural inspector need not be pre sent continuously
during placing of reinforcing steel and prestressing
tendons, provided the structural insp ector has inspected
fo r conformance to the approved plans prior to the
closing off onn s or the delivery of concrete to the jobsiu.

107.5.5 Structural Welding
107.5 .5.1 General
During the welding of an y member or connection (hat is
desig ned to resist loads and.fo rces requir ed by this code.
Excep tions:
1. Welding done in an approved fabricator's shop in
accordance with Section 107.6.
2, TI,e.. structural inspector need not be continuously
p resent during welding of the f ollowing items.
p rovided the materials. qualifications of welding
p rocedures and welders are verified prior to the start
of work; periodic inspections are made of work in
progress; and a visual inspection of all welds is made
prior 10 completion or prior to shipment of shop
welding:
a) Single-pass fillet welds not exceeding 8 mm
in size.
b) Floor and roofdeck welding.
c) Welded studs when used f or structural
diaphragm or composite systems.
d) Welded sheet steel for cold-formed steel
framing members such as studs and j oists.
e) Welding of stairs and railing systems.
107.5.5.2 Special Moment-Resisting Stee l Frames
During the non-destru cti ve testing (NDT) of welds
speci fied in Section 107.8 of this cod e. the use of ce rtified
weld ers shall be required for weldin g structural steel
connectio ns for this type of fram e. Critical jo int
connec tions shall be subj ected 10 non-destructi ve testing
using ccn ificd NDT techni cians.
107.5.5.3 Welding of Reinforcing St eel
During the non-destr uctive tes ting o f welds.
107.5.6 High-Strength Bolts
The inspection of high-st rength A325 and A490 bolts
shall be in accordan ce wit h app roved internatio nally
recognized standa rds and the requ irem ents of this section .
While the work is in progre ss, the structural inspector
shall de termine that the requirements for bolts, nut s,
washers and paint; bolted parts; and installation and
tightening in s uch standards are mel. Such inspect io ns
may be perform ed o n a peri od ic basis as defined in
Sectio n 107.2.
Thc stru ctural inspector sha ll observ e the calibration
proced ures when such procedures are required by the
plans o r s pecifications. He shall monitor the installatio n
National Structural Code of the Philippines 6 Edition Volume 1
CHAPTER 1 .- General Requirements 1-13
of bolts 10 determine that all layers of connected materials
have been drawn together and that the selected procedure
is properl y used t6tighten all bolts.
107.5.7 Structural M asonry
107.5.7.1 For masonry, other than fully gr out ed open-
end hollow-unit masonry, during preparation and
taking of any required prisms or test specimens,
placing of all masonry uni ts, placement of
reinforcement, inspecti on of grout space, imm ediately'
prior to closing of clean outs, a nd during all gr outing
operations.
Exception:
For hollow-unit masonry where the fm is no more than 10
MPa for concrete units or 18 MPa f or clay units,
structural inspection may be performed as required f or
fully grouted open-end hollow-unit masonry specified ill
Section 107.5.7.2.
107.5.7.2 For fully grouted open-end hollow-unit
masonry during preparati on and taking of any
required prisms or test specimens, at the start of
lay ing units, after the placement of reinforcing steel,
gro ut space prior to ea ch grouting operation, and
during all grouting op erations.
Exception:
Structural inspection as required in Sections 107.5.7.1
and 107.5.7.2 need nat be provided when design stresses
have been adjusted as specified in Chapter 7 to penni!
noncontinUous inspection.
107.5. 8 Reinforc ed Gy ps um Co nc r ete
\Vhen cast-in-place Class B gypsu m co ncrete is being
mixed and placed .
107.5.9 Insulating Co nc r ete Fill
During the appli cation of insula ting con crete fill whcn
used as part of a stru ctu ral system.
Exception:
The s!n4ctural inspections may be limited. to an initia!
inspection to check the deck surface and placement of
reinforcing steel. 11,e structural inspector shall monitor
the preparation of compression test specimens during this
initial inspection.
th
 1-14 CHAPTEH 1 - General Requirements
107.5.10 Sp ray-Applied Fire -Resistive Material s
During thc application of spray-applied fire-resistive
materials..
107.5.11 Piling, Dr illed Pier s an d Cai ssons
During driving and load testing of piles and construction
of cast-in-place drilled piles or caisso ns. See Sections
107.5.1 and 107.504 for concrete and reinforcing steel
inspection.
107.5.12 Shotc re te
During the taking of test specimens and placi ng of all
sho tcrctc,
Exception:
Shotcrete work f ully supported OIl earth, minor repairs
and when, in the opinion of the building officia l, 110
special hazard exists.
107.5.13 Special Grading, Exca vatio n an d Filling
During earthwork excavations, grading and filling
operations inspection to satisfy requirements of Chapter 3
and Section 109.5.
107.5. 14 Special Cases
Work that, in the opinion of the structural engineer,
invol ves unusua l hazards or conditions.
107.5.1 5 Non-Des t r uc tive Tes ting
In-situ non-destru ctive testing program , in addi tion to the
requ ireme nts of Sec tio n 107.8 that in the opinio n of the
struc tural engineer may supplement or replace
con ventional tests on concrete or oth er mater ials and
assemblies.
107.6 Approv ed Fab ricators
Structu ral inspecti ons required by this sec tio n and
elsewhere in this code are not required where the work is
done on the premises of a fabricator approved by the
struc tural engineer to perform such work without
structu ral inspe ction . The app roved fabricator shall
submit a certificate of co mpliance that the work was
performed in acco rdance with the appro ved plans and
speci fica tio ns to the building official and to the engineer
or architect of record. The approved fabricator's
q ualificat ions shall be con tingent on co mpliance w ith the
following:
J. The fabricator has developed and subm itted a
de tailed fabr ication proced ural manual reflecting key
qualit y control procedures thai will provide a basis
for inspection co ntrol or wor kmanship and the
fabricator plant.
A ssociation of Structura l Engineers of the Philippi nes
2. Verifica tio n of the fabricator's quality control
capabi lities, plant and person nel as outlined in the
fabri cation proced ural manua l sh all be ;})' an
approved inspection or q uality control d g elll,;Y
3. Periodic plant inspections shall be conducted by an
approved insp ection or quality co ntrol agency to
monitor the effe ctiven ess of the quali ty co ntr ol
program.
107.7 Prefabricated Construction
107.7.1 Geu eral
107.7.1.1 Purpose
The purpose of this sec tion is to regu late materials an d
establish method s of safe construction where any
struc ture or port ion thereof is wholly or part iall y
prefabricated.
107.7.1.2 Scope
Unless oth erw ise speci fically stated in this section, all
prefabricated construction and all materials used therein
shall conform to all the requirements of Section 10104.
107.7.1.3 Definition
PlillFABRICAT ED ASSEMB LY is a structural unit.
the integral parts of which have been built up or
assembled prio r to inco rporation in the build ing.
107.7_2 Te sts of M at eri al s
Every approval of a material not specifically mentioned in
this code shall inco rpo rate as a provi so the kind and
number of tests to be m ade during prefabrication.
107.7.3 Tests of Ass emb lies
The building offi cial may requi re special tests to he made
on assemblies to determine their structural adequacy,
durability and weather resistance.
107.7.4 Co nnec tions
Ever y device used to co nnect prefabricated ass(,-Illb ! i ('~~
shall be designed as requi red by this code and :h< ic
capable of developing the strength of the largest lil(.;llber
connected. except in inc case of mem bers forming part of
a structural fram e designed as spec ified in Chapter 2.
Connec tio ns shall be ca pable of withstand ing uplift forces
as specified in Chapter 2.
107.7.5 Pip es an d Co nd uits
In structura l design , due allowance shall be made for any
material to be remo ved or displa ced for the installation of
pipes, conduits or other eq uipment,

107.7.6 Certificate and Inspection
107.7.6.1 Materials
Materials and the assembly thereof shall be inspected to
determine compliance with this code. Every material shall
be graded, marked Of labeled where required elsewhere in
this code.
107.7.6.2 Certificate
A certificate of acceptance shall be furnished with every
prefabricated assembly, except where the assembly is
readily accessible to inspection at the site. The certificate
of acceptance shall certify that the assembly in question
has been inspected and meets all the requirements of this
code.
107.7.6.3 Certifying Agency
To be acceptable under this code, every certificate of
approval shall be made by a nationally or internationally
recognized certifying body or agency.
107.7.6.4 Field Erection
Placement of prefabricated assemblies at the building site
shall be inspected to determine compliance with this code.
107.7.6.5 Continuous Inspection
If continuous inspection is required for certain materials
where construction takes place on the site, it shall also be
required where the same materials are used in
prefabricated construction.
Exception:
Continuous inspection will not be required during
prefabrication If the approved agency certifies to the
construction and furnishes evidence (~f compliance.
107.8 Non-Destructive Testing
107.8.1 General
In Seismic Zone 4, welded, fully-restrained connections
between the primary members of special moment-
resisting frames shall be tested by nondestructive methods
performed by certified NDT technicians for compliance
with approved standards and job specifications. This
testing shall be a pan of the structural inspection
requirements of Section 107.5. A program for this testing
shall be established by the person responsible for
structural design and as shown on plans and
specifications.
107.8.2 Testing Program
As a minimum, the testing program shall include the
following:
National Structural Code of the Philippines 6 Edition Volume 1
CHAPTEfi 1 - General Hequirements 115
107.8.2.1 General
All complete penetration groove welds contained in joints
and splices shall be tested 100 percent either by ultrasonic
testing or by radiography.
Exceptions:
1. When approved, the non-destructive testing rate for
an individual welder or welding operator may be
reduced to 25 percent, provided the reject rate is
demonstrated to be 5 percent or less of the welds
tested for the welder or welding operator. A sampling
ofat least 40 completed welds for a job shall be made
for such reduction evaluation. Reject rate is defined
as the number of welds containing rejectable defects
divided by the number of welds completed. For
evaluating the reject rate of continuous welds over
900 mm in length where the effective throat thickness
is 25 mm or less, each 300 mm increment or fraction
thereof shall be considered as one weld. For
evaluating the reject rate on continuous welds over
900 mm in length where the effective throat thickness
is greater than 25 mm, each 150 mm of length or
fraction thereof shall be considered one weld.
2. For complete penetration groove welds on materials
less than 8 mm thick, non-destructive testing is not
required; for this welding, continuous inspection is
required.
3. When approved by the building official and outlined
in the project plans and specifications, this non~
destructive ultrasonic testing may be performed in
the shop ofan approved fabricator utilizing qualified
test techniques in the employment of the fabricator.
107.8.2.2 Partial penetration groove welds when used in
column splices shall be tested either by ultrasonic testing
or radiography when required by the plans and
specifications. For partial penetration groove welds when
used in column splices, with an effective throat less than
20 mm thick, nondestructive testing is not required; for
this welding, continuous structural inspection is required.
107.8.2.3 Base metal thicker than 40 mm, when subjected
to through-thickness weld shrinkage strains, shalt be
ultrasonically inspected for discontinuities directly behind
such welds after joint completion.
Any material discontinuities shall be accepted or rejected
on the basis of the defect rating in accordance with the
(larger reflector) criteria of approved national standards.
107.8.3 Others
The structural engineer may accept or require in place
non-destructive testing of concrete or other materials and
assemblies to supplement or replace conventional tests.
1h
 1 16 CHAPTER 1 ... General f1equire me nts
10 7.9 Structural Observation
107.9.1 Ge ner a l
Struc tural observation shall be provided in Seismic Zone
4 when one of the following conditions exists:
I. Thc structure is defi ned in Ta ble 103-1 as Occup ancy
Ca tego ry I. II or II!;
2. The structure is in Seismic Zo ne 4, No as set fort h in
Ta ble 2084 is gre ater than 1.0, and a latera) design is
required for the entire structure;
3. When so designated by the structural engineer. or
4. When such obs ervation is speci fically required by the
buildi ng o fficial.
107.9.2 Structural Observer
The owner shall em ploy the eng ineer-of-record or another
civil engineer to perform structural observa tion as defined
in Section 107.2.
O bserved deficie ncies shall be repon ed in writing to the
owner's representative. structural inspector, co nstructor
and the building official. If not resolved, the structural
ob serv er shall submit to the building official a written
statement duly signed and sealed, identifying any
deficiency.
107.9.3 Construclion Stages for Observations
T he structural obser vations shall be performed at the
con struction stages prescribed by the inspection program
prepared as req uired by Sect ion 107 .3.
It shall be the dut y of the engineer -in-charge of
con struction, as authorize d in the Building Permit, 10
not ify the structural observer that the described
con struction stages have been reached, and to provide
access to and means for observing the components of the
structural system.
f,~~~.2!!i'~~~~~~"~
:~~~~lW~~~l~~~~V.~
Asso ciat ion of Structural Engineers of the Philippines
108.1 General
Buildings in existence at the time of the adoption of this
code may have their existing use or occupancy co ntinued ,
if such use or occupancy was lega l at the time of the
adoption of this code, provided such continued use is not
dangerous to life.
Any change in the use or occupancy of any existing
building or structure shall comply with the provisions of
Sec tions 108.4 or this code .
108.2 Maint enance
All buildings and structures, both existing and new, and
all part s thereof, shall be maintained in a safe condition.
The owner or the owner's designa ted agent shall be
responsible for the maintenance of buildings and
structures. To determine compli ance with this.subsection ,
[he building official may cause a struc ture 10 be
reinspected.
108.3 Additi ons, Alte rations or Repai rs
10 8. 3.1 Gen eral
Buildings and structures [0 which additio ns, alterations or
repairs are made shall comply with all the requirements o f
this code for new facilities except as specifically provided
in this section.
108 .3.2 wh en Allo wed b y Ih e lIuild in g OFFicial
Additions , alterations or repairs ma y be made to any
building or structure without requiring [he existing
building or struc ture to comply with all the requirements
of this code, provided the addition, alteration or repair
conforms to thal required for a new building or structure
and provided f urt her that such approv al by the building
official is in writing.
Additions or alterations shall not be made to an existing
building or structure that will cause the existing building
or structure to becom e unsafe . An unsafe condition shall
be dee med to have been created if an addition or
alteratio n will ca use any structural clement of the existing
huilding or structure to resist loads in excess of their
capacity or cause a reduction o f their load carrying
capaci ty.
Additions or alterations shall not be made to an existing
building or structure when such exis ting building or
structu re is not in fuJI co mpliance with the provisions of
this code except when such addition or alteration will
result in the ex isting building or structure being no more
 CHAPTER 1 - General Requirements 117

hazard ous based on structural safety, than before such
additi ons or alterations are undertaken , unless adequate
retrofitting or remediati on is introduced.
Excep tions:
Alterations to existing structural elements or additions of
new structural elements, which are initiated for the
purpose of increasing the strength or stiffness of the
Iateral-fo rce-resin ing system of an existing structure,
need not be designed fo r forces conforming to these
regulat ions provided that an engineering analysis is
submitted to show that:
1. The capacity of existing structural elements required
10 resist forces is not reduced;
A change in use or occupancy of any buildin g shall be
allowed only when the change in use or occupancy will
not cause any structural element of the existing building
to resist loads, determined on the basis on this code and
on the proposed use or occupancy, in excess of their
capacity. Alterations to the exis ting building shall be
permitted to satisfy this requirement
No change in the character of occupa ncy of a building
shall be made without a new certificate of occupancy
regardless of whether any alterations to the building arc
required.
,~i,!jle~~#*t4~"tfJ;,gtj::~~1~:tt~~~i
-,,:~{(~j~~~.t~~~m~~~

2. The lateral force 10 required existing structural

elements is not increased beyond their design
strengths.
3. New structural elements are detailed and connected
to the ex isting structural elements as required by
these regulations; and
4. New or relocated non-structural elements are
detailed and connected to existing or new structural
elements as required by these regulations.

108 .3.3 Non- structural

Non-s tructural alteratio ns or repairs to an existmg
building or structure are permitted to be made of the same
materi als of which the building or structure is constructed,
provided that they do not adversely affect any structural
member or the fire-resistance rating of any part of the
building or structure.

108.3.4 His to ric Ilu ildi ngs

Repairs. alterations and additions necessary for the
prese rvation, restoration. rehabilit ation or continued use
of a building or structure may be made without
conformance 'to all the requireme nts of this code when
authorized by the building official, pro vided:
I. The building or structure has been designated by
officia l action of the legall y const ituted authority of
this j urisdic tion as having specia l historical or
architectural significa nce.
2. An y structurally unsafe conditions are corrected.
3. The restored building or structure will be no more
hazardous based on life safety than the existing
building.

108.4 C ha nge in Use

No change shall be made in the character of occupancies
or usc o f any buildin g unless the new or proposed use is
less hazardous, based on life safety than the existing usc.

th
National Structural Code of tile Philippines 6 Edition Volume 1
 1-18 CHAPTER 'I ". General Hequtrements
109.1 General
.! 109.1.1 Scope
Th e pro vision s of this section apply 10 gradi ng.
ex cavation and eart hwork constru ction, including fill s and
cnbank mcnts.
109.2 Deflnitlons
T he following terms are defined for use in thi s sec tion:
APPROVA L shall m C' 1l1 Ihat the pro pos ed work o r
completed work conforms to this sect io n in the opinion of
the bu ildi ng offi cial.
AS GRADED is the exte nt of s urface conditio ns on
co m pletio n of grading.
BEDRO CK is in-place so lid or altered roc k.
BENCH is a relati vely level step ex cavated into e arth
mat eri al on which fill is to be placed.
BORRO\V is earth mat erial acqui red fro m an o ff-site
locati on for use in gra din g on a site.
CIVIL ENGINEERIN G is the appli ca tion of the
kn owledge of the forces of nature, principles of
mec han ics and the properties of materi als to the
e va luation , desig n and construc tio n o f civ il works.
C O M PACTION is the dcn sificati on of a fill Ity
me chanical or c hemi ca l means,
EARTH MATERIAL is any rock , natu ral soil or fill or
an y co mb ina tion thereo f.
EROSION is the wea ring a way o f the ground s urface as a
result of the movemen t of wi nd , w ater or ice.
EXCAVATION is the mech an ical removal of earth
material.
FILL is a deposit of earth material placed by arti fici a l
mean s.
G EOTECHNI CAL EN GINEER is a regi stered Civil
Engin eer wi th specia l qualificat io n in the pract ice of
Geotec hnical Eng ineerin g as recognize d by the Board o f
Ci vil Enginee ring o f the Profession al Regulati on
Commission as e ndorsed by the Specia lty Di vision o f
Association of Structural Engineers of tile Philippines
Geotechnical Engin eer ing of the Philippine Institu te of
Civil Engin eers (P IC E).
G EOTE CHNICAL E NG INEE R ING is the applicatio n
of the prin ciples of so il and rock mechani cs in the
investiga tion, eval uat ion and des ign of civil wo rks
in volvi ng the use of ea rth materia ls and foundation s and
the inspec lion or testing of the construction the re of.
GHAnE is the vertical location of the grou nd su rface .
EXISTING GRADE is the grad e prior to grading.
FINISH GRAD E is the final grade of the site that
con forms to the app rov ed plan.
ROUGH G R ADE is the stage at whic h the gra de
app roximatel y conforms to the ap proved plan.
GRADING is an ex cavator or fi ll or combi nation thereof.
K EY is a desi gned co mpac ted fill placed in a tren c h
excava ted in e art h material beneath the toe of a slope.
PROFESSIONAL INSPECTION is the inspection
requ ired by thi s code to be pe rformed by the civ il
e ngineer or geotechnical engineer. Such inspectio ns
include that performed by person s superv ised by suc h
en gin eers or geo logists and shall be sufficie nt to form a n
opin io n relating to the con duct o f the work .
SIT E is any lot or parce l of land or conti guous
co mbina tion thereo f under thc sa me own ership. w he re
gradi ng is performed or permitted .
S LOPE is a ll inclined ground surfac e the incl inatio n of
which is expressed as a ratio of vertical distance to
horizontal dist ance.
SOIL is naturally occurring supe rfici a l deposits overlying
bedroc k.
SOILS E NG I N EER. Sec Geot echn ical Engineer.
SOILS ENG INEElUNG . See Geotec hnica l Engin ee ring .
TE UUACE is a rel ati vel y lev el step co nstructed in thc
face o f a graded slo pe surface for dr ainage a nd
maint enan ce purposes.

J 09.3 Permit s Requir ed
109.3.1 Gener al
Except as specified in Section 109.3.2 of this section, no
person shall do any grading without first having obtained
;:1 grading permit from the building official.
109.3.2 Exemp ted Wor k
A grading permit shall not be required for the following:
L Grading in an isolated, self-contained area if (here is
no danger to private or public property.
2. A ll excavation below finished grade for basements
and footings of a building, retaining wall or other
structure authori zed by a valid building permit. This
shall not exempt any fill made with the material from
such excavation or exempt any excavation having an
. unsupported height greater than 1.5 m after (he
co mpletion of such struc ture;
3. Cemetery graves:
4. Refuse disposal sites controlled by other regulations;
5. Excavations for wells, or trenches for utilities;
6. Mining, quarry ing, excavating, processing or
stockpiling of rock, sand, gravel, aggregate or clay
controlled by other regulations, provided such
operations do not affect the lateral suppon of. or
increase stresses in, soil on adjoining properties;
7. Exploratory excavations performed under the
direction of a registered geotechnical engineer;
8. An exca vation that ( I) is less than 600 mrn in depth
or (2) does not create a cut slope greater than 1.5 m in
hei ght and steeper than I unit vertical in I Y2 units
horizontal (66.7% slope); and
9. A fill less than 3(XJ mm in depth and placed on
natural terrain with a slope flauer than I unit vertical
in 5 units horizontal (20% slope), or less than 900
mm in depth, not intended to support structures, that
docs not exceed 40 m) on any one lot and does not
obs truct a drainage course.
Exemption from the permit requirements of this section
shall not be deemed to grant authorization for any work 10
be done in any manner in violation of the provisions o r
this code or any other laws or ordinances or this
jur isdict ion.
109.4 H a za rd s
Whenever the building official determines thi ll any
existing excavation or embankment or fiJI on private
property has becom e a hazard to life and limb, or
endangers property, or adversely affects the safety. usc or
Nat ional Structural Code o f the Pllili ppll1 0S (Jill Edition Volum e 1
CHA PTER 1 .- Genera l Hequir ernerns 1-19
stability of a public way or drainage channel, the owner of
the property upon which the excavation or fill is located,
or other person or agent in control of said property, upon
receipt of notice in writing from the building official,
shall within the period specified therein repair or
eliminate such excavation or embankment to eliminate the
hazard and to be in conformance with the requirements of
this code. Requirement s for excavations shall be referred
to Chapter 3 of this code .
, . :
109.5 Grading Permit Requ irements
109.5.1 Gen er al
Except as exempted in Section 109.3.2 of this code, no
person shall do any grading without first obtaining a
grading permit from the building official. A separate
permit sha ll be obtained for each site, and may cover both
exca vations and fills.
109.5.2 G r ad ing Designation
Grading in excess of 4,000 m) shall be performed in
accordance with (he approved grading plan prepared by a
civil engineer, and shall be desig nated as "engineered
grading." Grading involving less than 4,000 mJ shall be
designated "regular grading" unless the permittee chooses
to have the grading performed as engineered grading, or
the building official determines thai special con ditions or
unusual hazards exist, in which case grading shall
conform to the requ irements for engineered grading.
109.5.3 E nginee red Gra ding Req uire me nts
Application for a grading permit shall be acco mpanied by
two sets of plans and specifications. and supporting data
consisting of a geotechnical engineering report.
Additionally, the application shall state the estimated
quantities of work involved. The plans and specifications
shall be prepared and signed by the civil engineer licensed
to pre pare such pla ns or specifications when required by
the building official.
Specifications shall contain information covering
construct io n and material requirements. Plan s shall be
drawn to scale upon substantial paper or cloth and shall be
of sufficient clarity to indicate the nature and extent of the
work proposed and s ho w in de tail that they will conform
10 the pro vis ions o f this code and all relevant laws,
ordinances, rules and regulations. The first sheet of each
set of plans shall give location of the work, the name and
address of the OW llL''' . and the person hy whom they were
prepared.
 120 CHA PTEH 1 ... General Heoutrcm orus
The plan s shall inclu de the foll o win g inform ati on :
I. Ge ne ral vic inity map of the pro posed site ;
2. Pro pert y limit s and accur ate contours o f existing
ground an d de tai ls o f terrain and area d rain age ;
3. Li m iting d imensions e levations or fini sh co nto urs to
be achieved by the gra ding, and pro posed drai nage
channels an d related co nstruc tio n;
4. Detailed pluns of all surfa ce and subsu rfac e drai nage
de vices, WJ lIs, cribb ing, dams and other protec tive
de vice s to be co nstruc ted with, o r as a pari of. Ihe
proposed wo rk, together with a map sho wi ng Ihe
d rain age area and (he estima ted ru no ff of the area
se rved by an y d rains ;
5. Locat ion of any buildings o r struc tures o n the
pro perty whe re the wo rk is to be perfonned and the
location of a ny bui ldings or struc tu res o n land of
adjacent o wner s that arc wi thin 4. 5 m of the property
o r tha r may be affected by the pro posed g rad ing
o pe ra tio ns;
6. Recommendatio ns included in the geotec hnic al
engineering report and the engi neeri ng geo log y
repo rt shall be incorporated in the grad ing plan s o r
spec ific atio ns. When approved by the buildin g
o ffic ia l, specific reco mme nda tio ns contained ill the
geo tec hnic al engi nee ring re po rt and the eng inee ri ng
geo lo gy report, which arc applicab le to g rad ing, ma y
be incl ude d by reference; and
7. Th e dal es of the geotechnic al en gineering and
e ng inee ri ng geo logy report s to ge the r wi th the names ,
addresse s and phone num bers of the firms or
indi vid uals who prepared the report s .
109.5.4 Geotech nica l Engineeri ng Re por t
The geo tech nica l enginee ring re po rt req uired by Se cti o n
109.53 shall includ e data re gardin g th e nat ure ,
distribution a nd streng th of e xist ing soil, conclusions and
reco mme ndatio ns fo r g radi ng proce d ures a nd design
cri teria for corrective me asure s, including buttress fill s ,
when nec essary. an d o pi nion on adequacy fo r the
in tended usc of sites to be deve lo ped by th e proposed
grading as affected by geotec hnica l engineering facto rs.
inc lud ing the xtahili ty of slopes.
Refer ru .Chaptcr 3 o n Exca va tion s and Fou ndat ions for
de tai led re qui re me nts an d gui de line s .
J U9.5.5 Regu la r Gradi ng Requ ire m ents
Eac h applic ation for a grad in g pe rmit sha ll IK',
ac c ompuui ecl by <I plan in sufficient cl arit y 10 ind icate the
uuturc nud ex ten t of the work, and sta te the cxt imatcd
quunt iticx or wo rk involved. The plan s shall gi ve the
loc ut ion orthe work, the name of the owner and th e nam e
Associauou o f SI!'lu:ll llal F nq:n(:nrs of ti Ie F'l lIiIP P ll lC ~~
o f the person who prepa red the plan . The plan sha ll
include the foll o win g informatio n :
I. General vicin ity map of the proposed site;
2. Limit ing d ime nsio ns and de pth o f cut and fill;
1. Pro visio ns for lateral earth support o r sho ring; an d
4. Loca tion of <Il l )' bu ildi ng s o r struc tures where wor k is
to be performed, and the loc atio n of any build ings Or
structure: within 4 .5 III of the proposed grading.
109.6 Grad ing Insp ection
109.6.1 Ge nera l
Gradi ng operations for wh ich a permit is required shall be
su bject to insp ecti on by the building offic ial. Inspectio n
of grad ing operation s sha ll be provided by the
ge o tec hnic al enginee r retai ned to pro vide such serv ices in
accordance with Se ction 109.5.5 for enginee red grading
and as required by the h uil diug officia l for regu lar
grading.
109.6.2 Civil Engineer
The civil engineer shall provide professio nal inspection
within such engin eer' s are a of techni ca l specialty, which
sh a ll consist of observation and review as to the
establishme nt of line, g rade a nd surface drainage of the
deve lopm ent area . If revi sed plan s are required during the
co ur se of the work . they sha ll be prep ared by the civil
e ngineer.
10 9.6.3 Geotec h nical E ng ineer
The geo tec hn ica l eng ineer sha ll pro vid e obse rvat ion
d uring grad ing a nd tes ting fo r req uired co mpactio n. T he
geotec hnical en gi neer shall pro vide s ufficient o bse rvat ion
durin g the prepa ration o f the natural ground and
placement and co mpac tio n o f th e fill to vc rify that suc h
work is bei ng performed in acco rdance with the
conditio ns of the approved p lan an d th e appropriate
req uiremen ts of thi s chapte r.
Rev ised recommen dations re lating to conditions differing
fro m th e approved geo tec hn ica l en gineering and
engineering geo log y re port s sha ll be submitted to the
pe rm ittee, the build ing officia l a nd th e c ivil engi nee r.
109 .6.4 Permit tee
The perm itt ee s hall he res po nsible for the work to he
per formed in accordance wi th th e approved plans and
spec ificatio ns and in co nfor ma nce w ith the pro vision s o r
(hi s code, and the permitt ee sha ll e ng age cons ultants, as
m a y be ne ce ss ar y. to pro vide. profes sional inspect io n on (\
time ly basis. The permitt ee s ha ll act as a coordi nnu
between the consu ltant s. th e co ntrac to r and tile bui lding
 CHA PTEH 1 - General Requirements 1-21

official. lu the event of changed conditions, the permittee
shall be responsible for informing the building official of
such change and shall provide revised plans for approval.
109.6.5 Building Official
The building official shall inspect the project at the
variou s stages of work requir ing approval to determine
that adequate control is being exercised by the
profes sional consultants.
109.6.6 No tlfl ca tiun of Noncom plia nce
If, in the course of fulfilling their respective duties under
this chapter, the civil engineer or the geotechnical
engin eer finds that the work is not being done in
con form an ce with this c ha pte r or the app roved, grading
plans, the discrepancies shall be reported immediately in
writing to the permittee and to the building official.
109.6.7 Tra ns fe r of Respon sibility
If the civil engineer or the geotechnical engineer-or-
record is changed during grading, the work shall be
slopped until the replaceme nt has agreed in writing to
accept their responsi bil ity within [he are a of technical
competence for approval upon com pletion of the work. It
shall he the duty of the penn inee to notify the building
official in writ ing of such cha nge prior to the
recommcnccmcnt of such grading .
tests, other substantiating data , and comments on any
changes made during grading and their effect on the
recommendations made in the approved geotechnical
engineering investigation report Geotechnical
engineers shall submit a statement that, to the best of
their knowledge, the work within their area of
responsibilities is in accordan ce with the approved
geotechnical engineering report and applicable
provisions of this section.
J . The grading contractor shall submit in a form
prescribed by the building official a statemcu: of
conformance to said as-built plan ami .he
specifications.
109.7.2 Notification of Completion
The permittee shall notify the building official when the
grading operation is ready for final inspection . t-ina!
permission by the building official shall not be giver ",, -'
all work, including installation of all drainage f~i
and their protecti ve devices. and all erosion- .~;.-, .
measures have been completed in accordance wi.': li!''':
final approved grading plan, and the required rcpo.: -a.:
been submitted by the eng ineer-of-record.

109.7 Co mpletion of Work

109.7.1 Fina l Rep orts

Upon co mpletion of the rough grading work and at the
final completion of the work, the following reports and
drawin g s and supplement s the reto arc requ ired for
engin eer ed grading or w hen professional inspection i s
performed for regular gradi ng, as applicable:
J. An as-built gradi ng plan prepared by the civil
engineer retained to provide such services in
accordan ce wi th Section J09 .6 .5 showing original
ground surface elevations, as-graded ground surface
el evations, lot drainage pattern s, and the locations
and elevation s of surface drai nage facilities and of
the outlets of subsurface dra ins. As-constructed
locations. elevatio ns and details of subsurface drains
sha ll be shown as reported by the geotechnical
engin eer. Civil engi neers shall state that to the best
of their knowledge the work within their area of
resp onsibility was done in accord ance with the final
approved grading plan.
2. A report prepared hy the geotechnical engineer
reta ined to provide such services in accordance with
Sec tion 109.6.3, includin g locations and elevations of
field density tests, summaries of field and laboratory

National Structural Code of the F)!lilippines s" Edition Volume 1

Ass ocia tion o r Str uctural Enq inee rs of lhe P I11lippi nns
 NSCP C10110

Chapter 2

MINIMUM DESIGN LOADS

NATIONAL STRUCTURAL CODE OF THE PHILIPPINES

VOLUME I
BUILDINGS, TOWERS AND
OTHER VERTICAL STRUCTURES

SIXTH EDITION

Association of Str uctur al Engineers of the Philippines

Suitc 713, Future Point Plaza Co ndomininm I
112 Pan ay Avenue, Quezon City, Phi lippi nes 1100

Tel. No : (+632) 410-0483

Fax No .: (+632) 4 11-8606
Email: ~!g;J~lo.hng@:gllla i l . com
Wcbsite : h tt p://www.ascponl inc.org
 CHA P TE R 2 - Minimum Design Loads 21

Ta ble of Contents

CHAPTER 2 MINIM UM DESIGN LOADS 3

SECTION 201 GENERAL.. 3
20 1. 1 Scopo ...... 3
SECTION 202 DEF INITI ONS 3
202. 1 Walls ...." 4
SEC TI O N 203 COMIlINATIONS OF LOADS 5
203 . 1 General .. 5
203 .2 Symbols and Notations 5
203.3 Load Combinations using Strength Design or Load and Resistance Factor Design . .. 5
203 .4 Load Combinations Using Allowable Stress Design 5
203.5 Special Seismic Load Combinations .. " 6
SECTION 204 nEAD I.OAnS 9
. 204. 1 General .... .. 9
204.2 Weights of Materials and Constructions 9
204.3 Partition Loads 9
SECTION 20S LIVE LOADS 9
205. 1 General , , 9
205.2 Critical Distribution of Live Loads .i.. .. 9
205.3 Floor Live Loads . 9
205.4 Roof Live Load s .. 13
205.5 Reduction of Live Londs .., .. 14
205.6 Alterna te Floor Live Load Reduclion ............... .. 14
SECT IO N 200 OTHER MINIM UM LOADS IS
206.1 General .... 15
206,2 Other Londs . .. 15
206.3 Impact Loads . 15
206.4 Anchorage o f Concrete and Masonry Walls ....... .. 15
206.5 Interior Wall Loadx.... . 15
206.6 Retaining Walls . 15
206 .7 Wa ter Accurnulaljon ...................... . 15
206.8 Uplift Oil Floors and Foundations . .. , .. 15
206.9 Crane Loads . 16
206. 10 Heliport and Helistop Landing Areas 16
SEC T IO N 207 WIND LOADS 17
207. 1 General ...................... .. 17
207.2 Dcli nilio lls .. 17
2073 Sym bols and No tnu ons.. .. 19
207 .4 Method I .- S implified Proccdurc. c..; .. 20
207,S Method 2 Anal ytical Proccdurc ... .. 2 1
207.0 Method 3 Wind Tunnel Proccdurc.. .. . J!
207.7 G USI r:rrc<.: l Factor for Other Suuc iurcs .. . l2
207 .XEs um arcs or Dynamic PropcI1ies...... .. 32
207. 9 Co nsens us Standa rds and O ther Referen ced Docum ents 34
SEC TI ON 208 EAIU IIQ UAKE LO AIlS 72

Nationa l Structura l Cod e of (1"10 Phihppm es (,: Ii Edition Volume -I

 2 2 CHAPTEn 2 .. Minimum Design Loads

20 8. 1 Gen eral 72
20 8.2 Definitions . .. 72
208.3 Symbols and Notation , .. ,,,,... ...74
208.4 Criteria Se lec tion 75
208.5 Minimum Design Lateral Forces and Related Effects , 81
208 .6 Dynam ic Ana lysis Procedur es 90
208.7 Lateral Force 011 Elemen ts of Structures , Nonstructural Co mponents and Equipment Supported by Structures 92
208.8 Detailed Systems Design Requirements .. ".... ......... . 96
20R. 9 Non-Building Structures 99
20 8.10 S ue Categori zation Procedure 101
208.1 f Alternative Earthquake Load Procedure . 102
S ECTION Z09 SOIL LATERAL LOADS 103
209. 1 Ge nera!... ... .. 103
S ECTION ZI O RAI N LO ADS 111

I
[
2 10.1 Roof Drain age
2 10.2 Des ign Rain Loads
2 10 J Pe nding Instabil ity ....... .........
.
.. ..
111
II I
11 I
f
2 10.4 Controlled Drainage.. .. 111

I
~
,
S EC T IO N ZI I "1.001) LOAI)S
2 11 . 1 Ge nera l
2 11.2 Defini tions.
2 11.3 Establishment of Flood Hazard Areas
2 11 .4 Design and Consuuctiou
.

.
..
..
111
I II
II I
112
112
2 J 1.5 Flood Hazard Documen tatio n 113

Ass ooauon of S tructural Enq meers of tile Philippines

 CHAPTEli 2 - Minimum Desiqn Loads 2-3

The following terms are defined for use in this chapter:

ACCESS FLOOR SYSTEM is an assembly consisting

201.1 Scope
This chapter provides minimum design load requirements
for the design of buildings, towers and other vertical
structures. Loads and appropriate load combinations,
which have been developed to be used together, for
strength design and allowable stress design are set forth.
of panels mounted on pedestals to provide an under-floor
space for the installations of mechanical, electrical,
communications or similar systems or to serve as an
air-supply or return-air plenum.
AGRICULTURAL BUILDING is a structure designed
and constructed to house farm implements, hay, grain,
poultry, Ii vestock or other horticultural products. The
structure shall not be a place of human habitation or a
place of employment where agricultural products are
processed, treated, or packaged, nor shall it be a place
used by the public.

ALLOWABLE STRESS DESIGN is a method of

proportioning and designing structural members such that
elastically computed stresses produced in the members by
nominal loads do not exceed specified allowable stresses
(also called working stress design).

ASSEMBLY BUILDING is a building or portion of a

building for the gathering together of 50 or more persons
for such purposes as deliberation, education, instruction,
worship, entertainment, amusement, drinking or dining, or
awaiting transportation.

AWNING is an architectural projection that provides

weather protection, identity or decoration and is wholly
supported by the building to which it is attached.

BALCONY, EXTERIOR, is an exterior floor system

projecting from and supported by a structure without
additional independent supports.

DEAD LOADS consist of the weight of all materials ancl

fixed equipment incorporated into the building or other
structure.

DECK is an exterior floor system supported on at least

two opposing sides by an adjacent structure and/or posts,
piers, or other independent supports.

ESSENTIAL FACILITIES arc buildings, towers and

other vertical structures that arc intended to remain
operational in the event of extreme environmental loading
from wind or earthquakes.

FACTORED LOAD is the product of a load specified in

Sections 204 through 208 and a load factor. See Section
203.3 for combinations of factored loads.

th
National Structural Code of the Philippines 6 Edition Volume 1
 2-4 CHAPTER 2 - Minimum Design Loads

GARAG E is a building or port ion thereo f in which motor 2. Any ma sonry or con crete wall that supports m ore
veh icle containing flam mable or combustib le liquids or than 2.90 kN/m of vertical load in addition to its Own
gas in its tank is stored, repaired or kept. we ight ,

GARAGE, PRIVATE, is a bui ldin g or a porti on of a EXTERIOR WALL is any wa ll or eleme nt of a wall , Or
building, not more than 90 111 2 in area, in which only any mem ber or group of members, that defi nes th e
motor vehicles used by the tenants of the building or exterior boun daries or co urts of a building and that has a
buildings on the premises are kept or stored. slope of 60 degrees or greater with the horizontal plane.

LIMIT STATE is a condition beyond which ,1 structure
or memb er becomes unfit for service and is j udge d to be
no lon ger usefu l for its intend ed function (se rvice abi lity
limit state) or 10 be unsafe (strength limit state).
LI VE LOADS arc those loads prod uced by the use and
occupancy of the building or other structure and do not
include dead load, co nstruction load. or environmental
loads such as wind load, earthquake load and fluid load .
NONBEARING WALL is any wall that is not a bearin g
wa ll.
PARAPET WAL L is that part of any wall entirely ab ove
the roo f line .
RETAINING WALL is a wall designed to resist the
lateral displacem ent o f sa il or other materi als.

LOADS are forces or other action s thal result from the

weight of all building materials, occupan ts and their
possessions. environme ntal effects, differenti al
mo vemen ts, and restrained dimensional changes.
Permanent loads are those load s in which variations over
time are rare or o f small magnitu de. All other loads are
variable loads.

LOAD AND RESISTANCE FA CTOR DESIGN

(L RF D) M ETHOD is a me thod of proportioni ng and
de signing structural e lements usi ng load and resistance
factor s such tha t no app licable limit state is reached when
the struc ture is subjec ted ro all appropriate load
co mbina tions. Th e term " U~ FD " is used in the desi gn of
steel structures.

M ARQ UE E is a permane nt roofed structure atta ch ed to

and supported by the buildi ng and projecting over pub lic
rig ht-o f-way .

OCCUPANCY is the purpose for that a building, or part

thereof, is used or intended to be used .

STRENGTH DESIGN is a method of propo rtioning and

des ign ing struc tural mem bers such that the compu ted
forces pro duce d in the me m ber s by the factore d load do
not exceed the member design strength. Th e term stren gth
design is used in the design o f concrete structures.

202,1 W all s

BEARI NG WAL L is any wall meetin g either of the

follow ing classifi cations:
I. An y metal or wood stud wall that supports more than
1.45 kN/ m of vertic al lo ad in addition to its ow n
weight.

Association of Str uctural Engineers of the Philippines

 CHAPTE R 2 ~ Minimum Des iqn Load s 2-5

O. 9D + 1.6 W + 1.6H (203-6)

0.9D+1.0E+1.6H (203-7)
where:
203.1 General
Build ings. towers and other vertical stru ctures and all f, = 1.0 for Doors in place s of public assembly. for live
portio ns thereof shall be designed to resist the load load s in exce ss.of 4.8 kPa , and for garage live load
combinations specified in Section 203.3 Of 203.4 and, = 0 .5 for oth er Ii ve loads
where requir ed by Sec tion 208, or Chap ter 4 and the
specia l seism ic load combinations of Sec tion 203.5.
~~~pij}~n!~':<:y '~: ,<;:.', '\~~. t ',(~ ",' 5;~"
Factored load corillilt:aiiQns for struc
The most critical effect can occur when one or more of Section 409.3: ' , '" ' ' '' .
the contributing loads 3rC not acting . All app licab le loads
shall be considered, includi ng both earthquake and wi nd , 203 .3 .2 Other Lo ads
in accordance with the spec ified load co mbinations. Where P is to be conside red in des ign, the applica ble load
shall be adde d to Sectio n 203 .3.1 factored as 1.21'.
203.2 Symbols and Not ati on s
203.4 Lo ad Combinati on s Us ing Allowabl e St r ess
/) = dead load
Design
E = ea rthquake load set forth in Section 208 .5.1. 1
/:.:" = estimated maximum earthquake force that ca n be 203.4.1 Rasic Load Comhi nations
developed in the struc ture as SCi forth in Section
208.5 1.1 Where allowable stress de sign (working stress design) is
I' = load due to fluids with well -defined pressures and used. structures and all port ions thereof sha ll resist the
maximum heights most critical effects resulting from the follow ing
H = load due to lateral pressure of soil and water in com binations of loads. .
soil D+ F (203- 8)
L = live load, except roo f live load , includ ing any
permitted live load reduction D+ H + I'+L +T (203-9)
L, = roof live load, inclu ding any per mitted live load (203 - 10)
D + ll ' 1', (L,or R)
reduction
P = ponding load D ' 11 + I' ' O.75[L+ T + (L,or R)] (203 -11)
R = rai n load on the undeflected roof
T = self-straini ng force and e ffec ts arising fro m
con trac tion or expansion resulting fro m J)
(
+ H + F + W o r --- F) (203-12)
temperature change, shrinkag e , mois ture cha nge . 1.4
creep in co mponent mat erials. movement due to
No increa se in allow abl e stresses shall be used with these
di fferent ial settlement, o r co mbin ations thereof .
load co mbinations except as specifica lly permitted by
1V = loa d due to wind pressure
Section 203.4 .2.
203.3 Load Combinations using Strength Design or
Load and Resistance Factor Design

203.3. 1 Basic Load Com bina tions

Where loa d and res istance facto r design is used, structures
and all portions thereof shall resist the most critical
effec ts fro m the follo wing co mbinatio ns of factored loads:

1.4(D + F ) (203 - 1)

1. 2(D + F + T )+ 1.6(L + 11)+ 0.5(L , or II) (203-2)

1.2D + 1.6(L, or R) + (/, L or 0.8W) (2 03 -3)

1.2D + 1.6W ' j,L' O.5(L, or R) (203-4)

1.2 D ' I.OE + I I I- (203-5)

th
Nation al Structural Code of the Pl1illppines 6 Edition Volume 1
 2 () CHAPTErl 2 . Min imum Design Loads

203.4.2 Alt ernate Basic Load Com bina ti ons

III lieu of the basic load co mbinations specified in Section
203.4. I, struc tures and portions thereof shall be permitted
to be designed for the most critical effects resulting from
the following load combinations. When using these
a lremat e basic load combinations, a o ne-third increase
shall be permitted in allowable stresses for all
combinat ions, incl uding W or E.

D+ 1I + F +0.75[ L+ L, +(IV or/::y)] (203- 13)

O.60D+ W + /f (20 3-14)

E
0.60D + - + If , (203 -15)
1.4

LJ + L + L, (or R) (203- 16)

D+L+ W (203 -17)

E
D + L+ (203 - 18)
1.4

~1;~J1Jipfli "" ' , " '" ':: ,: '

6J,~WIi6di;~dt#~efd ~t be co'?'bi~~d, wi,l MJf live
ii/iia~tw.)iii 'if,orri),a~'i;ili-haI/ol1ii'e WMiFtoitil.'::r , ."
203 .4.3 Other Lo ad s
Where P is to be considered in design, each applicable
10;I(J shall be added 10 the co m binatio ns specifi ed in
Sections 203 .4.1 and 203 .4 ,2.

203 .5 Specia l Seism ic Load Com bina tions

For bot h allo wable stress design and st rengt h des ign, the
following special load combinations for seismic design
shall be used as specifically required by Section 208, or
by Cha pters 3 through 7, .

1.2D+ I ,L + 1.0 /;'", (203 ' 19)

O.9D 1.0E", (20320)

w here:

J, ;:; 1.0
for fl oors in places of public assembly. for live
lo ad s ill excess o r 4.8 kt' a. and for garage live load.
= 0.5 for ether live loads
Em = the ma xim um e ffec t of ho rizo nt al an d ve rtic al
fo rces as set forth ill Sect ion 2mL) . I.1

Association o f Structural Enqineers of the Ph ilippines

 CHAPT ER 2 - Minimum Design Loads 2-7

Table 204-1 Minimum Densities for Design Loads from Materi als (kN/mJ )

Material Density Material Density

Aluminum .................................. .._ 26 .7 Lead . 111.5
DilUnunous Products Lime
Asphahum 12.7 H ydra ted . loose .. 5.0
Graphite . 2 1.2 Hydra ted , compacted 7-'
Paraffin 8.8 Masonry. Ashlar Stone
Petroleum. crude 8.6 Granit e . . 25.9
Petroleum. refined 7.9 Limestone, crystalline . 25.9
Petroleum. benzine 1.2 Limestone. oolitic .. 21. 2
Peuoleurn. gasoline 6.6 Mar ble . . 27.2
Pitch 10.8 Sandstone: .. 22 .6
Tar "..................... 11.8
Masonry, Brick
Brass 82.6 Hard (low absorption) .. 20 .4
Bronze 86.1 Medium (medium absorpr ioo} . 18 .1
Cast-stone masonry (cement, stone, sand) 22.6 Soft (high abso rptio n) .. 15.7
Cement, portland. loose 14.1
Ceramic lile 23.6 MASONRY. Concrete (solid portion}
Charcoal 1.9 Lightweight units 16 .5
Cinder fill .. 9.0 Medium weight units .. 19.6
Cinders. dry. in bulk 7. 1 Normal we ight units 21.2

Coal Masonry grout 22.0

Anthracite, piled 8.2 Masonry, Rubble Slone
Bituminous, piled 7.4 Granite , .. 24.0
Lignite. piled . . 7.4 Limestone, crystalline . 23.1
Peat, dry, piled 3.6 Limestone, oo litic """ , 21.7
Concrete, Plain Marble . 24.5
Cinder 17.0 Sandstone 2 1.5
Expanded-slag aggregate 15.1 Mortar, cement or lime 20.4
H eydite (burned-clay aggregate) 14, 1 Particle board 7.1
Slag 20.7 Plywood 5.7
Stone 22.6 Riprap (not nub merged)
Vermiculite and perlite aggregate. nonload-bcaring 3.9-7.9 Limestone 13.0
Other light aggregate, load bearing 11.0 .16.5 Sandstone 14.1
Concrete, Reinforced Sand
Cinder . 17.' Clean and dl) ' . 14. 1
Slag . 21.7 River, dry ............................. . . 16.7
Stone. (including gravel) . 2 3.6
Sla g
Copper . 87.3 Hank .. 11.0
Cork. compressed . 22 Bank sc ree nings . 17.0
Ear th (not submerged ) Mach ine . 15.1
Clay. dry 9.9 Sand .. . . 8 .2
Clay, damp . 17.3 SI:lle .. .. 27 .0
Clay and gravel. dry ............................ .. 15.7 St ee l, cold-drawn . 77.3
Silt. moist. loose . 12.3
Sill. mois t. packed 15.1 Slone . Quarried, Piled
Basalt, granite. gneiss . 15.1
Silt. flowing 17.0
Sand and gravel. dry. loose 15.1 Limestone, marble. quar tz .. 14.9
Sandstone . 12 .9
Sand and gravel, dry. packed J 7.3
Sa nd and g rav e l. wct .. 18.9 Shale .. 14 .5
Gree nstone, hornblende , . 16 .8
Earth(submerged)
Clay .............. 12.6 Terra Coua. Arch itectural
Soil ............. 11 .0 Voids filled . . 18 .9
Voids unfilled . . 11.3
Rive r mud . 14.1
San d 01' ~I avc l 9.4 Tin 72.1
Sand or gravel and clay 10.2 water
Glass 25.1 Fresh .. 98
Gravel. dr y ........... .. 16J Sea . 10.1
Gypsum. loose 11 .0 Wood (see Table 6.2 for relative densities (or Philippine wood)
Gypsum. wallboard 1.9
Zinc . rolled shee t " . 70.5
Ice 9.0
iron
Cas t 70.7
Wro llghl 7.S A

t1 1
National Structural Code of the Philippines 6 Edition Volume 1
 2-8 CHAPTER 2 - Minimum Design Loads

Table 204-2 Minimum Design Dead Loads (kPa) (Use actual loads when available)

Component Load Component Load Component Load

CEILINGS FLOOR FILL FRAME WALLS
Acoustical Fiber Board 0.05 Cinder concrete. per mm 0.017 Exterior stud walls:
Gypsum Board (per mm Lightweight concrete, pcr nun .0.015 SOx 1(X) mill @ 400 mm, 15-1l111l
thickness) 0.008 Sand, per 111111.. .. 0.015 gypsum, insulated, lO-mm
Mechanical duct allowance 0.20 Stone concrete. pcr nun 0.023 siding 0.53
Plaster on tile or concrete 0.24 FLOOR AND FLOOR FINISHES SOx150 nun @ 400 mm, l Svmm
Plaster Oil wood lath 0.38 gypsum, insulated, l Ovmm
Asphalt block (50 mm), 13 nun
Suspended steel channel siding 0.57
system 0.10 mortar .. 1.44
Exterior ~tlld wall with brick
Cement finish (25 mm) on stone-
Suspended metal lath and cement veneer 2.30
concrete fill.. .. 1.53
plaster 0.72 Windows, glass, frame and
Ceramic or quarry tile (20 mm)
Suspended metal lath and sash 0.38
on 13 mill mortar bed 0.77
gypsum plaster 0.48 Clay brick wythcs:
Ceramic or quarry tile (20 mm)
Wood furring suspension 100 mm 1.87
system
on 25 mill mortar bed 1.10
0.t2 200 mm 3.80
Concrete fill finish (per rnm
COVERINGS, Roof and Wall 300 mm 5.50
thickness) 0.023
400 nun 7.42
Asphalt shingles 0.10 Hardwood flooring, 22 mm 0.19
Cement tile 0.77 Linoleum or asphalt ti!c. 6mm 0.05 CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS
Clay tile (for mortar add 0.48 kPa) Marble and mortar on stone- Hollow Concrete Masonry units
Book tile, 50 mill 0.57 concrete fill 1.58 (Unplastcrcd. add 0.24 kPa for
Book tile, 75 mm 0.96 Slate (per mm thickncss) O.028 each face plastered)
Ludowici.. 0.48 Solid Oat tile on 25 mm mortar Grout : Wvthe thickness (mm)
Roman.; . ., 0.57 base.. . 1.10 Spacing 100 , 150 , 200
Spanish. .. 0.91 Subflooring, 1911l111 0.14 16.5 kN/n?.' Density of Unit
,,'.. ....i-------..-;...... "..,',,"'
Composition: Terrazzo (38 mm) directly on 1.15 , 1.48
.!'J.O.g~~~I. 1.05
Three-ply ready roofing
Pour-ply felt and gravel
0.05
0.26
slab. ..
Tcrrazzos (25 mm) on stone-
0.91 800 ....... _j~.o j 1.53 L. 201 .
600
....... '-......--..'....... l-.."..1.50 1.63 2.20
L.J._7~....J T9i-'-r,. 2:54' .
Five-ply felt and gravel 0.29 concrete fill 1.53 ---~T

400
Copper or tin 0.05 TelT<lZZO (25 mm), 50 nun stone
Fuil ' 2.50 : 2.63 359
Corrugated asbestos-cement concrete.. ...1.53 l
19.6 kN/nr
.... .......... _,. ._I2~.r,l_~.i~y.. ?rU nil ,
.... .
roofing 0.19 Wood block (76 mm) on mastic,
Deck, metal 20 gage. . 0.12 no fill.. 0.48 !'J.O.g~(?l~t 1.24 1.34 , 1.72
Deck , metal, 18 gage 0.14 Wood block (76 mm) on 13 rnm
80t) 1.59 1.72 ,. 225
600 . 1.87 ; 244 .
Fiberboard, 13 1llJ11 . . 0.04 mortar base 0.77 .. 1.69
Gypsum sheathing, 13 nun (l.lO 400 1.98 2.1 I ,. 282
FLOORS, WOOD-JOIST (no Full 2.69 2.82
Insulation, roof boards (per nun 388
plaster) r-c-r-v-':
thickness) .?!.? .kJ~J~n.r. _p~_~~_i.tx(}r~J[.lJI
Cellular glass 0.0013 Joist
Sizes
~gi,~,~.~~l?'!s:!~lE.
. 4t)O . 600
Nogrout , 1.39 ,! 1.44 r r
187
Fibrous glass 0.0021 800 ..... I
....1.74
-- ...- j 1.82 L. 2.39
(mm) mrn '60iJ I
Fiberboard 0.0028
. 400 .
.... J.. 1.83 ...1. 1.96 ,I. 259
Perlite 0.0015 50xl50 2.13 2.2 ,. 292 .
1-'
polystyrene foam 0.0004 50x2oo Full ! 2.84 i 2.97 ! 397
Urethane foam with skin 0.0009
50x250
Plywood (per mm thickness) 0.0060
Rigid Insulation, 13 nun . 0.04 50x300
Skylight, metal frame, FRAME PARTITIONS
J 0 nun wire glass 0.38
Movable steel partuions ... 0.19
Slatc,5 mill 0.34
Wood or steel studs, 13 mm
Slate, 6 nun 0.48
gypsum board each sidc: . 0.38
Waterproofing membranes:
Wood studs, SO x 100,
Bituminous, gravel-covered .0.26
unplastcrcd 0.19
Bituminous, smooth surface . 0.07
Wood studs 50 x 100, plastered
Liquid, applied 0.05
one sidc.. .. 0.57
Single-ply, sheet 0.03
Wood studs 50 x 100, plastered
Wood Sheathing (per mm
two xide 0.96
thickness) 0.0057
Wood Shingles 0.14

Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines

 CHAPTER 2 ... Minimum Design Loads 2-9

204.1 Ge neral 205.1 General

Dead loads consist of the weight of all materials of
construclion incorporated into the building or other
structure, including but n OI limited to walls, floors, roofs.
ceilings. stairways. built-in partitions, finishes, cladd ing
and other similarly incorporated architectural and
slnJclU raJ items, and fixed service equipment, including
the weight of cranes.
204.2 Weights of M ateria ls and Co ns tr uctio ns
The actual weights of materials and constructions shall be
used in determining dead loads for purposes of design. In
the absence of defi nite informa tion , it shall be permit ted
to usc the minimum values in Tables 204- 1 and 204-2.
Live loads shall bc the maximum loads expected by the
intended usc or occupancy but in no case shall be less
than the loads required by this section.
205.2 C ritica l Distribntion of Live Loads
Where structural members are arranged 10 create
continuity, members shall be designed using the loading
conditions, which would cause maximum shear and
bending moments. This requirement may be satisfied in
accordance with the provisions of Section 205.3.2 or
205.4.2, where applicable,
205.3 Floor Live Loads

204.3 Partition Loads 205.3.1 General

Floors in offi ce buildin gs and other buildin gs where
partition locations are subject to change shall be designed
to support, in addition to all o ther loads, a unifor mly
distributed dea d load eq ual to 1.0 kPa of floor area,
Floors shalJ be designed for the unit live loads as set forth
in Table 205- 1. These loads shall be taken as the
minimum live loads of horizontal projection to be used in
the design of buildings for the occupanci es listed, and
loads at least equa l shall be assumed for uses not listed in
this section but that creates or accommodates similar
loadings.

Where it can be determin ed in designing floors that the

actual live load will be greater than the value shown in
Tab le 205- 1, the actual live load shall be used in the
design of such buildings or portions thereof. Special
provisions shall be made for machine and apparat us loads.

205.3.2 Dist ribu ti on of Un ifor m Floo r Loa ds

Where uniform !loor loads are involved. consideration
may be limited to full dead load on all spans in
combination with full live load on adjacent spans and
alternate spans.

205.3 .3 Co nce n t r a ted Load s

Floors shall be designed to support safely the uniformly
distributed live loads prescribed in this section or the
concentrated load given in Table 205 ~1 whichever
produces the greatest load effects. Unless otherwise
specified the indicated concentration shall be assumed to
be uniformly distributed over an area 750 mm square and
shall be located so as to produce the maximu m load
effects in the structural member.

Provision shall be made ill areas where vehicles are used

or stored for concentrated loads, L, consisting or two or
more loads spaced 1.5 III nominally on ce nter without
uniform live loads. Each load shall he 40 percent of the

th
National Structural Code of the Philip pines 6 Edition Volume 1
 2-10 CHAloTER 2 Minimum Desiqn Loads

gross weight of the maximum size vehicle to be accordance with Section 203.3 or 203.4 as appropriate,
accommodated. Parking garages for the storage of private producing the greatest stresses shall govern.
or pleasure-type motor vehicles with no repair or
refueling shall have a floor system designed for a 205.3.4 Special Loads
concentrated load of not less than 9 kN acting on an area Provision shall be made for the special vertical and lateral
2
of 0.015 rn without uniform live loads. The condition of loads as set forth in Table 205-2.
concentrated or uniform live load, combined in

Table 205-1 - Minimum Uniform find Concentrated Live Loads

~.-'---'-'~-'~"""----
......... _._-~ ~ .... ..
_~._-_.~-_ .._--_._ ..
~--_._
.. .._-"-_ .._..__...._ -- __ -._.~.- ...- --.--'.. ~.-- ..-
Concentrated
Use01' Occupancy Uniform Load 1
-- ......_...... _.--. -- --.-~ _- -_
.------_ .. . ..-- ........ ........ .._._ ..._.__ ._._._-_._._~
._._-- .~-~ . ._--.~~
1- .--.- . Load
. ..... _..._-.. ---- --.-.''''-

Category Description kPa kN

Office use 2.4 9.0'

1. Access floor systems - _.._ --
Computer use 4.8 9.0'
_.. __. -
2. Armories .- 7.2 0
- - -~-_._. _------
Fixed seats 2.9 0

3. Theaters, assembly areas J and Movable seats 4.8 0

auditoriums.
Lobbies and platforms 4.8 0

Stages areas 7.2 0

4. Bowling alleys. poolrooms and similar
-- 3.6 0
recreational areas
-
5. Catwalk for maintenance access -- 1.9 1.3
- .. ..._. ...._....... __. - ._- -
4
6. Cornices and marquees -- 0
..- _ __.__
._.. .. .._---_.. __ _ ... ......._-- .._..._ -- _ .._--_.-3.6 .__.. -_.....
7. Dining rooms and restaurants -- 4.8 0
.._._ ...
_......_...... _~ .. .._----_ .._ ...._-._-..- . .._.- ...- .._.."_.._.._,,....
~-_ _~-- -_

~-
,,~'-._
_
... ........._... ..._.._."._ ....- ---- ----- - .---------------- -_. ~ - - _
. .._---------
8. Exit facilities 5 -- Or,
_.._--~---_._ ... ------- . __.._._-_.. 4.8 ...._.,,- .,,_.-_---_.. _-~--

7
General storage and/or repair --
9. Garages __
--_.. .._-----_.. ..__. .- . _-_ __ __ ..__4.8 ..._---------- ...,,-
Private or pleasure-type motor
I .9 -- 7
-----_....__.- vehicle storage .-.._-_... _._-
Wards and rooms 1.9 4.5 '
... _~

----------
Laboratories & operating
10. Hospitals 29 4.5'
rooms . _._--_._. _-~ . _. . .. _.~ ___._. _._----_.._.
... .. .. --''''-'''-

Corridors above ground floor 38 4.5

- - - - - - - - - ... .._--- ".~
_._._-_._~_ .. _~-_. __. _.._----_. _._------ -_ ....... .. ..
~ ~ _._-----"..
," 2
Reading rooms 2.9 4.5
-_.._--- .. _- ~~~._-_._-_._._.--

,
I I. Libraries Stack rooms 7.2 4.5
-_...- .. _.. .. ...... ........... ._._ .._-------- --_.-- __
__. . _ - - - .....
~
-
-
-
-
_
.
-~._----------~_ ~.-
_
~
.
_
Corridors above ground 0001" 38 45
--------------- - -----_._.,,_._---- -.---~
...--._-_._-----_. __...
2
Light 60 9.0
12. Manufacturing --~--~.
_ ..._.._._..__
.. ... .. __.-_.-
Heavy 12.0 13.4 2
~- _. __...._...
--.~._--------_ ...... _.- -- ......---_.. ~--_.-
.. _._~_._~

_._._---~---_.- ------_ .. ...

~--_ .. - -------....

Association of Structural Engineers of the Plulippines

 CHAPT ER 2 .. Minimum Design Loads 2 11

Concen tr ated
Use 0 1" Occupa ncy Unifor m Load J
I -...... .... .... -..,,- - u , . . . . . , ..." .... .. .. . . " ..",." .... ..... ...... ..................... ... . . ......, .. ". --. .. - - - ...... _... .. ...._... .... --
~ ' ~ . .. . . 0' .
Loa
_.. ..... . ._..... _._-
.. d _... .._, ....
'

Catego ry Desc ription kPa kN

-~--
._ ~.

Ca ll Centers & BPO 2.9 9 .0

- - -_.. _._~-_. __._-- -- -- - "_.._. ..._ - _._ -,._. -- - --_.__.. -- ~ - _ .._._ -- -
Lob bies & grou nd floo r
4.8 9 .0
corri dors
13. O ffi ce -
Offices 2.4 9.0'
Building cor ridors ab ove
3.8 90
grou nd floor
Press roo ms 7.2 11.0 '
14. Prin ting pla nts ~._-
_.._-
Co mposing and linotype
4.8 9.0 '
rooms "~ - ~
_. -
6
Basic 0 001' area 1.9 0

Exterior balconies 2.9 ' 0

15. Rcsi dcllIial 8
Dec ks 1.9' 0

Storag e 1.9 0
16. Rcst roo ms 9 -- -- --
----- ----
17. Reviewing stands, grandstands,
Bleach ers, and fo lding and telescoping .. 4,8 0
-
seati ng . .. __ _- " "_.~. _. _ - - . _--

Same as are a served or

_-
..
18. Ro of decks
Occ upanc y
.. --
-- -
Classroo ms 1.9 4 .5 '

19. Sch ools Co rridors above ground floor 3.8 4.5

Ground floor corridor s 4 .8 4.5

7
20. S idewa lks and d riveways Public access 12.0 --
..._- - _.- --_ . -
21. Storage -_ . ~ , . , _
_._-_Light
..- .. ........__...
~ -- - _ _-_
... ..- - -_._- - - _.__...
-_.._._ -- 6.0
--
--- -- - ...

--
- - - ~ -- _.

Hea vy 12.0
--- - -- - -- '-'-- -"- -- --- .. -- f-----...- - .- - - -
Reta il 4.8 4.5 '
22. Stores .-
Wholesale 6 .0 13 .4 2

21 Ped es trian bridges and wal kways -- 4 ,8 --

.. - -
No ns fOR TABU, 205 /
I Se c ,')(:("1;011 205 .5 [ar
live Jam ! reductions,
See Section 205.3 .3.jirsf pomgmph.for aft'a of {out! (/1'1'1;W 11' III
I A.ut'llIbly a reas include sucli flCC IiP/IIII/".1 l IS dance halls. d ril( rooms. Rymlw.I";lIm.f. playground.\'. I' !a u u . terraces and simila r occup ancies that
arc J.:I'lw m /ly a C(" ,\'.I'i h {e tothe public.
FOl" '~fJ(' ci(l ( 'fm rfl()S(~ m o/l' . .we Section 20 5,./.4
C.ri rloC'ililie.l'sho /l include s uch I/'\<'.\' (I S C!I/'rido l'.\ ,I'c r l' ill f; all /!I 'Of/lflll ! loa d of 10 Of morr per,W II S, exterior ex il halconies, !min w ly s, [i re ('$((1/)('.1"
andsimilaruses.
Im/ il,it/I/o/ stair treads slllll/ hi' r!t'siglfC'd to .\lIf' l m ,-{ (/ 1.3 l;N concentra ted (oad "lw'('11 in a p ositioll tlutt would COllSt' III/U im ll 11l .\"11'('.1'.(. Sw jr
string ers ilia)' be df' .f iXIlt'tlfm the IlII1/on" loatl .u t / or/ Ii ill th(' tahir,
Sfr~ Section 205..1.3.. fecol/(l l'omg m ph./of concentratedloadv. Sl'r TaMe 205 2 j or \'r:hidr harriers.
Res identi al orcupanrics i lldlldt' I',i lVIIC'I/Wl'lti11i:J. upartnunus lind hmcl g uest mil/II.I.
Rr.\"I"tHJlJI loads shall II /II /1(' It '.n tll(/1I II /(' load [ar lilt' O /"llfl llllCy with which tliey (l n ' {/ ,u m itlff'{J. bU I II I'('d /llI t ex ceed 2.4 kP tl _

th
National Structural Code or (1-10 Philippinos G Edition Volume 1
 2-12 CHAPTEli 2. ... Minimum Design Loads

Table 205-2 Special Loads' Notes for Table 205-2

--- I The tabulated loads are minimum leads. wnerc other vertical by
Vertical Lateral this code or required hy Ihe design would cause greater Slre.IS('S,
Usc or Occupancy they shall be used. Loads are in kPo unless otherwise indicated
._~. __.._._...
_----

- - ._....
~---_.
Load _-~.
Load
_ --
._....
ill the table.
Category Description kP" kPa
- ----_._._-- 2 Units is kNI/1J.
I. Construction, Walkway 7.2 Lateral sway bracing loads of 350 Nlm parallel Will 145 Him
public access at - _ ._--_..- -----"~_ ... _- -- ----"._--- perpendiculars to scat and [oothoards.
site (live load) Canopy 7.2 Docs /l0! lIpI)ly II! ceilings tluu IUI\'!' sufficietn Inial access ji'OIII
below. sncli Ihal O('C/'.I'S is 1I0t required within the .I'/){1('(' II!JO\'(!
1-=---------- .
2. Graudsrands, she ceiling, 00('.\' not apply to rcilings if the attic arens above the
reviewing, cd/ing are 1101 provided wilh access. This live loud III'Nl'lOl IN'
stands bleachers, considered (/.1' acung sitnultaneausly wuh other IiI'I' 10ud.I'
Scats and 1.75 Sa imposed upon IIi(' ceiling framing or us supporting stl"UclJll'I'.
and folding and
footboards Note 3 ,l The impoct factors included are jor cranes wilh steel wheels
telescoping
riding Oil steel mils. TI/('y 1Il0y 1>1' modified if substantiating
seating (live
technical data acceptable 10 the huilding official is submitted.
load) Live loads 011 crane SlIpporl girders and their cannections shall
he taken as the maximum crane wheel loads, For pendant-
Catwalks 1.9 operated traveling crane support girders and their connections.
3. Stage . _. __.,._.. _-_._.~
._._-_.- the impact factors shalf be 1.10.
accessories (live FoIJow~p;t:--
load) This applies ill the direction parallel If) fhl' runway mils
projection and 2.4
{longitudinal}. The [actor for forces perpendicular 10 Ihe mil is
control rooms ..
.. .., ._._._,.-
-~ ~ _- ._-~-- ._- ----- _ ... _.. 0.20 .r the 11"(//IS\'('I"S(' traveling loads (frolley, cab, hooks and
lifted loads). Forces shall be applied (/f top of rail and //lay be
Over stages 1.0
disturbed among rails of multiple rail ("ranl'.~ and shal! be
4. Ceiling framing distributed widi due regard for lateral stiffness of the structures
(live load)
All uses
except over 0.5 <1 supporting these rails.
7 A load per lineal meter (kNlm) 10 be applied !lorizollta{{y at rigtu
- - _stages ..... ..._---- ..._. ... - u _ ._-~--

angles 10 the sop rail.

5. Partitions and
0.25 Intermediate rails, pane! fillers and their connections shall be
interior walls,
6. Elevators and
--- ~_._---_.-
capable ofll'ith.watlding a load of 1.2 kPa applied hariunualiy at
righl angles over the ell/ire tributary area, including openings
dumbwaiters 2 x total and spaces between rails. Reactions due 10 this loading IWNl not
(dead and live loads be combined with those of Footnote 7.
loads) v A horizontal load in kN applied 01 right angles 10 the vehicle
_.- --_.~--~-"

Total load barrier (If a hei/;/1I oj 450 I11Ill above she parking surflln'. The
(J.1 0 x force may be distributed 01'1'1' a 300-m/llsquare {/IN/.
7. Cranes (dead including 1.25 x total
total In The IlJOlllllillg:of handrails shalt be such tnat Ih/' completed
and live loads) impact load"
loado handrail and supporting SII'U('/III"f' are capable a] I\'ilhrflllllling II
increase ... - .._-- .. ....
---- ---------- load of at tcast 890 N applied ill om' direction at aNI' ponn 011
-':xit fac;I-~"i~s
~,. _._~

~-
_._-~._,~

the rail. These loads shalf n(ll 1)1' o.~'.\'lmu'd III lie! c/llIlufmiF/'I\'
serving an with ltem 9.
0.75
occupant load 7 vertical members of storage rocks shatt he protected from
kN/m
greater than impactforces (!(op('l"(l/illr; equipment, or racks slsalibc designed
B. Balcony railings 50 .1'0 that failure (!( one vertical member wilt not calise collapse of
.._--
and guardrails /1101'1' man Ihe bay or bays dirccfly .l'upported hy that member.
Other than 0.30
kN/m 7 il The 1.1 kN load is 10 be applied to any single fire sprinkler
exit facilities
supfJor point hilt 1101 sinndtaneouslv to all sunport joints,

Components 1.2 8
f-------.-----~- - --.~ '" ........ "---~
-~ _. ._.~-_._--

--- _.... _._-_.._.. ,.~

9 Vehicle barriers 27 kN'

--- ._----_.. .._--- --- ----_.._---_.
_~_

"--~---_ . .._---- .------

S('l' See
10. Handrails
No/e J() Note J()
.._---_ ... _------- -_. -,_.~"
...._._._ .._-- --- - - - -- - ~- -
--_... ~_ ..
See
Over 2.4 III Total
II. Storage racks Table
high loads"
---_. -_ .. 208-/2
~--~
-- - - ~

." .. _-~-

1.1 kN plus
12. Fire sprinkler See
weight of
structural Tahfe
water-filled
support 208- /2
- .__..._-- .rie ' ?
--

Association of Structural Engineers of 01(-) Philippines

 CHAPTEJ12 - Minimum De s ign Loa ds 2 13

Table 2053 Minimu m Roof Live Loads J

.
METHOD I METH OD 2
.
Trib utnrv Area (m") Maximum
Uniform Rate of
ROOF SLOPE 0 1020 20 to 60 l a ver 60 Reduction
. Load 2 Reduction,
R
Uniform Load (kl'a) (kl' a) r
-_._-- ~- .- (perc'O!~
I. Flat ) or rise less than 4 units vcn il~~
12 units horizontal (33.3% slope ). Arch
1.00 0.75 0.60 1.00 0.08 40
and dome with rise less than one -eighth
o f span.
-
2. Rise 4 units vertical less than 12 units
to
verti cal in 12 units horizontal (33.3% to
less [han 100 % slope) . Arc h and dome 0.7 5 0.70 0.60 0.75 0.06 25
with rise one-eighth o f spa n 10 less than
three-eighth s of spa n.
3. Rise 12 units vertical in 12 units
horizontal ( 100% slope) and greater.
0.60 0.60 060 0 .60
Arch Of dome with rise three-eigh ths o f
span or greater.
No reduction permi tted
4. Awn ings ex cept clo th co vered. 4 0. 25 0.25 0. 25 0.2 5
- - ---- ---- - - - -- - _._- --- -- - _._- -- .'_. ..'- .~
5. Green houses, lath hou ses and
0.50 05 0 0.50 0 .50
agricultural buildings. 5
t
For special-pu rpose roofs..fl'r Section 205 .4.4 .
] Se e Sec tions 205.5 (111(1 205.6 for tive-load reduc tions. The m te of reduc tion r ill Equation 205- 1 shallbe as indicated in lil t' table . 11,e maximum
reduction, R. 511f111 1101 exceed the value indi cared in flu table.
J 11 fl at roof is (l il y roof with (/ stope leu fJu/Il 1/4 unit vertica! ill 12 f/llits Iwri::pll/a! (2% slopc ). The Ih't' toad f or flat roo! f is ill addition /(J (he-
potuJi"1: load required hy S,.c"I;0I1206.7.
SN' deft";li,,,, ill Section 202 .
SI'e Sec tion 205.4 .4fi" concentrated load I"e(jllil'n /lenu f i)I" greenhouse roo] m,'mhers.

205.4 Hoof Live Loads For those conditions where fight-gage metal preformed
structural sheets serve as the SUpp0l1 and finish of roofs,
205 .4 .1 G e ne r a l roof struct ural members arranged to create contin uity
Roofs shall be designed for the unit live loads, L" SCi shall be considered adeq uate if de sig ned for full dead
loads on all spans in combination with the most critical
forth ill Table 205- 3. The live loads shall be assumed to
act vert ically upon the area projected Oil a horizontal one of the following superimposed loads:
plan e. I. The uniform roof live load, Lr> set forth in Table 205-
3 on all spans.
205.4. 2 J)ist r ibuti on or Loads 2. A concent rated gravity load, i; of 9 kN placed on
Where uniform roof loads are involved in the design of any span supporting a tributary area greater than 18
structural members arranged to create continuity, 111
2
to create maximum stresses in the member,
consideration may be limited to full dc.ul loads 0 11 all whenever this loading creates greater stresses than
spans in co mbination with full roof live loads on adjacent those caused b y the uniform live load. The
spans and 0 11 al ternate spans, concentrated load shall be placed on thc member over
Exception: a length of 750 111111 along the span. The concentrated
loud need not be applied 10 more than one span
Alternat e spar; loading need not be considered where the simultaneously.
unifo rm roof live load is ].0 kPa or more.
J. Water accumulation as prescr ibed in Sect ion 206.7.

National Structural Code of tile Philipoincs G il l Edition Volume 1

 2 14 CHAPTER 2-Minimum Design Load s

205.4.3 Unbal anced Loading
Unbalanced lo ads shall be used where suc h loading wi ll
result in larger members or connections. Trusses and
arches shall be designed 10 resist the stresses caused by
unit live loads on one half of the span if such loading
resu lts in reverse stress es, or stresses grea ter in any
portion than the stresses produced by the required unit
live load on the entire span. For roofs whose structures
a rc composed o f a stressed she ll, fram ed or so lid. wherein
s tresses caused by any po int loading arc di stribu ted
th roughout the area o f the shell, the require ment s for
unbalanced un it live load design may be red uced 50
percent
205.4.4 Special Roof L oads
Roofs to be used for special purposes shall be designed
fo r appropriate loads as ap proved by the building o ffic ia l.
G reen hou se roof bars , purlins and rafters shall he
designed to carry a 0.45 kN con cen trated load , L,. in
addition !O the uniform live load
20 5.5 Reduction of Live Loads
Th e design live load determined using the un it live loads
as set forth in Table 2051 for floors and Tab le 205}.
Method 2, for roofs may be reduced on any membe r
supporting mor e than 15 m", including flat slabs, except
for floors in places of public as sem bly and for live load s
g reater than 4 .8 kl' a, in accord a nce with the followi ng
eq uation:
R = r( A -1 5)
(205 1)
The live load red uctio n shall not exce ed W percent in
garages for the s torage of private plea sure cars ha ving a
capac ity of not mor e than nine passenge rs per vehicle.
20 5.6 Alternate F loo r Li ve Load Red uct ion
As an altern ate to Equati on ( 205 ~ I ), the uni t live load s se t
fort h in Tab le 205 ~ 1 may be reduced in acco rdance wi th
Equa tion 205 3 0 1),. an y member, incl udin g flat stab s ,
hav ing an i nO u ence~lrea of 40 m2 or more,
(2053 )
whe re:
AI ::= infl ue nce are a, 111 2
L = red uced de sign live load per square met er of area
supported by the member
L" : : : unred uced design live load per square mete r of area
supported by the mem ber (Tab le 205 1)
The influence area Al is four times the tributary area for a
column, two times the tributa ry area for a beam. equal to
the panel area for a tw o-way slab, and equal to the
product of the span and the full flan ge width for a precast
T-beam
Th e reduced li ve load shall not be less than 50 percent of
the unit live load l-; for me mbe rs rece ivi ng load from on e
Ic vel o nly, no r less than 40 percent of the un it live load L"
for other me mber s .

The reduc tio n shall not exceed 40 perce nt for me mbers

receivi ng load fro m on e level on ly, 60 percen t for other
me mbers or R, as de term ined by the fo llowi ng equ atio n:
R = 23.I(I + DIL) (2052)

whe re :
A : : : area of floor or roof sup ported by the member,
sq uare meter, m2
D = de ad load per squa re me te r o f a rea suppo rted by
the memb er. kPa
L = uni t live load per sq uare me ter o f area suppo rted by
the member . kPa
R : : : red uc tio n in perce ntage, %.
,. ::; rare of red uction equal to 0 .08 fo r floors. Sec Ta ble
20S} for roo fs

Fo r stor age loads exce ed ing 4 .8 kPa , no reduct ion shall be

made, excep t thai design live lo ads o n co lumns ma y he
redu ced 20 pe rce nt.

Association of StructurAl Engineers of the Philippi nes


206.1 Gen eral
In addition to the other design loads. specified in this
chapter, structures shall be designed to resist the loads
speci fied in this section and the special loads set forth in
Table 205 2. Sec Section 207 for design wind loads, and
M
Section 208 for design earthquake loads.
206.2 Othe r Load s
Buildings and other structures and portions thereof shall
be de signed (0 resist all loads due to applicable fluid
pressures. F, lateral soil pressures, II . ponding loads. P,
and self-straining forces, T. Sec Section 206 .7 for pen ding
loads for roo fs.
206.3 Impact Load s
The Jive loads specified in Sections 205.3 shall be
assumed to include allowance for ordinary impact
co nd itions. Pro visions shall be made in the structural
design for uses and la nds that involve unusual vibration
and impact forces. Sec Section 206.9.3 for impact loads
for cranes , and Section 206.10 for heliport and helistop
landing areas.
206.3.1 Elevat or -s
All elevator loads shall be increased by 100% for impact.
206.3.2 Mac hinery
For the purpose of design, the wei ght of machinery and
moving loads shall he increased as follows to allow for
impact:
I. Eleva tor machinery 100%
2. Light machinery, shaft- or motor-driven 20%
3 Reciprocating machinery or power -driven units 50%
4. Hangers for floors and balconies
33%
All percentages shall be increased where specified by the
manu facturer.
206.4 An chorage of Concrete a nd Masonry w alls
Concrete and masonr y walls shall he anchored as required
by Section 104.3.3. Such anchorage shall be capable of
resisting the load combinations of Section 203 .:1 or 20:~.4
using the greater o f the wind or earthquake loads required
by this chapter or a minimum horizontal force of 4 kN /m
of wall. substituted for E.
Nation al Structural Code of the Philip pines 6 Edition Volurnc 1
CHAPTEH 2 .. Minimum Design Loads 2-15
206.5 Interior Wall Load s
Interior walls, permanent partitions and temporary
partitions that exceed 1.8 III in height shall be designed to
resist all loads to which they are subj ected but not Jess
than a load. L. of 0.25 kPa applied perpendicular 10 the
walls. The 0,25 kPa load need not be applied
sim ultaneously with wind or seismic loads. The deflection
of such walls under a load of 0.25 kPa shall nOI exceed
1/240 of the span for walls with brittle finishes and 1/120
of the span for walls with flexible finishes. Sec Table
208 12 for earthquake design requirements where such
requirements are more restrictive.
Exception: ".;'
Flexibte;joiding or por1dJHe. piiititio~s;~re notrequired 10
niW l" thl 3 i)ag<adt! .d,~f1.e~!i~il.F cri/eii!': i?~(;ilf!ust, be
a~(;hore{ to ;' t/ie. ; ~upporti~g . s/(!'iil!,fe;, to ,rne.er , the
p'rovisioris oj ihis,cp'dl " . . . ~.: .' :-.
206.6 Retaining Walls
Retaining walls shall be designed to resist loads due to the
lateral pressure of retained material in accorda nce with
accepted cng ineering practice. Walls retaining drained
soil, where the surface of the re tain ed soil is level, shall
be designed for a load, II, equivalent to that exerted by a
fluid weighing not less than 4.7 kPa pcr meter of depth
and having a depth equal to that of the retained soil. Any
surcharge shall be in add ition to the equivalent fluid
pressure.
Retaining walls shall be designed to resist sliding by at
least 1.5 times the lateral force and overturning by at least
1.5 times the overturning moment, using allowable stress
design loads.
206.7 \Vat er Accumul ut iuu
All roofs shall be designed with sufficient slope or
camber to ensure adequate drainage after the long-term
deflection from dead load or shall be designed to resist
ponding load, P, co mbined in accordance with Section
203.3 or 203.4 . Pe nding load shall include water
accumulation from any source due to deflection.
206.8 Uplift on Floors and Foundations
In the design of basement Floors and similar
approximatel y horizontal clements below grade, the
upward pressure OJ water, where applicable, shall be
taken as the full hydrostatic pressure applied over the
entire area . The hydrostatic load shall be measured from
the underside of the construction. Any other upwa rd
loads shall be included in the design.
Where expansive soils arc present under foundations or
slabs-on-ground. the foundations, slabs, and other
components shall be designed to tolerate the movement or
th
 2 16 CHAPTEli 2 _. Minimum Dosiqn Loads

resist the upwar d loads cau sed by the expansive soils, or
the expansive soil shall be remo ved or stabilized arou nd
and beneath thc structure.
20 6.9 Cr a ne Load s
206.10 Heliport a nd Helistop Landing Area s
In add itio n 10 other design req uirements of thi s chapte r,
heliport and helistop land ing or to uchdown areas shall be
designed for the foll owing loads, comb ined in acc ordance
with Section 203.3 or 203 .4:

20 6. 9.1 Ge nera l I. Dead load plus actual weigh t of the helicopter .

T he cr ane load shall be the rated ca paci ty of the crane .
De s ig n .lo ads for the runw ay beams . incl ud ing
co nnect io ns and SUpp 0l1 brack ets. o f mov ing bridge
cra nes and mo norail cra nes s hall incl ude the ma ximum
whee l loads o f the crane a nd the vertical im pact . lateral ,
a nd lon gitudin al forces induced by the movi ng crane.
2. Dead load plus a single co nce ntrated imp act load, I....
covering 0.1 111 2 of 0.75 time s the fuily loaded weigh t
of the heli copter if it is equ ipped with hydr aulic-typ e
shoc k absorbe rs, o r 1.5 times (he full y lo aded weig h t
of the hel icopt er if it is eq uipped wit h a rigid or skid -
type landing ge ar.

206.9.2 M aximum Wheel Load T he dead load plus a uniform live load. L. of 4.8 kPa. Th e
The ma xi mum whee l loads shall be the w hee l loads required live load may be red uced in accordance with
pr odu ced by Ihe weight of the bridge, as app licab le, plus Section 205.5 or 205.6.
th e sum o f the rated capac ity and the we ig ht of the tro lle y
wi th the troll ey pos itioned OJ) its runwa y where the
re sulting load effect is maximum.

206.9.3 Vertical Impact Force

Th e maximum wheel loads of the crane shall be increased
by the perce ntages shown below to determine the induce d
vert ical impact or vibration force:
I. Mon orai l c ranes (powered) 25%
2, Cab-o perate d or remotely operated br idge
cranes (po wered) 25%
3. Pendant -operated bridge c ranes (powe red ) 10%
4. Bridge cran es or mo norai l c ranes with
ha nd -geared ridge. trolle y a nd hoist OCJ'o

20 6.9.4 L at eral Force

T he late ral force on cra ne runway bea ms w ith e lec trica lly
powered trolle ys sha ll be calcu lated as 20% of the sum of
the rated ca pac ity of the cra ne and the we ig ht of the hoist
a nd troll ey . T he lateral force sha ll be assumed to act
ho riz o ntall y at the trac tion su rfa ce o f a run wa y bea m, in
ei ther direct ion perpendi cular to the beam, and shall be
d istri bute d with d ue regard to the later al stiffness of the
run wa y bea m a nd su pporting structure.

206.9.5 Lo ngttu di na t Forces

Th e lo ng itudina l fo rce on crane ru nway beams . except for
brid ge c ra nes with ha nd -gear ed bridges. shill I be
calc ulate d i.I" I0% of the ma ximum whee l loads of the
crane, T he longit udina l force shall he assum ed to ac t
hori zon ta lly ar the tract ion surface of a ru nwa y bea m, in
e ithe r direct ion paral lel to the bea m.

Asso ciation of Structural En9inec rs of the Philippin es


207.1 General
207.1.1 Scope
Buildings, towers and other vertical structures, including
the Main Wind-Force Resisting System (MWFRS) and all
components and cladding thereof, shall be designed and
constructed to resist wind loads as specified herein.
207.1.2 Allowed Procedures
The design wind loads for buildings, towers and other
vertical structures, including the MWFRS and component
and cladding elements thereof, shall be determined using
onc of the following procedures: (I) Method I
Simplified Procedure as specified in Section 207.4 for
building meeting the requirements specified therein; (2)
Method 2 - Analytical Procedure as specified in Section
207.5 for buildings meeting the requirements specified
therein; (3) Method 3 - Wind Tunnel Procedure as
specified in Section 207.6.
207.1.3 Wind Pressures Acting on Opposite Faces of
Each Building Surface
In the calculation of design wind loads for the MWFRS
and for components and cladding for buildings, the
algebraic sum of the pressures acting on opposite faces of
each building surface shall be taken into account.
207.1.4 Minimum Design Wind Loading
The design wind load, determined by allY one of the
procedures specified in Section 207.1.2, shall be not less
than specified in this section.
207.1.4.1 Main Wind-Force Resisting System
The wind load to be used in the design of the MWFRS for
an enclosed or partially enclosed building or other
structure shall not be Jess than 0.5 kPa multiplied by the
area of the building or structure projected onto a vertical
plane normal to the assumed wind direction. The design
wind force for open buildings and other structures shall be
not less than 0.5 kPa multiplied by the area AI as defined
in Section 207.3.
207.1.4.2 Components and Cladding
The design wind pressure for components and cladding of
buildings shall not be less than a nct pressure of 0.5 kPa
acting in either direction normal to the surface.
207.2 Definitions
The following definitions apply to the provisions of
Section 207.
National Structural Code of the Philippines
CHAPTER 2 ~" Minimum Design Loads 217
APPROVED. Acceptable to the authority having
jurisdiction.
BASIC WIND SPEED, V Three-second gust speed at
10 rn above the ground in Exposure C (sec Section
207.5.6.3) as determined in accordance with Section
207,).4 and associated with an annual probability for 0.02
or being equaled or exceeded. (50-years mean recurrence
interval).
BUILDING, ENCLOSED is a huilding that does not
comply with the requirements for open or partially
enclosed buildings.
BUILDING ENVELOPE. Cladding, roofing, exterior
wall, glazing, door assemblies, window assemblies,
skylight assemblies. and other components enclosing the
building.
BUILDINGS, FLEXIIlLE. Slender buildings that have
a fundamental natural frequency less than I Hz.
BUILDING, LOW-RISE. Enclosed or partially enclosed
building that comply with the following conditions:
I. Mean roof height h less than or equal to 18 m.
2. Mean roof height h does not exceed least horizontal
dimension.
BUILDING, OPEN. A building having each wall at least
80 percent open. This condition is expressed for each
wall by the equation A o c 0.8 Ag where
BUILDING, PARTIALLY ENCLOSED is a building
that complies with both of the following conditions:
1. the total area of openings in a wall that receives
positive external pressure exceeds the sum of the
areas of openings in the balance of the building
envelope (walls and roof) by more than 10%; and
2. the total area of openings in a wall that receives
positive external pressure exceeds 0.5 m' or I
percent of the area of that wall, whichever is smaller,
and the percentage of openings in the balance of the
building envelope does not exceed 20 percent.
S'" Edition Volume 1
 2-18 CHAPTEH 2 ..-Minimum Design Loads
These conditions arc expressed by the following
eq uations:
I. A" > 1.10 A"i
2. A" > smaller of (0. 5m 2 or 0 .01 AK) and
AuJA A,j s 0.20
BUI LlJIN G O R OTH E R ST RUCT UR E, REG ULA Il
SHA PEIl . A building or other structure having no
unusual geometrical irregularit y in spatial form.
BUILDI N G Il IG If) . A building or other structure whose
fundamental frequency is greater than or equal to I Hz.
n UILDl NG, S IMPLE DI AI'HAAG M. A bui lding in
which both windward and leeward wind loads are
transmitted through floor and roof diaphragms to the same
vertical MWFRS (e.g., no structural separations).
C O M PO NENTS AND CLADDI NG. Element s of the
building envelope that do not qualify as part of thc
MW FRS.
DESI G N FORCE, F , is the equival ent static force to be
used in the determination of wind loads for open
bui ldings and other structures.
DESIGN p n ESSURE,P , is the equivalent static pressure
to be used in the determinat ion of wind loads for
bui ldings.
E AV" H EI GHT, h . The distance from the grou nd
surface adj acent to the building 1O the roof eave line at a
particular wall . If the height of the eave varies along the
wall, the average height shall be used.
EfFECTIV E W IN D AREA is the area used 10
determin e Ge", For com ponent and cladding elements,
the effective wind area in Figur es 207- 11 through 207 17
and Figur e 207- 19 is the s pan length multiplied by an
effective width that need not be less than one-third thc
span length. For cladding fasteners, the effective wind
a rea $11<111 not be greater than the area that is tributary to
an individua l fastener ,
E~CA R J>i\lENT . Also known as scarp. with respect 10
topographic effect in Section 207.5.7. a cliff or Sleep
slope ge nerally se parating two levels or gently sloping
are as (sec Figure 20 7-4) .
FREE HOO F. Roof with a configuration generally
conforming to those shown in Figures 207 IH A through
207 I ~ J) (monos lup c . -pitchcd. or trou ghed) ill an 0 PC Il
bui lding with no enclos ing walls underneath the roof
s urface .
Association ()f Structural Enginee rs of the Philippines
G LAZ ING . Glass or transparent or translucent plastic
sheet used in windows, doors, skylights. or curtain walls.
GLAZING, IMPACT Il"SISTANT. Glazing that ha s
been shown by testing in accordance with ASTM E I886
and ASTM EI996 or other approved lest methods to
withstand the impact of wind-borne missiles likely to be
generated in wind-borne debris regions during design
winds.
IIILL. With respect to topograp hic effects in Sectio n
207 .5.7, a land surface characterized by strong relief in
any horizontal direction (Figure 207-4)
IMI'ACT RESI STANT COV E IlI NG . A covering
designed to protect glazing, which has been shown by
testing in accord ance with ASTM E I886 and AST M
E I996 or other approved test methods 10 withstand the
impact or wind-borne debris missiles likely to be '
generated in wind-borne debris regio ns during design
winds.
IMPORTANCE FA CT OR, I . A factor that accounts
for the degree of hazard to human life and damage to
property.
MAIN WINDFOR CE RESISTI NG SYSTEM
(M WF RS). An assem blage of stru ctu ral elements
assigned to provide sUPP0rl and stability for the overall
structure. The system generally receives wind loading
from more than one surface.
M EAN RO O f H m GIIT, h . The average of the roof
eave hcight and the height to the highest point on the roof
surface, except that, for roof angles of less than or equal
to 10, the mea n roof height shall he the roof heave
height.
O PENIN GS. Apertures or holes in the building envelope
that allow air to now through the building envelope and
that arc designed as "open" during design winds as
defined by these provisions.
O T HE Il STIl UCUTURES arc nonbu ilding structures
including poles. masts, trussed towers, and billboards that
are not typicall y occupied by persons hut arc also covered
by this Co de .
R ECO G NI Z E D LlTE IlAT UR E. Published research
findings and technical papers that arc approved.
RI DGE. With respect 10 topograp hic effects in Section
207.5.7 a ll elongatcd crest of a hill characterized by
strong relief in two directions (sec Figure 207-4).

WIND 1l0RNE DE IIRIS R EGIONS. Area s within
typhoon prone regio ns located:
I. W ithin 1.6 km of the coastal mean high water line
wh ere the basic wind speed is equ al to or greater th an
180 kph . .
2. In area s where the basic wind speed is equ al to or
gre ater than 190 kph.
207. 3 Sym bo ls and Nota tions
The fo llo wing symbols and no tation app ly on ly to the
pro visi on s of Secti on 207 :
A = effective wind area, m 2
A ll = amplitude factor for estimation of II I for other
structures.
Ai = area of open building s and other structures either
normal 10 the wi nd direction o r projected on a
p lane norma l (0 the wind direction, m 2
At = the gross area of that wall in which AQis identified.
m'
Agi = the sum of the gross sur face areas of the building
e nvelope (walls and roof) not including Ag , rn2
All = tota l area of openings in a wall that receives
positivc ex ternal pres sure, nl
A"i = the sum o f the areas of openings in the building
enve lope (walls and roof) not inclu di ng An. 111 2
Aog = total area of ope nings in the buildi ng e nve lope. 111 2
As = gro ss area of the so lid freestanding wa ll or solid
. 2
sign, 111
a = width o f pres sure coe ffic ien t zone , m
B = ho rizontal di mens ion of a build ing. lo wer o r other
struc ture mea sured norma l 10 wind directio n. m
8 0 = ho rizontal dimen sio n at the base of a struc ture. III
U" = ho rizontal dimension at the top of a structure, rn
BOI = average horizon tal dimension of a structure . or
take n ,IS averag e of Bo and Ih . m
b = mean hourl y wind speed fac tor in Eq. 207- 14 from
Table 207 -5
b = 3-second gust speed fac tor from Table 207-5
(I = fo rce coeffi cient to be used in the determin ation o f
wind loads for other struc tures
eN = net pressure coefficient 10 be used in determin ation
of wind lo ads for o pe n build ing s
(I' = e xterna l pressure coe fficie nt to be used ill the
de terminati on o f wi nd loads for buildi ngs
c = tu rb ulen ce intensi ty fact or in Eq. 207 -5 from T able
20 7-5
f) = diam eter o f ,I circular structure or member . J11
D' = depth of prot rud ing clements such as ribs and
spo ile rs. m
Do = s u rfa ce drag coefficient
F = de sig n win d for ce for other s tructu res . kN
G = g ust effec t factor for rigid buildings; also called
"simplified dynam ic respons e factor" and is
National S tructu ral Cod e of the Philippine s
CHAPTEH 2 - Mi nimum Des ig n Lo ad s 2 19
eq uiva lent 10 Gf with R (resonant respon se factor)
assumed as zero
G1 = gust effe ct factor for MWFRS o f flexible buildings
and other struc tures. incl uding poles. masts.
billboards, and trussed towers; also called
"dynamic response factor"
GC,m::: combined net pressur e coe fficient for a parapet
GC p ::: produ ct of extern al pressure coefficient and gus t
effect factor to be used in the determination of
wind loads for buildin gs
(;C"'"I = prod uct" : o f equi valent extern al pressure
coefficient and gust e ffec t factor to be used in the
det er mination o f wind loads for MWFRS o f lo w
rise build ings
G(~Ji = product o f internal pressure coeffic ient and gust
effec t facto r (Q be used in the det ermination o f
wind load s for bui ldings
go = peak factor for backgrou nd response ill Eq s. 207 -4
and 207-8
8R ::: peak factor for reso nant response in Eq. 207-8
g, = peak fac tor for wind response in Eqs . 207-4 and
207- 8
J-I ::: height of hi ll or escarpment in Figure 207 -4, m
h ::: mea n roo f height of a build ing or height of othe r
structure, exc ept that eave height shall be used for
roof angle Oof less than or equal to 10". m
he ::: roof eave he igh t at a part icu lar wa ll, or the ave rage
heig ht if the eav e vari es alon g the wall
Ill' = importance factor
I, = intensity ofturb nlenc c from Eq. 207-5
kIll = weigh t d istri but ion factor for es timation of 11 1 for
o the r struc tu res
K/o Kz, Kj = multipliers in Figure 2074 to ob tai n K:f
KJ ::: wind directionality facto r in Ta ble 2 0 7~ 2
KI , ::: velocity pressure exposure coefficient evalu ated at
he igh t z = Ii
K: = veloc ity pressure exposure coefficie nt ev aluated at
height z
K'f ::: topographic factor as defin ed in Sec tion 207 .5.7
L = horiz ont al dim en sion of a buil d ing measured
parallel to the wind direct ion. m
Lh = distan ce upwind of cres t of hill or escarpme nt in
Fig 207 -4 to where the diffe ren ce in gro und
eleva tio n is ha lf the height o f hill o r escarp ment. m
L1. ::: integral len gth sca le o f turbulence, 111 .
L, ::: hori zon tal d imen sion o f return COrne r for a solid
freestand ing wall or solid sign from Figur e 207-20,
m
( integral length sca le factor from Tab le 207 5. m
fil l ::: mass ratio . o r the ratio of attached masses (e.g.
antennas. cab les , lighting. and othe r app urten ances )
at the top 5 % of the to wer o r other vertical
structu re 10 the total mass of the tower or othe r
structure alone: for attach ed masses at lowe r levels
Gi ll Edition Volume 1
 2 20 CHAPTER 2 _. Minimum Design Loa ds
of the tower, an equivalent mass ratio shall be
taken
M n :::; mass factor for estimation of II I for other structures
N, = red uced freque ncy fro m Bq. 207 -12
II I :::; building natural frequency, Hz
p = design pressure to be used in the det ermination o f
wind loads (or buildin gs. kPa
PI- :::; wind pressure acting 0 11 leeward face in f igure
207 -9, kP"
fl "n = net desig n wind pressure from Eq. 207-2, kPa
P,~t'):::; nCI design wind pressure for Expos ure B at II ::;: 9 In
and 1.. =1.0 from Figure 207 -3 , kPa
jJ" ::; combined net pressure on a parapet from
Eq. 207 -20, kPa
fJJ :::; simplified design wind pressure from Eq. 207- 1,
kPa
PJ9 = simplified design wind pressure for Exposure B at
h = 9 m and I. = 1.0 from Figure 207 -3, kPa
PI\' :::; wind pressure acting on windward face in Figure
207-9, kPa
Po = plan-shape factor for estimatio n of "I for other
structures
Q = bac kground respo nse factor from Eq . 2076
q ::: velocity pressure, kPa
qh ::: velocity pressu re evaluated at height z ::: 11, kPa
qi ::: velocity pressu re for intern al pressure
de terminati o n. kPa
q" ::: ve loci ty pressure at top o f parapet , kPa
q, ::: velocit y pressure evaluated at height z above
gro und. kPa
R = resonant res po nse factor from Eq. 207 -10
R"o ::: aspect ratio facto r for estimation of Il l , for othe r
structures , evaluated <li the base wid th, 8 0
RII , RI" R, = vallies from "'I . 207 - 13
Hi ;;;: reduction factor fro m Eq. 207 16
R" = value from Eq. 207- 11
s ::: vertical dim ension of the solid free standing wall or
. so lid sign from Figu re 207 20 , m.
r ::: rise-to -sp an ratio for arched roofs.
V = basic wind speed obtai ned fro m Table 207- 1, kph .
Th e bas ic wind speed corres po nds to a 3-second
gust spee d at lOrn abov e ground in exp osure
category C
Vi := unpartitioned internal volume, m J
\I: ::: mean hourl y wi nd speed at hcight z, kph
W = wid th of a building in Figur es 207 - 12 and 207- 14A
and B and width of spa n in Figures 2()7 ~1 3 and
207- 15, m
X ::::: di stan ce 10 cen ter o f pressure fro m wind ward edge
in Figure 207 1 R. III
.r ::: di stance upwind o r down wind o f cres t in Figu re
207 4 , m 5.
1. = height above gro und level . In .
'- := cq ui valent height o f st ructure, III
Association of Structural Enqineers of the Philippines
Zg :::; nomin al hcigh t of the atmo spheric boundary la y e r
used in thi s standard Values appear in Tab le 207 -5
Z",in ::: exposu re constant from Tab le 207~5
(J. ::: 3second gus t-s peed power law exponent from
Table 207 5
a = reciprocal of a from Tabie 207-5
ii ::: mean hourly wind-speed power law exponent m
Eq . 207 -14 from Tabl e 207 -5
fJ ::= damping ratio, percent critical for buildings o r
oth er structures
lis ::: struc tural damping ratio , percent critical for other
stru cture s
Ba = aero d ynamic dampi ng ratio, percent critical for
other structures
e ::: ratio of solid area to gross are a for open sign, fa ce
o r a trussed tower, or lattice structure
A. ::= adjustment factor for building height and exposure
from Figures 207-2A and 207 -3
if = inte gr al length sca le power law exponen t in Eq .
207 .7 from Table 207 -5
II = val ue used in Eq, 207 .13 (see Section 207 .5.8.2)
p :;:;: ro ugh ness factor
B = angle o f plane of roof from horizo ntal, degrees
v = height-to-width ratio for so lid sign
207 .4 Method 1 - Simplified Procedure
20 7.4 .1 Sco pe
A building whose des ign wind load s are determined in
acco rda nce with this section shall me et all the conditio ns
o f Sec tions 207 .4. 1.1 or 207.4. 1.2. If a buildin g qualifi es
on ly under Section 207.4. 1.2 for design of its components
and claddi ng , then its MWFRS shall be designed by
Method 2 or Method 3.
207 .4.1.1 M ain Wind-Force Resisting System s
For the design of MWFRS s the boi ld ing must meet all of
the fo llowing con ditions:
I. T he buil d ing is a simp le di aph ragm buildin g as
defined in Section 207.2.
2. The buildin g is a low -rise building as defined in
Section 207 .2.
3. The bu ilding is enclosed as defi ned in Sec tion 207 .2
and co n forms to the wind-bor ne deb ris provisions of
Section 207.5 .9 .3.
4. T he bui ldin g is a reg ular- shaped building or structu re
ClS defin ed in Sec tion 207.2.
The bu ildin g is not classified as a flexib le building as
defi ned in Sect ion 207 .2
6. Th e buildi ng docs not have response characteristics
maki ng it subjec t to ac ross wind loading, vortex

shedding, instability duc to galloping or n utter ; and
docs not have a site location for which channeling
effects or buffeting in the wake of upwind
obstruction s warra nt specia l con sid eration,
7. The building has and approxim ately symmetrical
cross-section in eac h di rec tion with either a flat roof
or a gable or hip roof with 0 ::: 45.
8. Th e building is exempted from torsional load cases as
ind icated in Note 5 of Figure 207- 10. or the torsional
load cases defined in Note 5 do no t control the desig n
of any of the MWFR Ss of the buil ding .
207.4 .1.2 Co m po ne n ts an d C lad d ing
For the design of components and cladding the building
must meet all the conditions:
I. The mean roof height h must be less than or equal
to 18 m.
2. The building is enclosed as defined in Section 207.2
and conforms to the wind-borne debris provisions of
Section 207.5.9.3.
3. The building is a regular-shaped building or structure
as defined in Section 207 .2.
4. Th e building docs not have response characteristics
making it subject 1O across wind loading. vortex
shedding. instability due to gallopin g or fluncr; and
does not have a site localion for which channeling
effects or buffeti ng in the wake or upwind
obstructions warrant special consideration.
5. The building has either a flat roof, a gable roof with 0
< 45. or a hip roof wI O:s 27.
207 .4.2 Design Procedure
I. The basic wind speed V sha ll be determined in
accordance with Section 207.5.4. Th e wind shall he
assumed to come from any horizonta l direction .
2. An importance factor I... shall be determined in
acco rdance with Section 207.5.5.
3. An exposure categor y shall be determined in
accordance with Sec tion 207.5.6.
4. A height a nd exp osure adjustment coe fficicnt.L, shall
be determined from Figures 207-2 and 207 <t
207.4.2. I I\l ain Wind-Force Re sist ing Sys tem
Simplified desi gn wind pressure s. P_
" for the MWFR Ss of
low-ri se simple diaphr agm buildings represent the net
pressures (sum of internal and externa l) 10 be applied to
tile horizontal and vertical projections of buildin g surfaces
as shown in Figures 207- I and 2 () 7 ~ 2. For the horizontal
pressures (zones A, B, C. D), fl . is the combi nation of the
Nel lianaI Structural Code of the Philippine s 6 Edition Volume 1
CHAPTER 2 - Mi nimum Des ign Loads 221
windward and leeward net pressures, PI shall be
determine d by the following equa tio n:
(207-1)
207.4.2.1 .ll\-linimum Pressures
The load effects of the design win d pressures from
Section 207.4.2.1 shall not be less than the minimum load
case from Section 207. 1.4 .1 assuming the pressures, PH
for zon es A, B, C, and D all equ al to +0 .50 kPa, while
assuming zones E, F, G, and H all equal to 0 kPa.
207.4.2.2 Co m pone n ts a n d C lad di ng
Net desi gn wind pressures, flnCI' for the components and
cladding of build ings designed using Me thod I represent
the net pressures (sum of internal and external) to be
applied normal to each building surface as shown in Fig.
207-3. pnn shall be determ ined by the following equation:
(207-2)
207.4.2.2.1 Minimum Pressures
The positive des ign wind pres sures, PAC/> from Sec tion
207 .4.2.2 shall not be less than +0. 50 kl'a . and the
negative design wind pressur es, PnCfl from Section
207 .4.2.2 shall nOI be less than 0 .50 kPa .
207. 4.3 Air Permeable C la d d ing
Design wind lo ads determined from Figure 207,3 sha ll be
used for all air permeable cladding unless approved test
data or the recognized literat ure demon strate lo wer loads
for the type of air permeable claddin g being con side red.
207. 5 Method 2 - An alyti cal P r oce d u re
207 .5. 1 Sc o pe
A building or othe r struc ture whose design wind loads are
determi ned in accordance with this section shall meet all
of the following conditions:
J. The building or other structu re is a regular-shaped
building or struc ture as defined in Section 207.2.
2. The building or other structure docs not have
response wind loa d ing , vortex shedding, instability
due to galloping or Dutter; or docs not have a site
location for which channeling effect or buffeting in
the wake of upwind obst ructio ns warrant special
consideration.
207.5.2 Limita t ion s
Th e provision of Section 20 7.5 lake into consideration the
load magnification effect caused by gusts in resonance
with along-wind vibrations of flexible building or other
structures. Buildings or other structures not meeting the
111
 2-22 CHA PTER 2 - Minimum De sign Loads

requirements of Section 207.5.I, or having unusual shapes
o r response cha racteristics shall be designed usin g
recognized literature documenting such wind load effects
or shall use the wind tunnel procedure specified in
Sec tion 207 _6.
207.5.2.1 Shielding
There shall be no reductions in velocity pressure due to
apparent shielding afforded by buildings and other
structures or terrain features.
. account for higher local wind speeds. Such adjuvunc ur
207.5.2.2 Air Permea ble Claddi ng
Design wind loads determined from Sect ion 201.5 shall
be used for air permeable cladding unless approved test
data or recogni zed literature demonstrate lower loads for
the type of air permeable cladding being considered.
207.5.3 Des ign Procedu re
J. T he basic wind speed V and wind directiona lity
factor K,f shall be determined in accorda nce with
Section 2075.4 and Table 207-2 respectivel y.
2. An importance factor /... shall be determined in
accordan ce with Section 207.5.5.
3. An exposure category or exposure categories and
velocity pressure expos ure coefficient K, or Kit. as
app licab le, shall be determin ed for each wind
direc tion in accordance with Sec tion 207.5.6 .
207.5.4.1 and 207.5.4.2. The wind sha. l i\ ""'''P''') ,,,
come from any horizontal direction.
207.5.4 .1 Specia l Wind Regions
The basic wind speed shall be increased where records or
experie nce indicate that the wind speeds arc higher than
those reflected in Table 207- 1. Mountainous terrain,
gorges, and special regions shall be examined for unusua l
wind condit ions. The authority having jurisdiction shall ,
if necessary, adj ust the values given in Table 207 i ( o
shall be based on meteorological infonnation and an
estimate of the basic wind speed ob tained in acco rdance
with the provisions of Section 207.5.4 .2.
207.5.4.2 Es ti ma tion of Basic Wind Speeds from
Regional Cli ma tic Data
Regional climatic data shall on ly be used in lieu of the
basic wind speeds given in Tab le 207-1 whcn: (I )
approved extreme-value statis tical-analysis procedures
have been em ployed in reduci ng the data: and (2) th e
length of record, sampling error, averaging lime,
anemometer height, data quali ty, and terrain exposure
have been taken into account.
207.5.4.3 Limitation
Extreme typhoons have not been considered ill
deve loping the basic wind -speed dis tributions.

4. A top ograph ic factor K~I shall be determi ned in 207.5.4.4 Wi nd Di recti ona lity Fac tor
accordance with Section 207.5.7 .
The wind dir ectionality factor, K", shall be determine d
5. A gust effect fac tor G or GI , as applicable, shall be from Table 207 -2 . Thi s factor shall only be applied when
determined in accordance with Secti on 207.5.8. used in conjun ction with load com binations specified in
Sections 203.3 and 203.4 .
6. An enclosure classificatio n shall he determined in
accordance with Section 207.5.9.
7. Internal pressure coe fficient Gelli shall be de termin ed
in acco rdance with Section 207.5. 11.1.
8. External pressure coeffi cients C, or G(~}I' or force
coefficients el l as applicable, shall be determined in
accordance with Section 207.5.11.2 or 207.5. 1l.3,
respectivel y.
9. Velocity pressure q;, or ql" as applicable, shall be
de termi ned in accordance with Section 207.5. 10.
IO. Design wind load p or F sliall be determined III
accordance with Sections 207 .5.12, 207.5. 13,
207 .5.14, and 207.5.15. as applicahle.

207.5.4 lIasic Win d Speed

T he basic wind speed. V, used in the dete rmination of
design wind loads on build ings and other stru ctures shall
he as given ill Table 207- 1 excep t as provided in Sec tions

Association of Stru ctural Engineers of the Phil ippines

 CHAPTER 2 - Minimum Design Loads 2-23

Table 207-I Wind Zone for the Different Provinces of the

Philippines Table 207~2 Wind Directionality Factor, Kd
Zone Classification Directionality
Provinces Structural Type
Win~ S ced)
--.ill-asic Factor K d *
Albay. Aurora, Batanes,
Cagayan, Camarines Norte, Buildings
Zone I Camarincs Sur, Catanduancs, Main Wind Force Resisting System 0.85
(V= 250 kph) Eastern Samar, Isabela, Components and Cladding 0.85
Northern Samar, Quezon, ~

Quirino, Samar, Sorsogon

Abra, Agusan uel NOlte, Arched Roofs 0.85
Agusan del Sur, Aklan,
Antique, Apayao, Bataan,
Batangas, Bcnguct, Biliran, Chimneys, Tanks, and Similar Structures
Bohol, Bulacan, Camiguin, Square 0.90
Capiz, Cavitc , Cebu , Hexagonal 0.95
Compostcla Valley, Davao Round 0.95
Oriental, Guimaras, Ifugao,
_.-
Ilocos Norte, Ilocos Sur, Iloilo,
Kalinga, La Union, Laguna, Solid Signs 0.85
Zone 2 Lcyte, Marinduque, Masbate ,
(V = 200 kph) "---
Misamis Oriental, Mountain
Province, National Capital Open Signs and Lattice Framework 0.85
Region, Ncgros Occidental,
Negros Oriental, Nueva Ecija,
Nueva Vizcaya, Occidental Trussed Towers
Mindoro, Oriental Mindoro, Triangular, square, rectangular 0.85
Pampanga. Pangasinan, Rizal, All other cross sections 0.95
Romblon, Siquijor, Southern
Leyte, Surigao del NOlie,
Surigao del Sur, Tarlac, Directionalitv Factor Kd has been calibrated with combinations of
loads speciji~d in Sec lion 203. This factor shall only he applied when
Zambales used in conjunction wilh load combinations specified in Section 203.3
BasiJan, Bukidnon, Davao del and 203.4.
Norte, Davao del Sur, Lanuo
del Norte, Lanao del Sur,
Maguindanao, Misamis
Zone 3 Occidental, North Corabato ,
(V= 150kpll) Palawan , Sarangani, South
C. orabato 'Sl.iltan Kudarat,

_..~~ __ ~~ __~_.. l Sulu, Tawi-tawi, Zamboanga

del NOlie, Zamboanga del Sur,
Z'lll1!'c'''''ll~_~_b-"ga y _

National Structural Code of the Philippines s" Edition Volume 1

 2 24 CHAPTEH 2 ... Minimum Design Loads

S u r fa ce Roughness D. Flat, unob structed areas and wa te r

207 .5.5 Importance Factor
surfaces. T his category includes smooth mud flats and
An importance factor, 1\" 1 for the buildin g or other sal t flats.
structure shall be dete rm ined from Table 2 0 7 ~ 3 based on
bu ilding and struct ure categories listed in Table 103 1. 207.5.6.3 Exposure Categories
Exposure B. Exposure B shall apply whe re the grou nd
207.5.6 Ex posu re
surface ro ugh ness condition. as defined by S urface
For each wind direction conside red , the upwind exposure Roughne ss D, prevails in the upwind dir ection for a
c ategory shall be based on ground s urface ro ughness that distance of at least 800 III or 20 times the height o f the
is determined from natural top ograph y, vegetation. ;U1 d building, whichever is greater.
co nstructed facilities.
Exception .'
Tab le 2073 Imparlance Factor, Iw (Wind Load s)
For buildings whose mean roof height is less than or
Occupancy equal to 10 m, the upwind distance may be reduced to
Ca tcaor v I
Dcscrlpticn I
450"..
I I. 15
_.__ .. _..... '. N' _Essential
.. _- -- ---.-._ -.--...-. ..,--.. Exposure C. Exposure C shall apply for all cases whe re
~
.
_
.
_
II Hazardous I. 15 Exp osure B or D does not apply.
.. , .. _. ....... .... . . -_ ... _-

Special Exposure D. Expo sure D shall apply where the gro u nd

_._._...III ... q~I::'! P_~~<:r. ....._ . .
I. 15
surface roughne ss , as defin ed by Su rface Rou ghness D ,
~
~
.
_
Standard
tV I. 00 prevails in the upw ind direction for a dis tanc e greater than
.... . . . ..-..-.-... ... .9t:~ ~ p~I!C:y. -. - . 1.5 km or 20 times the building height, which is greater.
V Miscellaneous O. 87 Exposure D shall ex tend into downw ind areas of Surface
Ro ughness B or C for a dist ance o f 180 m OJ' 20 times the
I see Toble /0 3 -l for types o/O CCIIIWlI( y under each heig ht of the bui lding, whichever is greater.
category.

For .1 site loca ted in the tra nsiti on zon e between ex posure
207.5.6.1 Wind Directions and Sector s ca tegories. the category result ing in the largest wind
For each selected wind d irection at which the wind loads forc es shall be used.
arc to be evaluated . the ex po sure o f the building or
s tructure shall be determined fo r the two upw ind sectors Exception.'
extending 45 eithe r s ide o f the sele cted wind d irection . An intermediate exposure between the preceding
The exposures in these two sec to rs shall he determined in ca tegories is permi tted in a transition zon e provided tha t
accordance wit h Sectio ns 207.5 .6 .2 and 207.5. 6.1 and the it is determin ed by a rational analys is method defined in
exposure resultin g in the highest win d loads shall be used the recognized literature.
to represent the wind s fro m that d irection .
207.5.6.4 E xpos u re Ca tegory for Main Wind -Forc e
207.5.6.2 Surface Rou ghness Categories Resistin g System
A gro und surface ro ug hness within each 45'" sec tor shall
be de termi ned for a distance up wi nd of the site ns defined 207.5.6.4.1 Buildings an d Other St r uctures
in S ect ion 207.5.6.3 from the ca tegories defined in the Fo r eac h wi nd d irection conside red wind loads for the
fo llowi ng text, for the purpose o f ass ig ni ng an exposure design o f the MWFRS deter mi ned from Figu re 7.(}7. ()
categ or y as def ined in Sectio n 207 .5 .6.3 . shall be based o n the exposure catego ries defined in
S ec tio n 207.5.6.3.
Su rface Roughness B. Urban and subu rban areas.
wood ed areas , or othe r tcrrai n'<with nume rous closely 207.5.6.4.2 Low-Rise Buildin gs .
spaced obstructions having the size of single-Family
W ind lo ads fo r the de s ig n o f the MWFRSs fo r low -rise
d we llings or larger.
buildi ngs shall he determined using a velocity pressure (j h
based 0 11 the ex pos ure result ing in the highest wind loads
Su rface Rou ghn ess C. Open ter rain with scattered
for any wi nd directi on at the site wh ere external pressure
obst ructions having heights gen e rall y less than 9m . Thi s
coe fficients (jC.~~(g i vc n in Fig. 207 - 10 are used .
ca tegor y incl udes Oat o pen co untry, grass lands, and all
wa ter surfaces in reg ions with records of e xtreme
typh oon s.

Association of Structural Engill eers of the Philippines

 CHAPTER 2 - Minilllulll Design Loads 2-25

207.5.6.5 Expos ure Ca tegor y for Com po nen ts and Notes:

Cladding J. Case J: a. All compo nents and cladding .
Co mponents and cladding design pressures for all b. Main wind force resisting system in tow- rise buildings
bui ldings and other structures shall be based on the designed using Figure 20 7-10.
Cast 2: a. All main wind force resisting systems in buildings
ex pos ure resulting in the highest wind 10;:ld5 for any except those in low-rise buildings designed using
di rection at the site. Figu1"C 207 10.
11. All main wind force resisting SYS/l'IIIS in other
S(I'IIClUres.
207.5.6.6 Velocity Pressure Exposure Coe fficien t
2. The velocity pr essure expos ure coefficielll K, may be determined
Based on the expo sure category determin ed in Section from the foilowing fannula :
207.5.6. 3, a velocity pressure exp osure coe fficient Kz: or
Kh , as applicable, shall be determined from Tab le 207 -4.
For z < 4.5 III
K: '=2.0{~ra
For a site located in a transiti on zone between ex posure
categori es, that is, ncar 10 a change in ground surface
For4.5 m S zS zl
K, ~20{--,--r
'<1
rough ness, intermediate values of K~ or Kit. between those Note: z shall 1101 be taken less than 9.0 mfor Case 1 in exposure B.
sho wn in Tab le 207 4, arc permitted, pro vided that they 3. a arid z, are tabulated in Tabl e 207-5.
are de termine d by a ration al analy sis method defin ed in 4. Linear interpolation for intermediate values 0/ h~ ic llt z is
the recognized literature. accepta ble.
5. Exposur e catego ries arc defin ed in Section 207.5.6.
Table 207 ~4 Velocity Pressure Exposure Coe fficien ts J,
s, and x; 207,5.7 T op ograph ic Effect s
He igh t Exuo sure (Note I)
above _____ 11 C D _ 207.5.7.1 Wind Speed -Up Ove r Hills, Ridges, and
Grou nd Escarpments
le vel, z Cas e 2 C IlSl.'S Cases
(rn) . . . ,,"
1 &2
. .
t&2
...._.. _
Wind speed-up effe cts at iso lated hills , ridges, and
es carp ments con stitutin g abrupt changes in the gen eral
0-4.5 0.70 0.57 0.85 1.03
....- . topography, located in any exposure category, shall be
6 0.70 0.62 0.90 1.08 include d in the design when buildin gs and other site
- .. - - 1 .
-_ . . _. __7.5
.. _. _._ 0.70 - 0.66 0.94 . . 1.12 conditions and locations of structures meet all of the
9 0.9.8 follow ing conditions:
1 .. 0.,70 _ 0 70 1.16 .._
12 0.76 . . 0.76 1.04 1.21
I. Th e hill. ridge. or escarpm ent is isolated and
15 0.8 I . ..
0.8 I 1.09. - ... 1.27 unob structed upwin d by oth er similar topographic
.-.-.- .
18 0.85 0.85 1.1 3 1.31 features of co mparable height for 100 times the
21 0.89 0.89 1.17 U 4 he ight of the ropogra phic feat ure (100 f-{) or 3.2 kill
24 .. _. 0.9:\ O.9.J 1.21 1.38 whi chever is less . Th is di st ance shall be measure d
27 n,96 0.96 1.24 I.W ho rizo ntally from the poi nt at whi ch the height H of
the hill. ridge. o r escarpment is determined.
30 0.99 0.99 1.26 1.4:1
.-. -
36 1.04 1.31 . . . 1.4 8 2. The hill, ridge . or esc arpment prot rudes above the
........
42 1.09 1.09 1.36 1.52 he ight of up w ind te rrain fea tures within ;1 J.2 kill
.... .. -... . ... radi us in any quadran t by a fac tor of two or more .
48 1.1 3 1. 13 . 1.39 . .. 1.55
54 1. 17. . ... 1.17 1.43.. .. 1.58 3. The structure is located as shown in Figu re 207 4 in
60. 1.20 120 1.46 I (li the upper one-hall' of a hill or ridge or near the crest
75 1.28 1.28 1.53 1.68 o f an escarpm en t.
90 1.35 U5 1.59 1.7.J 4. 11/1." ~ 0.2 .
105 1.4 1 1.41 1.6' 1.78
.1. II is greate r than or eq ua l to 4.5111 for Expos ures C
120 1.47 1.47 1.69 1.8 2
and D and 18m (or Exposure B.
135 1.52 j' 1.52 1.73 1.86
__ ~~ ~ . 5 (~ _!::~_. _ .:.27 _~

1il
Natio nal Structural Cork of the Philippmes 6 Edition Volum e 1
 226 CHAr'TER 2 - Minimum Design l.oads

207.5.8.2 Flexible o r Dyn am icnll y Se ns itive Structures

207 .5.7 .2 T opographic Facto r For flex ible or dynami call y sensitive structures as defi ned
The wind speed -up effect shall be incl ude d in the in Secti on 207 .2 the gust-effect factor shall be calculated
calcu lation of desi gn wind loads by using the factor Kl , : by

(207 -3)
(207 -8)
whe re K I, K 2 and KJ arc given in Figure 207~ 4 .

If site conditions and locations of structures do not meet gQ and g. shall be taken as 3.4 and gR is gi ven by
all the con ditions specified in Section 207.5.7 . 1 the Kz =
1.0.
(207-9 )
207.5.8 G us t Effect Facto r
The gust effect facto r s hall be calculated as permitted in R::;: the reson ant response factor is given by
S ectio ns 207.5.8.1 to 207.5.8.5 , usin g appropriate values
fo r natural frequ ency and damping ratio as permitted in I
Section 207 .5.8.6. R~ f3 R"R hR.(0 .53+0.47R r.l (207- 10)

207 .5.8. 1 Ri gid Buildings

R _( 7A7N, ) (207- 11)
For rigid buildings as defined in Secti on 207. 2, the gust-
"- (I + IO. 3N,)"'/l
effect factor shall be laken as 0.85 or calc ulated by the
Cannula :
,,] t., (207- 12 )
N,~ ~-
Vi
(207 -4)

R, 1
~ - - -- (I - e
1 - 2'} ) f or > 0 (207- 13a)
where 71 271 '

R, ~ 1 forr} ~ 0 (207 - l3 b)
(207-5)
where the subscript I in E'!. 207- 13 shall be taken as n, B.
and L. respec tivel y. where h, B, and L arc defined in
where
Section 207 .3 . ,. '.
Iz = the inten sity o f turbu lence at height Z wh ere 11 1 ::; build ing natural frequ ency "
Z ::; the eq uivalent height of the struct ure Re ::;: Rh setting II = 4 .611 I h/~
defin ed as O.6h , but not less than l """ for all
buildin g heights, Z",in and c are listed for each Rl ;:: , setting II ;;; 4.611 1ElJIv:
exp osure in T able 207-5; gQ and s, shall be taken Rl ;;; e; selling II;;; 15 ,4111Ll iiz
as 3 .4. The ba ckgro und resp onse Q is given by: p = damping ratio, percent of critical
~ ;:: mean hourly wind speed (m/s) at height z
Q ~ (207-6) dete rmined from E'!. 207 - 14
i BZ,")0.63
(-)"
1+0.61. - - z
V- ~b - V (207 - 1<1 )
, 10
where B. h <Ire defined in Section 207 .3; and Li ;:; the
integrall en gth scale o f turb ulen ce at the equivale nt height whe re band !i arc constants listed in Tab le 207-5 and V
gi ven by . is the basic wind speed in kp h.

_)t
L _{
i. - (10z (207 -7)

In which f and E are constants listed in Ta ble 207 . M5

Association of Structural Engineers of the Philipp ines

 CHAPTER 2 - Minimum Design Loads 2-27

Table 207-5 Terrain Exposure Constants 207.5.9.3 Wind-Borne Debris

-- Glazing in buildings located in wind-borne debris regions
Exposure B C D
a 7.0 9.5 11.5
---~
shall be protected with an impact-resistant covering or be
365 impact-resistant glazing according to the requirements
Zg (m) 275 215
- specified in ASTM EI886 and ASTM EI996 or other
-
Ii 1/7 ~-".~
1/9.5
----_.- _.. 1/11.5
approved test methods and performance criteria. The
j; 0.84 1.00 1.07
._. ._,m.~.
_._--_._- ..._.. levels of impact resistance shall be a function of Missile
a
---=--- 1/4 _..- 1/6.5 1/9 Levels and Wind Zones specified in ASTM E1886 and
b 0.45 0.65 0.80 ASTM E1996.
c ._.m. 0.30 _._._.
---0.20
--- .. 0.15 ~~---
_-_._-
Do ..._.- ... 0.010 0005 0.003
( (m) ..._. 100
--150--- 200
------
1/3
-----,.~.
1/5 1/8
*Zrnin (m) 9 4.5 2.10
Zmo, ::: minimum heigh I used 10 ensure that the equivalent heigh I Zis
greater of '",in or ]I,h for trussed lowers, the heigh I of (he
transmission cable above ground, or O.6h for buildings and other
structures. For 11:5 '''''", i shall be taken as z,o,"'
207.5.9.4 Multiple Classifications
207.5.8.3 Rational Analysis If a building by definition complies with both the "open"
In lieu of the procedure defined in Sections 207.5.8.1 and and "partially enclosed" definitions, it shall be classified
207.5.8.2, determination of the gust-effect factor by any as an "open" building. A building that docs not comply
rational analysis defined in the recognized literature is with either the "open" or "partially enclosed" definitions
permitted. shall be classified as an "enclosed" building.

207.5.8.4 Limitations 207.5.10 Velocity Pressure

Where combined gust-effect factors and pressure Velocity pressure, qt, evaluated at height z shall be
coefficients (CCp, CCpi> and GCf'f) are given in figures calculated by thc following equation:
and tables, the gust-effect factor shall not be determined
separately. (20715)

where K" is the wind directionality factor defined in

207.5.8.5 Other Structures
Procedures for calculation of the gust effect factor for
other structures shall be taken from Section 207.7.
207.5.8.6 Dynamic Properties
Values of natural frequency and damping ratio when used
as input parameters in calculations of the gust effect
factor shall be obtained from full-scale measurements of
the actual structure, from computer simulation, or from
the estimation formulas given in Section 207.8.
Section 207.5.4.4, K~ is the velocity pressure exposure
coefficient defined in Section 207.5.6.6, K Z1 is the
topographic factor defined in Section 207.5.7.2, and q" is
the velocity pressure calculated using Eq. 20715 at mean
roof height h.
The numerical coefficient 47.3 x 10.6 shall be used except
where sufficient climatic data arc available to justify the
selection of a different value of this factor for a design
application.

207.5.9 Enclosure Classifications 207.5.11 Pressure and Force Coefficients

207.~.9.1 General 207.5.11.1 Internal Pressure Coefficient

For the purpose of determining internal pressure Internal pressure coefficients, GC.~Ij, shall be determined
coefficients, all buildings shall be classified as enclosed, from Fig. 207~5 based on building enclosure
partially enclosed, or open as defined in Section 207.2. classifications determined from Section 207.5.9.

207.5.9.2 Openings 207.5.1 1.1.1 Reduction Factor For Large Volume

A determination shall be made of the amount of openings Buildings, Hi
in the building ell velope to determine the enclosure For a partially enclosed building containing a single,
classification as defined in Section 207.5.9.1. unpartitioncd large volume, the internal pressure

National Structural Code of the Philippines Gill Edition Volume 1

 2-28 CHAPTEF:~ 2 Minimum Design Loads
coefficient, GC~II' shall be multiplied by the following
reduction factor, Rj :
Ri :::: 1.0 or
(207-16)
where
A og total area of openings in the building envelope
::::
walls and roof, in m2
Vi = unpartitioned internal volume, m3
207.5.11.2 External Pressure Coefficients
207.5.11.2.1 Main Wind-Force Resisting Systems
External pressure coefficients for MWFRSs C,I are givcn
in Figures 207 -6, 207-7, and 207-8. Combined gust effect
factor and external pressure coefficients, GCI'!' arc given
in Figure 207-10 for low-rise buildings. The pressure
coefficient values and gust effect factor in Figure 207-10
shall not be separated.
207.5.11.2.2 Components and Cladding
Combined gust-effect factor and external pressure
coefficients for components and cladding GC arc given
in Figures 207-1 J through 207-17. The" pressure
coefficient values and gust-effect factor shall not be
separated.
207.5.11.3 Force Coefficients
Force coefficients Cj arc given in Figures 207-20 through
207-23
207.5.11.4 Roof Overhangs
207.5.11.4.1 Main Wind-Force Resisting System
Roof overhangs shall be designed for a positive pressure
on the bottom surface of windward roof overhangs
corresponding to C~, :::: 0.8 in combination with the
pressures determined from using Figures 207-6 and 207-
I o.
207.5.11.4.2 Components and Cladding
For all buildings, roof overhangs shall be designed for
pressures determined from pressure coefficients given ill
Figures 207-IIB, C. I).
Assooanon of Str"UC!tJ(,'11 E:nqinnus of the PhilipPl1'leS
207.5.11.5 Parapets
207.5.11.5.1 Main Wind-Force Resisting System
The pressure coefficients for the effect of parapets on the
MWFRS loads are given in Section 207.5.12.2.4.
207.5.11.5.2 Components and Cladding
The pressure coefficients for the design of parapet
component and cladding clements are taken from the wall
and roof pressure coefficients as specified ill Section
207.5.12.4.4
207.5.12 Design Wind Loads on Enclosed and
Partially Enclosed Buildings
207.5.12.1 General
207.5.12.1.1 Sign Convention
Positive pressure acts toward the surface and negative
pressure acts away from the surface.
207.5.12.1.2 Critical Load Condition
Values of external and internal pressures shall he
combined algebraically to determine the most critical
load.
207.5.12.1.3 Tributary Areas Greater than 65 m-
Component and cladding clements with tributary areas
greater than 65 111 2 shall be permitted to be designed using
the provisions for MWFRS.
207.5.12.2 Main Wind-Force Resisting Systems
207.5.12.2.1 Rigid Bnildings of All Heights
Design wind pressurcs for the MWFRS or buildings of all
heights shall be determined by the following equation :
(207 -17)
where
q = q. for windward walls evaluated at height !
above the ground
(/ = q" for leeward IV(I/lS, side walls. and ron,':
evaluated ar height II
(jl = (j" for windwant walls, side walls, leeward w:l!k
and roofs of' enclosed buildings and for ncnanvc
internal pressure evaluation ill paninlf y enclosed
buildings
{I, ::::: q. for positive internal pressure cvaluatio
partially enclosed buildings where heiri;
defined as the level of the highest opening I L .c
building tllal could afrect the posilive
pressure. For buildings sited in wiu.J i Ill'

debris regions. glazing that is not impact
resistant or protected with an impact resistant
covering. shall be treated ;JS .111 opening in
accordance with Section 207.5.9.3. For positive
internal pressure evaluation . qi may
conservatively be evaluated at height " (q,. :::: q,,)
G :::: gust effect Factor[rom Section 207.5.8.
Cp :::: external pressure coefficient from Figure 207-6
or 207-8,
(G(~lI) = internal pressure coeffici ent from Figure 207-5
q and !/i shall be eval uated using exposure
defined in Section 207.5.6.3. Pressure shall be
applied simultaneously on windward and
leeward walls and on roof surface as defined in
Figures 207-6 and 207-8.
207.5.12.2.2 Low-Rise Building
Alternativel y, design wind pressures for the MWFRS of
Je w-rise buildings shall be determined by the following
equation :
(207 - 18)
where
q" zz: velocity press ure evalu ated at mean roof
height 11 using exp osure defined in
Section 207 .5.6,3
(Jell!) :::: external pressure coefficient from Figure 207-
10
(Ge,,;) ::: internal pressure coefficient from Figure 207-5
207.5.12.2.3 Flexihle Build ings
Design wind pressures for the MWFRS of flexible
buildings shall be determined from the following
equation:
where q. q,. Cr' and (CG pi ) are as defined ill Section
207.5.12.2, 1 and (It = gust effect factor is defi ned as in
Sec tion 207.5,8 .2.
207.5.12.2.4 Pa rap ets
The design wind pressure for the effect of parapets on
MWr RSs of rigid, low-rise. or flexibl e buildings with
nat , ga ble. or hip roofs shall be deter mined by the
following equatio n:
e; = q('GC /", (207-20 )
whe re
= co mbined net pressure on the parapet due 10 the
combination o f the net pressures from the
front and back parapet surfaces. Plus (and minus)
signs signify net pressure acti ng toward (and
Natio nal Structural Code of tile PJiiliPPlllBS
CHAPTEH 2 -- Minimu m Design Loads 229
away fro m) the fro nt (exterior) side of the
parapet
q" = velocity pressure evaluated at the top of the
parapet
Ge,,,, ::: combined net pressure coefficient
:::: + 1.5 for windward parapet
::: - 1.0 for leeward parapet
207.5.12.3 Desigu Wind Load Cases
The MWFRS of buildings of all heights, whose wind
loads have been determined under the provisions of
Sections 207.5.12,2.1 and 207.5,12.2.3, shall be designed
for the wind load cases as defined in Fig. 207 -9. The
eccentricity e for rigid structures shall be measured from
the geometric center of the building face and shall be
considered for each principal axis (ex. t"y). The
eccentricity c for flexible structures shall be determined
from the following equation and shall be considered for
each principal axis (e x. e-):
(207-21)
where
eQ = eccentricity e as determined for rigid structures
in Figure 207 -9
eN = distance between the clastic shear center and
center of mass of each floor
I " 8Q,Q, 8 R' II shall be lIS defined in Section 207 .5.8
The sign of the eccentricity c shall be plus or minus,
whichever causes [he more severe load effect.
Exception:
Olle-si~'ry bziil(jings with h less than 0': equal to J~ -Ill.
buildi,n8~ .two ~tori~~ ()f lesf framed . with light-frame
co'isjr!'_~ti~1J.- fl,rU! bl/~?4l~gs~ two slo,rfe~ or less d.e s~gn~d
wi!~'J1~~lJlti!japlir#8W'iie~donly '~~ desig~eiJ fi;r load
ca~e 'l'iiiU1'iQ'i!di!a'1e':3 'III~Fig uri"'.207'9, "" ,.,,: , :, ..
207.5.12.4 Component s a nd Cladding
207.5.12.4.1 Low-Rise Build ings and Buildings with h
S 18 III
Design wind pressures 0 11 compone nt and cladding
c lements of low-rise buildings with h $: 18 m s.tall be
determined from the following equation:
1' ='1.[ (GC,,) -(GC,.. ) ] (207-22)
where
ll/, :::: velocity pressure evaluated at mean roof height h
using e xposure defined in Sect ion 207.5:6.3
G il> Edition VO lume '1
 2-30 CHAPTER 2 -- Minimum Des ign load s
(GC,J = external pressure coefficients given in Figure
207 - 11 through 207- 16
(GCpi ) = intern al pressu re coefficient given in Figure
207-5
207.5.12.4.2 Buildings with" > 18 m
Design wi nd pressures on co mponents and cla dd ing fo r
all buildings with h > 18m shall be determined from the
following equation:
p =q[ (GCp) -q.(GC,J 1 (207 -23)
where
q ::; {It for windward walls calculated <II heigh t z
abo ve the gro und
q ::; qh for leew ard walls, side walls, and roofs,
e valuated a' heig ht if
lj ; = qh for windward walls, side walls, leeward walls,
and roo fs o f enclosed build ings and for negati ve
internal pressure e val uation in partial ly enclosed
building s
(ji ::;q: for positive internal pressure evaluation in
part ially enclo sed build ings where height z is
defined as the level of the highest opening in the
building that could affect the positive internal
pressure. For buil di ngs sited in wi nd-born e
deb ris regio ns , glazing that is not imp act
resistant or pro tec ted with an irupact-resistaut
covering, shall be treated as an opening in
acc ordance with Sect ion 207 .5.9.3 . For positive
internal pressu re evaluation, qi may
conservatively be evaluated at height" (q; = qlo )
( G e l') = external pressure coefficient from Figure 207-1 7
(G Cp ;) = internal pressure co efficient gi ven in Figure
207- 5
q and q; shall be eva luated using exposure defined in
S ec tion 207 _5.6.3 _
207.5 .12.4 .3 Atteruative Desi gn Wind Pressures for
C om pone nts and C la d d in g ill Bui ld ings with 18m h
< 27m
Alternat ive to the requirements of Se ction 207.5.12.4.2.
the design of co mpo nents and cladd ing fo r bui ldings w ith
a mean roof height greater than 18m and less tha n 27m
values fro m Figures 20 7- 1 J thro ugh 207- 17 sha ll be used
o n ly if the height 10 wid th ratio is one or less (exce pt as
permitted hy Note 6 of Figure 207- 17) and Eq. 207-22 is
used.
207.5.12.4.4 Parapets
T he des ig n wind pressu re o n the com ponents a1HJ
cl add ing clements o f parapets shall be design ed by thc
foflov.. . ing eq uation:
Associa tion of Struclura! Engineers of the prlilipPl nes
where
::: velocity pressu re evaluated at the '....;' ;: 1' the
parapet
::: external pressure coefficients from Figures
Ge"
207- 11 throu gh 207 -17
::: internal pres sure coefficient from Figures 20 7 ~ 5 ,
based on the porosity of the parapet envelope
Two load eases shall be considered . Load C" , ~,__ r. < lOll!
co nsist o f app lying the applicab le positive wall pressure
from Figure 207 - l l A or Figure 207 - 17 !co ihe L -o lH
surface o f the parapet while applying I!:,--~ :''' i .- ~i t--<l bl e
neg ative edge or corner zone roof pressure fn .!lt l-igure s
207- 11 thro ugh 207- 17 '0
' he back surface. Lo ad Ca se B
shall consist of applying the applicable positive wall
pressure fro m Figure 207-I IA or Fi gure 2.lJ). I "J 10 the
back o f the parapet surface. and app lying the .u.plicable
negative wall pressure from Fi gure 207 - i I A or Figure
207- 17 to the front surface. Edge and corner w ile s shall
be arrange d as shown in Figures 207- 11 tlnmu.h 207 - 17.
GCp shall be determined for appropriate root .nglc and
effective wind are a fro m Figures 20 7 ~ l l l h n i\ i ~~, h 207~ 17.
If internal pressure is present, both load C:L; C.' , .hou ld be.
evaluated under positive and negative internal pressure .
207 .5.13 Design \ Vind Loads on O pe n B u il di l1 ~s
with Monosl op c, Pitch ed, or Trou gh cd Roofs
207.5. 13_ 1 Ge n eral
207.13.1.1 S ign C onv ention
Plus and minus signs signify pressure acting toward and
away from the to p surface of the roof, respectivel y.
207.5_13.1.2 C r itica l Load C ond ition
Net pressure co efficients C N inclu de con trib utions fro m
top and bottom su rf5ces. All load cases shown for each
roo f ang le shall be investigated.
207.5.13.2 Main wind- Force Resi stin g Systems
The net design pressure for the MWfo'"RSs of mono-dope.
pitched , or tro ughed roo fs shall be determ ined I.y I! I~'
following equation:
(207 -25)
where
:::: velocit y pressure evaluated at mean roo f height II
us ing the exposure as defined in Sl'c tioll
207 .5.6.3 that results in the highest wind loads
for any wind di rection at the site
G ::: gust e ffec t factor from Sec tion 20'7.5.X

= net pressure coctfl cic ut det erm ined fro m Figur es
207 - 18A through 207 - 18D
For free roofs with an an gle of plane of roo f from
e
hori zon tal less than or equal to 5 and co ntaining fascia
Q
panel s, the fascia panel shall be c onside red an inverted
parapet. Th e co ntributio n of load s on the fascia to the
MWFRS loads shall be determined using Section
207.5. 12.2.4 with If" equa l to If".
207,5.13.3 Component and Cladding Elements
The net design wind pressure for component and cladd ing
c lements of monoslopc , pitc hed, a nd trou ghed roofs shall
be determi ned by the following eq uation :
(207-26)
where
qlt = veloci ty pressure eva luated at mean roo f height h
using the ex pos ure as defined in Secti on
207 .5.6.3 that results in the highe st wind loads
for any wind direction at the site
G = gu st -effect factor from Se ct ion 207 .5.8
eN = net pressure coefficient de term ined fro m Figures
207- 19A through 207- 19C
207.5.14 Desi gn Wind Loads on Solid Freestanding
Walls and Solid Signs
The des ign wind forcc for solid freestanding walls and
so lid s igns sha ll be determined by the following form ula:
(207-27 )
where
ljlt = the velocity pressure eval ua ted ;Il height "
(de fined in Figure 207-20) using exposure III
Sec tion 207.5.6.4. 1
GJ = gus t-effec t factor from Sectio n 207.5 .8
CJ = ne t force coe fficie nt fro m Figu re 20 7-20
A.I == the gros s area of the solid freestanding wall or
solid sign, m2
207.5.15 Desi gn Wind Loads on Other St r uct ur es
The design wind force for other structu res shall be
determined by the following equation :
(207-28 )
where
q, veloc ity pressure e va luated ill height 1. or the
ce ntro id of area A, using exposure defined in
Sect ion 207 .5.6.3
G = gus t-e ffect factor from Sec tio n 207.5.8
C, ::: for ce coe fficients fro m Pigurcs 207 2 1 throu gh
207-23
Na trona ! Slr uc l ura l C()(J(; of tile PhilipPln8s G'L Editio n vorom c 1
CHAPTEH ? Minimum Des ign Loads 2-31
= projecte d area norm al to the wind except where
Cfi s sp ecified for the actual su rface area , m2
207.5_15_ 1 Rooftop St r uctures a nd Equipment for
Buildings with " ~ / 8111
Th e force on rooftop structures a nd equipment with Af
less than 0.1 OBh locat ed on buildings with Ii 5 18 m sh all
be dete rm ined from Eq . 207-28, increased by a factor of
1.9. The factor shall be permitted to be red uced linearly
fro m J.9 to 1.0 as the value of AI is incr ea sed from 0. 101317
to Bh.
207 .5. 15.2 Struct u r es Suppo r ting A nte nnas, Ca bles,
and Other Attach men ts a nd Ap pu r te nances
T he wind loads on :.I II struc tu res supporting a uachme nts
and appurt enances incl udin g a ntenna- a nd ca ble-
supporting struc tures shall take into acco unt the wi nd
load s on all supporte d antennas, ca ble s, attac hmen ts, and
ap purte na nces .
Guida nce on wind loads on suppo rted an tennas shall be
obta ined from the TI A- 222-G (2005 ) standard unless
suffic ie nt supportin g evide nce can be obta ined from
recogn ized literature or from wind tunnel tests.
Gui dance on win d loads on supported cab les shall be
obtained from the ASCE Manual of Pra ctice #74
(G uide lines on Electrical Trans miss ion Line Stru c tura l
Loading) ex cept that the gust effect fac tor for cables as
given in Section 207,7.3, or unless sufficient supp orting
ev idence can be obt ained from recog nize d lite rature or
from wind tunn el tests .
The w ind loads on supported a ntennas, ca bles,
nnuchmcms. and appurt enances shall be ap plied at the
locati on o f sup por t on the supporting struc ture .
207 .6 Method 3 - w ind 'I'u unel P r ocedure
207.6.1 Scope
Wind tunnel tests shall be used where req uired by Section
207 .5. 2. Wind tunnel testing shall be permitted in lieu of
Methods 1 and 2 for any building or structure.
207 ,6,2 Test Co nd itio ns
Wind tunnel test s, or similar em ploy ing Fluids ot he r than
air, used for the determinat ion of desig n w ind loads for
an y building or ot he r .strucnrrc, sha ll he conducted in
accord ance with this section. Tests for the determination
or menu and fluctuating forces an d pres sures s hall meet
a ll or the foll o w ing co ndi tio ns:
I. Th e natural atmospher ic bou ndary la yer has been
modeled 10 accoun t for the var iarfon of wind speed
w ith height.
 2<32 CHAPTE:li 2 ._. Minimum Design Loads

2. The relevant macro-integral length and micro-length r,

+R'
,
scales of the longitudinal component of atmospheric G, - I+O.85gepvQ
__. ._ _ . (207 29)
i : I+O.85gp
turbulence are modeled to approximately the same
scale as that used to model the building or structure.
where P=4,9j75;;'(Io/z)"" (20730)
3. The modeled building or other structure and

surrounding structures and topography arc
geometrically similar to their full-scale counterparts,
except that, for low-rise buildings meeting the
requirements of Section 2.07.5.1, tests shall be
permitted for the modeled building in a single
exposure site as defined in Section 207.5.6.3.
4. The projected area of the modeled building or other
structure and surroundings is less than 8 percent of
the test section cross-sectional area unless correction
is made for blockage.
5. The longitudinal pressure gradient in the wind tunnel
test section is accounted for.
6. Reynolds number effects on pressures and forces are
minimized.
7. Response characteristics of the wind tunnel
instrumentation are consistent with tile required
measurements.
207.6.3 Dynamic Response
Tests for the purpose of determining the dynamic
response of a building or other structure shall be in
accordance with Section 207.6.2. The structural model
and associated analysis shall account for mass
distribution, stiffness, and damping.
207.6.4 Limitations
J~;:-o{~~;
(20731)
Q=
and II = l;~;;r/r\i) (207-32)
The peak factor g shall be taken as 4.0. The value of c:
shall be 0.75 for electrical transmission towers and poles
with cables, or 1.0 for an other cases. The parameters that
define the wind field characteristics, specifically Do, a:, I,
i', b, and a, shall be obtained from Table 207-1 I. The
effective height 2" shall be taken as two-thirds the height
of the tower CZ/3h), but not less than 2m ;" as listed in Table
207-11. V; is calculated using Eqn. 207-J4.
207.7.2 Billboard Structures, Free-Standing Walls,
end Solid Signs
For billboard structures, free-standing walls, and solid
signs with height-to-Ieast-horizontal dimension greater
than 4, the procedures in Section 207.7.1 shall be used.
Otherwise, the procedures in Section 207.5.8.2 shall be
used.
207.7.3 Cables
Per cables, Equations 207-29, 207-30. and 20732 shall be
used together with:

207.6.4.1 Limitations on Wind Speeds
Variation of basic wind speeds with direction shall not be
perrniucd unless the analysis for wind speeds conforms to
the requirements of Section 207.5.4.2.
207.6.5 wind- Borne Debris
Glazing in buildings in wind-borne debris regions shall be
protected in accordance with Section 207.5.9.3.
207.7 Gust Effect Factor for Other Structures
207.7.1 Poles, Masts, and Trussed Towers
For other structures such as poles, masts, trussed towers,
and the like, that function as communication towers or
antenna-supporting structures, electrical transmission
towers and poles, structures supporting lighting
equipment, and the like, the gust effect factor shall he
calculated by
(20733)
where B is the total length of the cable.
207.8 Estimates of Dynamic Properties
When values for natural frequency and damping ratio as
required input parameters in the calculation of the gust
effect factor for buildings and other structures arc [1'lt
available from full-scale measurements of (he "'H!:l
structure or from computer simulation, the cst.r.. .' 'J
formulas given in Sections 207.8.1 and 207.8.2 sh,liJ uc
used.
207.8. I A pproxl mate Fundamental Frequency
207.8.1.1 Buildings
For buildings, the natural frequency III may be eSliIJ1;:t,:!
using the following general formulas:

Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines

 CHAPT En 2 -- M inimulll Df!sig n Loads 2 33

Type Service-le ve l Strcnath-le vel 207.8.2 A p p rox i ma te Da mp in g Ra tio

Co nc rete 67/h 56/h
Sleel 50/h 42/h 207 _8.2. 1 General
Fo r win d loading purposes , the tota I da mping ratio may be
207.8.1.2 Fr ee-Standin g T r ussed Towers and Billboard ta ken as 0.0 15 for co ncrete structures, and 0 .010 for stee l
Structures and other structures.
For free-stand ing trussed to we rs. and billboard structu res.
the natural frequency "r may be estimated using the 207.8.2.2 Poles, Masts, T russed Towers, Billboards,
follow ing formula: a nd Sim ilar S tr uct u r es
A lternatively for poles , m a SIS, trussed towe rs, billboards .
" I = 107/ At " II.. <1 !'" A .. (207 -34) a nd si milar struc tures, the structu ral dam ping ratio P. at
/ "

serv ice-le ve l condi tio n ma y be taken as

._- (207 -35)

= 0 . 16 " 0 .003 (207 -38)
M
"
=
J; 1
I +k,,,m,
(207-36)

w here II I
fJ
, "
is the serv ice- lev e l na tu ral frequ en c y.
<lnd (207 -37)
T he stru c tural da mping rati o ft. at stre ngth-level condit io n
for poles, masts , trussed tow e rs , billboards. and the like,
may be taken as
Po = 0.9 for triangular (3- 1eggcd ) to wers , and 1.0 for o the r
conditions. A(I = 1.0 for service-level condition, and O . 8~
for stre ngth-le vel co nditio n. 13011 is lhe ave rage lo wer fJ , = gp
h
" 0004 (207 -39)

width. or ave rag e o f the base and top width s, or 8 0 a nd nil

resp ecti ve ly, for tapered towers. km shall be ta ken as 2 .6 where III IS the stren gth -le vel natural freque ncy.
for billboards, poles, masts, and non-tapering low ers and
other structures. The ae rodynamic damp ing ra tio {J" at service- lev:
cond itio n for trussed towe rs, billboards . and the like, Ilk ':
Altcrnat ivel y. fo r free-stan di ng lo wers o r bi llboard be tak en as
struct ures ill th e Phili ppi nes without attac hed anten nas or
cables, {J" = .Q:007 " fJ.O07 ( 20 7-4{))

",
PI.m-sll ~_ Se rvice- level St re ngth -level
whe re 1/ 1 is the se rvice -le ve l natu ral freque nc y.
Tri ; Ul ~
ular 81/11 68/11
--
O thers 9 1/h 75/11 T he ae rodyna mic dam ping rat io /1., al strength- le ve l
cond itio n for trussed towe rs, billboar ds . and the like , ma y
For ante nna lo wers or electrica l transmission towers in the be tak en as
Philippines w ith mass rat io 111r as 5('1"0 (or ap prox imate ly 3
atta ched an ten nas): fJ" = 0 .0 11 "0.007 for Wi nd Zone i o r 2.

Pl an-sh a pe Service- level Strength-level ".

or for V > 162 kph,
Squa re 81/h 68/h
T riang ular 73/h 6 1/11 for W ind Zone J.
{J" = .Q.:lI09 " 0007
",
207.8, 1.3 Poles , M asts, S olid Sig ns, G uye d St ru ct u re s , or for V ~ 162 kph (20 7 : <)
Ca hles , and O ther Structu r es
whe re II I is the stre ng th- lev e l natura l freq uen cy .
For po les. I1la StS , solid s igns. guyed struc tures. cables. and
othe r struc tures. the natur a l frequenc y milY he es timated T he ae rodyn amic da m pi ng ra tio /1" llIay be obt ained from
from full-scale measurements or computer simulation a more deraile d an alysis wit h the appropriate basic wind
laking in to account the effec t o f te ns io n-o nly c le me nt spee d V as par ame te r. the hourl y mean w ind speed from
pro per! ics .I IH I (Hile r"attac hmen ts . Eq . 20 7-14. a mode sh ap e expone nt o f J. O. unit mass ,II
the basco and so lid i ty ratio l:' and drag fo rce coefficien t Ci
ev al uated at (he effec ti ve height.

Nnlional Struc tural Co de of tho Phil ippines (/, Edition Volume 1

2-301 CHAPTEH 2 ._. Minimum Design Loads

The total damping ratio Pshall be taken as American Society of Testing and Materials (ASfM)
ASTM Internati onal
(207 -43) 100 Barr Harbor Drive
Wesl Conshohocken , PA 19428-2959
207.9 Consensus Standar ds and Oth er Referen ced
Documents
This section lists the consensus standards and othcr
documents which <I re adopted by reference within this
section:

Association of Structural Enginecls of the Philippi nes

 CHAP TER 2 -- Minimum Design Loads 2-35

Transverse
- - Longitudinal

WALLS AN D IWOFS

NOlC,":

J. Pressures .~JWWIl are appliNI (0 'he horizontal and venicat proiecuons. .kll rsposnre B. III h '" 9 m. I.." I.f). /111.1 K" ~ J.0. A '~iIl5 1 to
other ('O/uli,;mu using Eqlltllioll 1 07- J.
1. The load pottvrns shown s hall be applied to ea ch corner oflhl' building ill fum as the reference corner. (S('!' Figu re 20 7-10) .
3. For the des ig ll oflht' longitudinal MWFRS use e'"
Of>. and loca le the w ile Ell': Gill boundary at the' mi d .length ofthe bui/dillg
4. Load e-ases I und 2 must he checked lor 25 < e:i
45. Load ca se 2 0 1 25 is provided only for inte rpolation between 25 10 30 <>.
5. PIllS and minus .tign.~ sigf/W' pressures aCling towa rd and away f ram the projec ted surfaces. respecuvetv.
6. For roo fslop es othe r thnn tho se shown, line ar interpolation is p ermitted.
7. The LOra! ho ritont al taad shatt not be less th an tt.at determined by assuming ps = () ill zones B & D.
R 711{' zon e pr essures represent the /allo wing :
Harirontal pres,w re zones Sum of the wind ward and lee ward net (W ill qf internal and external] pressures 011 vcnical
proj ection at:'
tI - End wile of wall C - interior ZOIl(' cf wall
/I ., Em J zone (?lroof D _. I n ferior w ile ofroo f
Vertica l pressure Z(JI/('.~ - Net (51 1/11 o! illt('rtw l (11/(1external] pressures 0 11 horizontal proj ection oj":
F: .- I;'m l W I/(' a f windward roo! G - Inte rio r ZOIl(' of wind wa rd mol
r _. /;"1/(1 ZOII('o/ il 'e wa rd roof 11- Interior ZOIl (' ofieeward roof
Y. II'ht'f"(' =01/{' I~' or (/ /ill1. \ 01/ (I nJ(~r Ol'el }ulII g Ofl
the wind war d side of the Iw i/d ing. Il .H' EOIl and Goli/hr the pressure Oil tilt'
IlOr;z<m ta / J"~Jj('(/"O I/ l!f til(' averlmng. ()I'C''''Hll/g~ (III ,he leeward (lIld side edgc.t .thl/If hal'(' tire basic zone p rl'u'/I/"t' app li ed .
10. Natation:
10 PI 'I '( '(' 1I1 O{II!IHI hor izont al dillH 'mio/l or f),4I1 , whichever is smuller , hilt /lof II'H fh(lll ritner 4% or If!(/.I" !lfJ,.i: miltll
f /ilJlc'IISIIJIl fll" 0,9 IJI .
h . Mean mIJ{hl'igltl. Ill, ('XCt'I" ,hllt ( ' aI'(' height sha ll he Il.Hd./(}" /w ?{m lg!t'...- < 10.
9 Angle o( plml(' ofrt/(~fihmJ horizontal, deg rees.

Figure 207- 1 Design Wind Pressures 011

Walls and Roofs of Enclosed Buildings with h'; 18m,
Main Wind-Force Resisting System -- Method I
1h
Nation al Structural Code of the Philippine s 6 Editio n Volume 1
2,36 CHAPTEF< 2 .-- Minimum Design Loads

Adjustment Factor
for Building Height and Exposure A
..__.
Mean roof ~ .. _._-_._. Exposure
_ height (111) B C D
4.5 1.00 1.21 -_.. . 1.47
_.__
~

6.0 .. ... _.- - 1.00 1.29 1.55

_
~
7.5 1.00 US 1.61
9.0
----_."--_._~" .. ~-
1.00 1.40 1.66 -
11.0 1.05 1.45 1.70
12.0 1.09 1.49 1.74
13.7 -
1.12 1.53 1.78
15.2 1.16
--_._._--- - - - - -1.81
- -1.56 ---
16.8 1.19 1.59 1.84
180 1.22 1.62 -~~
WALLS AND ROOFS
BasIc
Ro of Horizontal Pressures, kPa Vertical Pressures, kPa Overhangs
Wind Load
Speed
All gle
Case - - - --- ------_.__ .- .. ....- ... _.... _ .-

_
~
_"-~

(kph)
') A
..
13
..-
C D E F G H Eoil o.,
--- ----- --_.~-
_
~
.
_
-
_
.
~
_
150 t0 5 o 1 066 -0.34 0.44 -0.21 -0.79 -0.45 -0.55 -0.35 - -1.1 I --~
10 .._.,,- 1 0.75 -0.31 0.50 -0.18 -079 -0.48 -0.55 -0.37 -1.1 1 -087
15 _.
._~-
I 0.83 -0.28 0.55 -0.16 -0.79 -052 -0.55 -0.40 -1.1 1 -0.87
20 ----- - - I - 092 ... -024 -061 -0 13 -0.79 -0.55 -0.55 -0.42 -1.1 1 -0.87
~._--

---
I 083 _._-- o 13 0.60 _.Jl~ ------ -0.37 _.:_.5iL -0.27 -0.40 -0.69 .()i'J..
2 S.__..._.. 2 000 - -0.00 --- 0.00 ._ . 0.00
. . -- .... -- -0.14 -027
._._-_._ ..- .... -0.04
.._.. _- -018 .. .. _
~._
0.00
- - -_ 0.00
--_._--
1 0.74 0.51 0.59 0.41 0.06 -0.45 002 -0.26 -0.30
.. -~_ ... _._---_.
~._-~ .. _ - - - - - -------. ....:0}2_ 1 - - - - ---_...
-----_.~-_.-
30 I') 45 2 0.74 .... -008 .. _ ~52.... 041
..
---~_ ~-----
0.29 .._::.Q22.. 0.25 ....-0.16..- -026 _~lJl.O.... __
200 ) .5
0 I'--_.- .. --
1 118 ---_._.- -0.(,2 0.79 .. -(U6 ..-.. _ _-
.. 1.42 ......c.=c....
0.81 ......-0.99 -0.63
"-"-'-- ---_......._.."_....
_~._--
-2.00 -1.57 ~
_ _ _ _ .m _ _

10 ----- I 1.34 ._._----- -0.56 0.89 -OJ2 -1.42 OJIL -0.99 -0.67 -200 -1.57
15 - -
- --'-- 1.49 .... -0.49 099
~ _:2.12- -1.42 0.93 0.99 -071 -2.00 1.57
2() I 1.64 ._-- -0.43 1.10 -0.24 - 1.42 -099 -0.99 -0.75 -2.00 -15}___
1 1.48 024 1.08 0.24 -0.66 -0.90 -0.48 -0.72 -1 .2:3... ...:JJ1.5...
5 ...__._- 2 - . .
. --_._- - - - - - - _ . -025 -0.49 -0.07 -0.31 - ._-_.-
~

-
1
-- . - ... 1.34 091
-_._------- 1.06 o.n
- - - _.....QJ_I_- -0.81 0.04 -0.69 -0.47
._-_.- --_ -0.54 .
----------.-
.1 0 t,) 45 ...__2.. _- 134 --_.-- 0.91 1.06 --_._-- o.n 051 .- -0.40 0.45 -0.29 -0.47 ~~--
250 0 I' ) 5 ..
--------- -
"-~--

_1 I 84
----~-

-0.95 1.22 -0.57 -2.21 ._ -1.26

- - - -1.54 -097 -3.09 ... -2.42 _._-
I( ) I
------ -------_...- ......
2.07 -0.86.. .. .
_--~."'
'"_._.~
1.38 _ 0.50 "
.----- -----
~
-221 -US -1.54
---- - -------_. .. ..__...- - _ -1 .04 -3.09 _-_-2.42
. - - ----_ .... _-
15._-_. .....__ . _.-------
1 2J1 -o.n ... - 1.54 .... - 0.44 -2.21 -1.44 154 ..1.10 -3.09
...- - - - - --_.. _----~
-242
~_

2() .._..__I..._--- ---------

254 -067 1.70 .. -0.37 ._..- _-2.21 . _ - -1.54 __ -1.54 -1.17 -3.09 ._-- -2.42
1__..- ..._..2.31
_._._-_. -- --..OJ7 I .67 (U8 -I .03 --140 .1. 91 .. 163
... --"'.~
_-------- -_._---- --- -------------.---, - - - _..-0.74 _ - - ----- 1.12 ._--_
25----- 2 - .
......:....... ...---------- --- -----_._.- ----------- -------_. ....... -0.39 0 76 -0. 1I ..
-0.49 .
-
..--.--.- -
_-On__
_ --~--
---~ _.~." ._~."

1 _207._ 1.41 1.65 ------- 1.13 0.16 -1.26 005 - ...:!..cQli.. -0 8L

3010 _ 45
.. . . 2..__ ..- ----------207 1.41...... . .. 1.65
. .. ." ..
1.13..--- -- o 79..... ......... 0.62
__.._---- .. .0.69 .... - _.._
"
-0.44
. -0.73 ... 1.--._.0 i:1 _...!
---_._-_
~
_
.
~
.
_
"
---"'~~- ~
"'~,,~
._~_ ~" ~.~" ~

Figure 207-2 Design Wind Pressures on

Walls and Roofs of Enclosed Buildings with h $; 18m,
Main Wind-Force Resisting System _. Method I

Association of Structural Engineers of the Phllippincs

 CH A PTE R 2 - Minimum Design Loads 2-37

Flat Roof Hip Roof( T < 0 S 21')

Gable Roof (O::;n Gable Roof (7< 045 )

[-J
Notes :
Interior Zon es
Rooh Zone 1 1 W. thi ZOn4"

End Zones
Roof Zone 2I Wa. Z - 5

WAL LS AND ROO FS

I!I!IilIII
mJ
Comer Zones
Root. . Zone 8

I'n '.H UI"l'sho w" an ' applied norma l 10 the .Hlr,C{'. for ('.\ j1 O.\ UI"C' JJ. at" "" 9 11/, I~, '"~ / .0. and K:, '" 1.0. A djuSI IQ Of /W I' co nditions using
Equation 10 7-1. .
{'III,I" andnsinus SIl:,IU siJ.: I!(f\ ' pressures acting toward and a ll'ay/rom rlu.: surfaces. respectively.
3 For hip ro o/ i- \l'ilh e::; 25, l o ne 3 s ha ll he treat ed as IOlJe 2.
4. Fo r {'fli'rt i\'(' wind al"(' (/ .I hl'(\\'(,(,11 those given. willie may he intern olcucd. otherwise use t!le l'Ii .'U (' asso ciated with me lower ,,/I('cli\l(' wind
areo.
Notation:
a " If} Pf'/H'" 1 oj klHf I/Ilriu mfa! 11;1II,'la ;' 11I or (JA h. whi cJw \'('" is smatter, /1/11 IW! Je:u dum fi//'c,. 4 % oftea st Iw ri::o,, !al dimens ion d r
0 . 9/11.
h :.". MC 'fIIl J"(J(J(J wi1-:ht. in that C'</I '(~ "c''.~ /'t shalf be' /(,\"(tlfi ,, t"(k~rCIIlf.:I('.f
III, c.'lTC 'I" ( 10,
(1 ~ A II}.: h " l l" a lle'of roc~((l"{)m luwi:r/lllu l. (/c'g n 'f '.f.

Figure 207-3 Design Wind Pressure s on Walls & Roof of Enclosed

Buildings with II S IR m, Components and Cladding -- Method I

Natio nal Structural Code of the Philip pines e'" Edition Volume 1
2-38 CHAPT E F~ 2 ... Mini mum Design Loa ds

Adjustment Factor for

BtilIdmg s II- cIgnl
I and Eexpos ure, A
Mean roof Exposure
height (m) [J C D
4.5 .. .. . _
1.00 1.21 1.47
6 .0 1.00 _.- 1.29 1.55
7.5 1.00 1.35 . 1.6 1
9.0 1.00 1.40 1.66
11.0 1.05 1.45 1.70
12.0 1.09 1.49 1.74
13.7 1. 12 1.53 1.78
15.2 1.16 1.56 1.81 .. -
-
16.8 1.19 1.59 1.84
18.0 1.22 1.62 1.87

WALLS AND ROOFS

Net Design W ind Press ure , lJ~h kPa (Expo sur e 13 at" = 10 m with I = 1.0 and K d = 1.0)
Effective
Roo f Basi c W ind Speed V (kph)
Ang le
wind
(0)
Zone area
(m ') 150 200 250

- - I-_..- _ _1".9.......... ------

030 ._- 075
- - _ 0 55__ 0.55 0. 85 2 .09 .-
I 2.0 0 .29 -0. 73 0 .51 0.51 0 .79 2.03
I 4.5 0 .26 0.7 1 0.4 7 0.47 0 .73 - 1.96
I 9 .5 0 .24 -0 .69 0 .44 0 .44 0 .6 7 -1.9 1

- -2_.. -- -1.0_.- - -_ - - _.....0 .55 ._.-

0.30 .._-- .._ 1-.26 __ ._-- 0.55
- - 0.85 ._-- -3.50
- -_.
0<0
<7
2
2
--2.0
4.5
0.2 9
- -1.1 2
0 .26
0 .51
-0.95 0.4 7
__
. 0.5 1
0.4 7
. ~ - -
0 79
0 .73
-3.1 3
-2.64
2 9 .5 0 .24 -0.8 1 0 .44 0.4 4 0 .67 -2.26
3 1.0 0 .30 -1.90 0 .55 0 .55 0 .8 5 -5.2 7
3 2.0 0 .29 - 1.57 0.5 1 0.5 1 0 .79 -4 .37
--
3 4 .5 . ~ ~ _--_._ .
... 0 .26 -1.1
---- -_. 4 _- 0 .47 0.47 - _...7_-
-- - - - -- -31
0. 73
3 9 .5 0 .24 -0.81 0 .44 0.44 0.67 -2.26

fi gure 207Ja (cn m' d} . Design Wind Pressures 0 11 Walls & Roof' u f En closc d '
Buildings with It ~ 18 Ill, Components and Cladding ... Method I

Associa tion of Structural Engineers of ! l1 f~ Philippines

 CHAPTER 2 -. Minimum Design Loads 239

Net Design Wind Pressure, P,,,,, kPa (Exposure B at II = 10 111 with / ~ 1.0 and Kd ~ 1.0)
Effec tive
Roof Basic Wind Speed V (kph)
wind
Angle Zone
(deg) area
(Ill') ISO 200 250

I 1.0 0.43 -0.69 0.78 0.78 1.20 -1.91

I 2.0 0.40 -0.67 0.71 0.71 1.1 0 - 1.86
I 4.5 0.34 -0.64 062 0.62 0.95 -1.78
1 9.5 0.30 -0.62 0.55 0.55 0:85 - 1.73
2 1.0 0.43 -1.20 0.78 0.78 1.20 -3.33
0 > 7 10 2 2.0 0.40 - 1.1 0 0.71 0.7 1 1.10 -3.06
27 2 4.5 0.34 -0.97 0.62 0.62 0.95 -2.71
2 9.5 0.30 -0.88 0.55 0.55 0.85 -2.44
3 1.0 0.43 -1.77 0.78 0.78 1.20 -4.92
3 2.0 0.40 - 1.65 0.71 0.7 1 1.10 -4.60
3 4.5 0.34 - 1.50 0.62 0.62 0.95 -4.18
3 9.5 0.30 -1.39 0.55 0.55 0.85 -3.86
1 1.0 0.69 -0.75 1.23 1.23 1.9 1 -2.09
r--
1 2.0 0.67 -0.71 1.20 1.20 1.86 - 1.98
1 4.5 0.64 -0.66 1.1 5 1.1 5 1.78 -1.84
I 9.5 0.62 -0.62 1.12 1.I 2 1.73 -1.73
2 1.0 0.69 -0.88 1.23 1.23 1.91 -2.44
0 > 27 2 2.0 0.67 -0.84 1.20 1.20 1.86 -2.33
1045 2 4.5 0.64 -0.79 1.15 1.15 1.78 -2. 19
2 9.5 0.62 -0.75 1.1 1 1.I 1 1.73 -2.09
3
. _ -~ - - "
1.0 0 .69 -0.88 --.
1.23 1.23 1.91 -2.44
3 _. 2.0 0.67 -0.84 1.20 1.20 1.86 -2.33
3 4.5 0.64 -0 79 1.1 5 1.15 1.78 -2. 19
3 9.5 0.62 -0.75 1.1 2 1.12 1.73 -2.09
4 1.0 0.75 -0.8 1 1.35 1.35 2.09 -226
4 2.0 0.72 -0.78 1.28 1.28 1.99 -2.17
4 4.5 0.67 -0.74 1.21 1.21 1.87 -2.05
4 9.5 0.64 -0.70 1.14 1.14 1.77 -1.95
4 46.5 0.56 -0.62 1.01 1.0 1 1.56 - 1.73
Wall
.-..".--..-.-5-_.__._-.. ......._..
1.0__._- .. -- - 0.75 -- -0.26 1.35 1.35 2.09 -2.79
. _ ,, ~ . _ - _.-

-
5 2.0 .. .. "._----0.72 -0.24 1.28
. _---. 1.28 1.99 -2.60
- - -- ~

- - - - - '- - -
5 4.5 0.67 -0.22 1.21 1.21 1.87 -2.36
- - - - -- - - ~

-2. 17
- 5- - ._. 9.5 0.64 -0.20 1.14 1.14 1.77
5 46.5 0.56 -0.62 1.0 I 1.01 1.56 - 1.73

Figur e 20 7-3h (conl' d) - Design Wind Pressu res on Walls & Roof of Enclosed
Buildings with " S IR m, Components and Cladding - Method J

1h
National Structural Code of the Philippines 6 Edition Volume 1
2-40 CHAPTE:!, 2 - Minimum Design l.oads

v(Z)
Z Speed-up z -Spe

vrZ) X (Downwind) X(Upwlnd) X (Do

~~-

ESCARPMENT 2-D RIDGE OR 3-D AXISYMMETRICAL H

....-

_ --- K, Multiplier
..
K, Multiplier K 3 Multiplier
3-D -..-
3-D All
HlL" 2-D 2-D x/L, 2-D zlL h 2-D 2-D
Axisym. Other Axisym,
Ridge Escarp Escarp Ridge Escarp
Hill _._
Hill Cases
0. 2 0.29 0 . 17 0.21 0.00 1.00 1.00 0 . 00 1.00 1.00 1.00
0.25 0.36 0.21 0.26 0.. 50 0 . 88 0 . 67 0 . 10 0.74 0.78 0.67
.._ ----

f-N--
0.35
0.43
0.51
0.26
0.30
0 . 32
037
1.00
1.50
0.75
0.63
0.33
000
020
0.30
0 . 55
0.41
061
0.47 ..
0.45
030
_.~ ----

0.40 0.58 - -0.-. 34

-- 0042 200 0.50 .. _-_._
0.00 .. 0040 0.30 0.37 0.20 .._-
_

... 0045 0 . 65 0 . 38 0047 2.. 50 0.38 0 . 00 0.50 022

----_ 0.29
.--
..
~_
._--
-- - - - - - 0.14
0.. 50 072 0043 0.53 3.00 0.25 0.00 0.60 o 17 0.22 . ,-- 0.09
---"-
.._ -----
3.. 50 0. I3
-~ 0.. 70 0 . 12 0.17
0.14 - .. _---
0.06
0.. 04
4.. 00 0.00 0.00 0 . 80 0.09
---_._- 0 . 90 0.07 0.11 0.. 03
1.00 -~ ---_. _._,.,_0.02
0 . 08 .._---
1.50 0. 0 I 0 . 02 0.00
2.. 00 000 0.00 0.. 00
NOIl>S:

I. For vulurs HIL f and :JL" other then those shown, lineal' interpolation is permiued.
2. For IfIL h > 0.5. assume /-I1l. A ,":' (tifor evaluating K,I1/Jd suhsutute 211/01" !./Jor {'wi/uoting K., (jlld K,
J. Multipliers (Ire based 0/1 tltc assumption thai approflches t!le hill OJ" csconnncm aloog the direct/Oil cfmaximum stope.
4, NOlation"
!l "" Heiglu oFhifl or escarpmeru rekuive (0 Ihe upwind terrain, m.
1,1, Distance IIpl\'illd oterI's! (0 where [he d((rerellce ill ground elevation is ha/(Ihe heighl o(hil/ or ('sc(/rplll('lIl, II!
K I ~~Factor 10 accountfor shaf!c <?({of!ographic/ea[lIre and maximum ,\peed~lIf! e(rCCI,
K: "c Factor 10 accounttor reduction ill speed-up wirh dtssance upwind or downwind (!(cres!
K, '" Factor 10 accountfor reduction in speed-up wilh hdghl Il!JOI'(' loud terrain
X Disuusce (II/)\\,ill<l or downwind] [nun the crest to Ihe Imildillg site. ilL
Z " /feighl olio\'(' local groulld 11'1'('3, III
I' :~ Horizontot attenuationtactor.
j' " fIeighl ancnuationtactor.

Figure 207-4: Topographic Factor, Kli -, Method 2

Association of Structural Engineers of Ow Philippines

 CHAPTER 2 - Minimum Des ign Loads 2-41

Equations:

K I determined from table below

Parameters for Speed-Up over Hi lls and Escarpments

K/(HlL"l II
Hill Sha pe Exposure )' Upw ind Downwind
13 C D of Crest of Crest
2-d imens ional ridges (or valleys
1.3 0 1.45 1.55 3 1.5 1.5
w ith nec ative H in K,I(liIL,)
2-dimensiollal escarpments 0.75 0.85 0.95 2.5 1.5 4
3-d imens ional axisvm. hill 0.95 1.05 1.15 4 1.5 1.5

Figure 207-4 (cont' d): To pograp hic Facto r, K" - Method 2

Nnuoua! ~) tru ct u ra l Code of the Philippines Gill Edition Volume 1

2-42 CHAPTER 2 - Minimum Design Loads

Enclosure Classification Ge ,
Open Buildings 0.00
Partially Enclosed Buildings +0.55
_. -0.55
Enclosed Buildings +0. 18
-0.18

WALLS AND ROOFS

NOles:
I. Plus and minus signs signify pressures acting towa rd and away from the internal surfa ces.
respectively.
2. Values ofCCp ' shall be used with q, or 'I" as specified in Sec tion 207.5.12.
3. Two cases shall be considered to determine the critical load requirements for the appropriate
condition:
(i) a positive value o[GCpi applied to all internal surfaces
(il) a negative value of CCpi applied to all internal surfaces

Figure 207-5 Internal Pressure Coefficients, cepi on

Walls and Roofs of Enclosed, Partially Enclosed and Open Buildings for all Heights
Main Wind-Force Resisting System/Components & Cladding - Method 2

Associa tron of Structural Engineers of the Philippines

 CHAPTEH 2 Minimum De sign Loads 2 -~ 3

q,{iCp

WIN,!!
f-
B ac;
q,GCp
1
q,GCp
~- L -l
ELEVATION

GABLE, HIP ROOF

q,GCp

1-- L ~_.- L '--~

ELEVATION ElEVATION

MONOSlOPE ROOF (NOTE 4)

f ~=
B

l --'-h-rnn-rh~rr+Trn-rr!--.J q,r;Cp
L - -J L. L _ . _.... _-J
PLAN ELEVATION

MANSARD ROOF (NOTE 8)

WALLS AN D RO O FS

Figure 207-6 Exte rna l Pressure Coeffi cients, C~1 011

Walls and Roofs of Enclosed, Partiall y En closed Buildings for all Height s
Mai n Wind-Force Resisting Sys tem -- Method 2

National Structural Code of til e Philippines 6'" Edition Volume 1

244 CHAPTEH 2 .. Minimum Design l.oads

~----
Wall Pressure Coefficients, C
Surface LIB C Usc With
Windward Wall All values 0.8 a,
0-1 -0.5
Leeward Wall 2 -0.3 q"
>4 -0.2
Side Wall - - - Ali values -0.7 all
._._----------_._ ..
- Roof Pressure Coefficients, c; for use with ({II
Wind
Windward Leeward
Direction
----_. ..
~-

~._~._,---- - Angle, IJ Idecrees) Angle, II Ide 'rcc~)

h/L 10 - 15 20 25 30 -~ 45 > 60 10 iO
----~.
IS >2 o
-0.7 -0.5 -0.3 -0.2 -0.2 0.0' -0.3 -0.5 -0.6
::: 0.25_. -0.i8 0.0' 0.2 0.3 0.3 0.4 0.4 0.011J -- ~---
Normal to
-0.9 -0.7 -0.4 -0.3 -0.2 -0.2 0.0 -0.5 -0.5 -0.6
ridge for (}
2: 10
0.5 -0.18 __-:2.1.8.. _ 0.0' 0.2 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.011J
-- --~----

-1.3 -1.0 -0.7 -0.5 -0.3 -0.2 0.0' -07 -0.6 -06
._.,m :: I.Q_ -0.18 -0.18 -0.18 0.0 0.2 __.21..... 0:1.__ 00111
Horizontal distance from * Value is provided for interpolation purposes.
c,
- windward edge
Normal to
:::0.5
o to 1i/2 -0.9, -0.18
ridge for (} 1------_.- h/2 to h _ -0.9, -QJ.L
< 10 and II to 21i -0.5, -0.18 ** Value can be reduced linearly with area over
Parallel to > 21i -0.3, -0.18 which it is applicable as follows:
ridge for
all IJ o to h/2 -1.3 ", -0.18
Area (m")
< 9 1.0
------
Reduction Factor
. . __
1.0 --- - - - .._ - -

_..._-------
'" > hl2
..- ----- -"---." .......,--------------_.
,
-0.7, -0.18 _ _ ===_
23
~2.3-==-- ---_.--- 0Jl----
0.9

WALLS AND ROOFS

Noli'S

J. Flusand minus signs sigllib' pressures acting toward and (1\1'oyJi'ollllhe s/(/:/"(lCe.l', respectively.
2. Linear interpolation is permittedfor values ofLIB: hlL and () otherthan shown. Interpolation shall onty he carried out between values o(lhe .I'(lIII('.I'i
Where no value of the sallie sign is given, assume O.Ofbr interpolation purposes.
3. Where two values ()f(~, arc listed, {his indicates thai the windward roofstope is subjected to either positive or negative pressures and Ihe roofstruct.
shall he designedfor both conditions. tnterpotauon for intermediate ratios ofhlL ill this case shall only be carried Ollt between (~, lallle.l (~f like sien
4. For monoslope roofs. entire roofsurface is either {/ windward or leeward sill/ace.
5. ForJlexihfe buildings use appropriate (1, as determined by Section 207.5.8.
o Refer to Figure ]07 7(i)r domes and Figure 207-8(i)r arched ro()f~
7. Notation:
II ~ Horizontal dimension ofbuitdtng. ill m, measured norma/ to wind direction
L ttonzontat dimension ofhui/dillg, ill III, measured paJ'allel 10 wind direction.
II Mean roof height in III, except tlnu 1'01'(' heighl .I'hall he U.I"ed/ol'0 :s 10 degrees,
I- ,-- Neigh I above ground. m.
(J GUsll:l!"ecfj!lcror
o., .qo Velocity pressure. Hlm l evaiucued ot rcspecuvc height.
f) Angle oflila lie o(roor(rolll horizontal, degrees.
,\' For mansardroots the lop horizontal surfrJ('('and leeward inclined surface .I'hall he treated as leeward sUljiw('s(i'OIll Ihi' table.
Fxcl'jlts(iJr MWFR,\' ',1' 01 the l"()o(collsiSlillg (?/molllcilt rc.lisfingfmllles. the total horizontal shear shall 1/01 h(' 11'.1".1' Ihl/II ttiat det('l"lI1ill"d hi' 1iI', I!'('ti,
wind Iatces Oil roojsurfaces.
II) For mo/slopes grcator tlvan 8()O, /(,I'i' (~, 0.8

Figure 207-6(cont'd) - External Pressure Coefficients, e p on

Walls and Roofs of Enclosed, Partially Enclosed Buildings for all Heights
Main Wind Force Resisting System -- Method 2

Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines

 CHAPTEF~ 2 -- Minimum Design Loads 2~45

I o
?J'l --0 1

A (h c 10=025)

+0.8
A (h.ID=O) \
'\
1\ ~ ~
+0.8

+0.'
y V
7~ >
;.;-
.> / /
7 I V C (h.,/D=O)

,,
1/ I
, / I C (h./D ~0.5)
,-- ----,
" -/-- ----- ---_ .... ,,
\ /
<,
, /
<: "I,
1/ V B (h.,ID=O)

- -;/
-, "~
"
/ --- - _ _A B (h./D~0.5)

~1,6
\ ~
V
~1.8
1 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.' 0.'
Ratlo of Rise to Diameter, flO
Noles:

I. Two load cases shall be considered'

Case A. C,. values between A and Band between IJ and C shall be determined by linear interpolation along arcs all (he dome parallel (I) tlie lI'ind
direction:
Case B. CfIshall be Ihe constant value of A/or ():.5 25 degrees. and shall be determined by linear interpolationfrom 25 degrees 10 B and from B 10 ,.

2. Values denote C~, (0 be used w/lh q(h() ~-/) where hI) +fis (he heighl at the lOp ofsno dome.
3 Plus and minus signs signfjj! pressures acting toward and awayfrom the surfaces, respectively
4. (~, is cOIIslanl OIf the dome surfacefor orcs of circtcs perpendicular to Ihe wind direction; [o.: evatuplc. the arc passing Ihrough 1J-/J,8 and all ill',
porattet (0 8-8-8. ,;
5. For values o/II,!/) bCIII'I'l'I/ihose listed 011 Ihe gmph CUII'C.\". linear interpolation shall be pam/lied.
6 (I = 0 degrees on dome spring line, (J ~, 90 degrees at dnnu: ('('Iller (OP point, lis measuredfrom springlill(' to top
7. The lO(al horizontal shear shall nor be less (!rail that determined hy nl'tlecfing wind forces 011 !"O(lslll/oces
8 For/lD values less thnn 0.0.5. lise Figure 207-6.

'Figure 207-7 External Pressure Coefficients, C~) for loads on Domed Roofs
of Enclosed, Partially Enclosed Buildings and Structures for all Heights
Main Wind- Force Resisting System"- Method 2

th
National Structural Code of the Philippines 6 Edition Volume 1
246 CHAf' TEH 2 Minimum Design Loads

ARCHED ROOFS

C,
Rise-to-span
Condition s Windward Center half Leeward
ratio, r Quarter
quarter
Roof on elevated stru cture 0 <,. <0.2 0.9 0.7 - ,. -0.5
0.2 < ,. < 0.3 1.5,.- 0.3 0 .7 ,. -0.5
0.3 < ,.< 0.6 2.75,. -0.7 0 .7 ,. -0.5
Roof springing from ground 1.4,. -0.7 - ,. -0.5
0 <,. $ 0.6
.
level
When the rise-to-sp an ratio is 0.2 5 r 5 0.3. alternate coefficients given by 6r- 2.1 shall als o be used for the
windward auarter.

Notes:
I. Values listed are for tile determination of average loads 0 11 main wind force resisting systems.
2. PIU.f and minus sign s signify pressures acting to ward and aw ay fro m the surfaces. respectively.
3. For wind dire cted parotle t to the axis of the arch. use p ressu re coeffi cients from Figure 207 -6 with wind directed paraltetto
ridge .
4. For components and cladding: (1) AI roo/perime ter, use the external pressure coefficients in Figure 207 / / wilh 0 hased
on spring line slope and (2)/01' remaining roo/are as, usc external pressure coeffi cien ts of this table mutt tplted by 0.87.

Figure 207 8 External Pressure Coe fficients, CI' for loads on Arched Roofs
of Enclosed, Partially Enclosed Buildings and Structures for all Heights
Main Wind- Force Resisting System/Co mponents and Cladding - Method 2

Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines

 CHAPTEH 2 - Minimum Design Loads 247

O. 75P ...

O. 75 P"

CASE 1 CASE 3
br
I' 'I 0.563P.... I Br
,I
r-t-r-r-r-r-r-r-r-r-r-r-t

Mr
0.75 Pu ['--~
0.563PIf'X
0.563 P,.K
0.5631h
M r ~ 0.75 (1'1f'X + PiX) Bx ' x M r = 0.75 (Pr + P.r) B r ' r Mr ~ 0.563 (PIf'X+ PiX) Bx ' x+ 0.563 (P.... + PLY) Brer
ex ~ ~ O. I5B x e = ~ O.15B,

CASE 2 CASE 4

Case 1. Full design wind pressure acting 0 11 the projected area perpendicular to each principal axis of the structure,
considered separately along each principal axis.

Case 2. Three quarters of the design wind pressure acting on the projected area perpendi cular to each principal axis of
the structure in conj unction with a torsional moment as shown, considered separately for each principal axis.

Case 3. Wind loading as defined in Case 1, but considered to act simultaneously at 75% of tile specified value.

Case 4. Wind loading as defined in Case 2, but considered to act simultaneously at 75% of the specified value.
Nates:
I. Doiron wind invssuresfar windward and leeward fa ces shall be determined in tt('n11"(I II"C(' with Jhl'provisions otSects. 20 7.5. / 1.2. / (lnd
207. 5. 11.2. .1 as o/lp!i('(lh!e /01" buildings of all heig h /of.
2. [)iaRI(ml~ .\hoU' plan vie w.f oJlmildi"g.
Nat a tion:
!'WI' PH I ~' /Vim /won/l il("(' de.I'ign p n..'.I.w /"(' acting i l l Ihl' X. Y principal av is, respectively.
1\1' I'll ,,' 1'<'(' lI'(/l'd / o('(' d('.\igl1 pressure acti ng in the .r. y principal axis. respec tively.
(' ((' 1',('1) , - /;"('('('IJtr i ci ty ./iw tkes, Y prillci pa{ axis f?fllr(' structure. respccuvetv
AI, Tors/m il l! 1/I0I/Il'nl per IIlI il h('ig hl fl Ciillg about a vertica l ax is i~l l"e buitding.

Figure 207-9 Design Wind Load Cases for All Heights

Main Wind-Force Resisting System - Method 2

National Structural Code of 1I1e Philippines 6'" Edition Volume 1

2-48 CHAPTEH 2 . Minimu m Desiqn t.oads

(i) ./

<:
~ .. 0
...
(i)
(i)

"

(i) / . / (i) ~ (i)

~.~
.~
Transverse Direction

-'. 0

Long itudinal Direction

BASIC LOAD CASES
Figur e 207 - 10 External Pressur e Coefficient s, GC'>f 0n Low-Ri se Walls & Roo fs
o f Enclosed , Partially Enclosed Buildings with " " 18 m,
Ma in Wind -Force Resisting System ... Meth od 2

Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines

 CHAPTER 2 -- Minimum Design Loads 2-49

Ruof Buildin Surface

Angle 0
I 2 3 4 5 6 IE 2E 3E 4E
. (degrees)
0-5 0.40 -0.69 -0.37 -0.29 -0 .45 -0 .45 0.6 1 -1.07 -0.53 -0.43
20 0.53 -0.69 -0.48 -0.43 -0.45 -0.45 0.80 - 1.07 -0.69 -0.64
-
30-45 0.56 0.2 1 -0.43 -0.37 -0.45 -0.4 5 0.69 0.27 -0.53 -0.48
----------
90 _ _ . .. 0.56
L....-.._ 0. 56 -0.37 -0.37 -0 .45 -0.45 0.69 0.69 -0.48 -0.48
--- ~--
No!I'.\":

l, Hus (ifl(llIIilJII.~ signs SigJlifyprf!.U III'(!.\' (K l i ng toward and awoyfr om th e surfaces, /"e.ljJ('c"ril 'cdy.
1. For values o other thon thoseshown. linear interpolation is pcnuiued.
3. n", b/lilding fII /H I be de signed for 0/1 wind directio ns using thl' R fowling patterns ,sho wn. nit! load patterns a re (ll'plh'(/ to each
building corn er in turns as the Refe renc e Corner.
4 Combinations of external and internal pressures (see Figure 107-5) shall be evaluated O.f required to obtain (he most severe
loadings.
5. For tI,c' torsional load Cases shown belo...... the pressu res in zones designated with a "l " (J T. 2T. 3T. 1f T) shaft be 25% of the fu ll
design wind pressures (zone 1. 2. 3, 4).
6. Excep tion: Qne storey b uildi ngs with less than or equ al to 10 111 buildings two stories or less framed with ligh l fra me co nstruc tion.
and Im ifdillgs IWO stories or less designated with fle xible dia phr agms need no/ be designed for tile torsional load cases.
7. Torsional lc>oding s hall apply to aff eig ht basic load pa tterns using the fig ures be lo w applie d at each ref erenc e co rner.
8. Excep t fo r mo ment-resisting frames. the tota l horizontal s hear shall not be less than that de termi ned b)' neglecting wind fo rces 011
roo/ surfaces.
9. "-'or the dcsign of the MWFRS pnwiding latera l resista nce ill a di rection pa rallel to a ridg e line or fo r flat 1'00[f. use () ". (}O and
loca te fhe zone 211 boundary (If the mid -l ength a/the [mild illg.
10. The roo/press ure co efficient G(.~/' when nega tive ill zolle 2 or ll::, s hall be app lied ill zOll e 2/2 E, for a distance from the edge 0/1'00/
eouat to 0.5 limes the ho rizontal dim ensio n of the bu ildillg pamttctta Ihe dire ctio n of the MWFRS beillg design ed or 2.5 times Ihe
eave h('igll l, h" at the windward walt, whichever is less: the remainder of zone 2/ 2 E, extending to the ridge line snatt usc the
pressu re coefficie nt GCp1j(JI' zone 3/3 E.
I I. Notati on:
(I ::: 10 /1 1'1'('('111 of least horizontal dimension or O. 4h. whiche ver is 5I11 aI1l'1". but 110/ less than e ither 4% ofteast horizontal dimension

or O.9 m
h '" Mean roo/heigllI . m. excep t that eave height s hall he use d/or (J :5 10
e "" Angle ofpla ne ofroof fro m horizontal. deg rees

@
I

-
-
~/
Tran svel se Direction Longitudinal Direction

To rs iona l Load Cases

LO W-RISE W ALLS AND ROO FS

Fig ure 207- I0 (con I'd) External Pressure Coef ficient s, C c';,roll Low-Rise Wa lls & Roo fs
of Enclosed, Partially Enclosed Buildings with II s 18 111 ,
Main Wind-Force Resisting System-Method 2
Nation al Structural Code of the Philippines G ill Edition Volume 1
).SO CHAPTEF{ 2 Minimum Design Loads

-1.8

O
C-
-1.8
-1. __ c--
C> -1.4
(5)
<,
..-" -0
~
c -1.2

.-o
Q)
-1.0 -- k
r-;
---- ----: ~
-0.6
~Q) -0.4
o
o -0.2

o
~
:J +0.2
(/)
(/) +0.4

~ +0.6
a.
-ro +0.8
l---- -
c
L.
+1.0
0&(5) L---- ~ ..- -
2X +1.2

w 0.1 0.9 1.9 4.6 9.3 18.6 46.5

Effective Wind Area, m'

WALLS
Notes:
1. Vertical scale denotes G(~ 10 be used lI'illl os-
2 Horizontal scale denotes effective wind area, 1/1"
3. PIllS and/Ili/IlIS signs sign!()' pres,l"lIres acting toward and away/rom the surfaces. respectively.
4. Each component shall be designed/or maximum positive and negative pressures.
5. Values oJG(~Jor walls shall be reduced by /0% when 0::; If)"
() NO((J(io//:
(I ,~ 10 percent of 1(,Il,VI horizontal dimension or (JAil, whichever is s/IIa!la. btu 110t less {hall either 4~-{' {~/ least horizontal
dimensio/l or 0, 9 1/1
h c-, Meal/ /'Or!/height. III, except ttiat cave height sha/l he used/orO '5 I ()"
o ceo Angle ofptanc o/n)(!f/mm hori;;oll/ol, degrees,

Figure 207-11 A External Pressure Coefficients. Gel' for Loads on Walls

of Enclosed, Partially Enclosed Buildings with h s; 18 In
Components and Cladding ~ Method 2

Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines

 CHAPTER 2 - Minimum Design Loads 2-51

l~t /1 -
1- ~r=~-=--~
, I
-_.._ - ----,
o 10
. ._ _. - - - -- I -

I
I
I I
I
I ,
I

I I
I
0: CD CD ,0
I I

]
I I
I I
I I
,,
I I

,,
I

I
-f- _ 1.- - - - - _ . - - - _. - _ 1-
~_ 01 0 o '0
. ,
0
0 Rcof ,
oc. -s.

\ Cl -3.0
oJ"
e
., 0 u' er an g ,.
-,:;._ ... \ .so .,.,.e \
Co)
f- e... \
-2.0

&:CIl .,. '1----_...
1--- _ .- I':::::" f:::- .
..
--~- --_ oo ~.t.2 ,a~&@-
0
\
I =::-- .\
1.1
e
;, -t .,
u
u
- 1.0 <, ._-
-o.s ~ -1."
- ------ E ., \
I" - .
a. . 1.0
f-- iii
E .e.e
~ 0.1 0 .9 1.9 4.6 9.31 6 .6 46.5 92.9
-oo-o w
......,. _ ..-
Effective Wind Area , m 2
0.1 0.9 1 .9
-
4 .6 9 .3 18 .6 46 .5 9 2.9

Effective Wind Area, m 2

G ABLE ROOFS 0 ::; 7'

Notes:
I Vertical sca le deno tes G(~) to be used with q~.
2 Horizontal scale denotes "Ilecti\'(' wind area A. m:.
J. Plus {//I(J minus signs sig nify pressures acting tcwardnnd (/lIYI)'/ I' O/ll /1/(, surfaces. rt'.~p('(li\,('I,I'.
4 Each compOlIt' l ll .{hall be designed /or maximum posiuve (I/1{!m'gafi\'c p/,e.Hll n'.f .
J. For (J .s 7, values ofGC,.f rom Figure 207 58 ~ "Il/J he used.
O. Fo rlm i JdillKs sited within E xposure n. calculated pressures sha/J he m/lltipN::d by 0.85 .
7. Natatian:
d '" 10% 1~{lt'(HtllOri::OIl1al dimension ol lf .( i ll glesp un module 01'0.411. whichever is smailer. hilt not less tkan e;ther " 1'('1'('('111 oj
least l rorium ral dillu!II sim r (!( (/ .t ing!t.t p w r //Iodule 01'/ /11
IJ ". EI'f.' IJI'iJ:lJt J/wll be used jill" () ~ I tt "
If ,... JJrl ild il/ g width, 11/
(J == AlIg l.. ~(plml (' (~lrm~/fl"f}m l1Or;;oll tal . d l'gn'l'.f

Figure 207- 11B External Pressure Coefficie nts, GC~, on Ga ble Roofs
of Enclosed. Partially Enclosed Buildings with II " 18 III
Components and Cladding - Method 2

111
Nat ional Structural Code of the Philippines 6 Editio n VOIUIl'l8 1
 252 CHAP TEr< 2 ... M inim um Oesfqn Loads

f l -f '- jl!t - -t~l-

::1- '--rr.i
~j- @:___-I @\ _ ~L:
I I I I
I I I I
I t r I
1
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
o
I
'I CD @
I
I
I
I
I
II CD I
I

I
I
I

I
I
I

I
I
I
I
I

I
I
I
I
]
I I I I
I I I I
I I I I
::1-
+- :--i@r-'0
I I I I

-a.S
2 .S 2 .8
<,
2 .4
<,
-2 .z
<,
2 .0 2.0 c.
-, o
--_. _..
.S
' .7
-, --w-
.S
<,
- Cl
..J -4. 0 - -- c-
1 .4 C .8 f-<D-.--- -.~
.,.e <,
1.'
Ql
0 3 .8 ----
-3.7

1 .o-<D if 3 .4f- .::'" -- -

-<I. '
-<I.8 -<1.8 o
Ql
-3 .e - \
-<I.8 o -3.0
-<I.4 E 2 .8 1- ._- - - -
-<I. z -- :l
r-- -~ 1= ._-
'"
'"
-2. e
- - - -- = 2.'

' 0.
0
, E
Q.
-2. 4
-2. 2 _.- - _ .- -,.,
~ 1-' 10.3
2 .
0 _ _ _ _ _ ._ _
-- ---- -- --46 .5- 92 .9
10 .
10 . : --<D-& 10 .' til
0 .1 0.9 1.9
~-
.4.6 9 .318 .6
10 .s ...
C

0 .1 o.s 1 .9
--
4.6 9 .3 18.6 46.5 92.9 ~
w Effec tJve Wind Area, m'

EffectJ ve Wind Area, m'

GABLEIH IP ROOFS i < 0 S 27'

No les :

J. Vertical s ca le den otes GC~ to be II,H'd wilh q~. Horizon tal scale d enotes effective wind orra. in '<''I ,wn' 111(' 1('1".\ , m 1.
2. Pills (II/(/ '; ~ :IlIlS s ig ns s ig nify pn's.w rcs acting toward and awayfrom ti l(' surfaces, r(' _l:pt'c tilj'h '.
J. Each co mponetu .{ /IOJ( he desig ned fiJI' IIIlU. jft/ IIT1l positive and negat ivr p res.surcs.
4. Va lues (~{ GCpfor roof overhangs include pressure contributionsfroin bolh uppt'r and lo wer .w r{i/(."('.f.
5. For hip roofs with 7 0 < (J ~ 1r . edg e / ridge strips and p ressll/"(' co efficients {or rid;:'('.f l!lguh/('d roo/ i' s}liIff lIppl,' 01 1 ('{Jch hip.
Il Fo r hip rtJt?f., with (J ::: 25. zo lle 3 .~ llll ff be Ir('alc'd as W I/(' 1.
7, Notations:
1I '''' Jf) percent o'[least hnrizontatdnnensions or 0,411. whichever is smaller, h llr nnt Icss thllll either 4% o( kml ho ri:/ m/111 dim c"II. ,io:;
or fJ. 9 11/
11 <Mean roo! heig ht, m, excel" that eave h('ig hl .1"11011 he used far {)::; 10"
Angle o f plane (!( ro(4fmm horizontal. d egrees
(J ,""

Figure 207 11C External Pressure Coefficients, Gel' O il Gable/Hip Roof'

of Encl osed , Partially Enclosed Buildings with II s: 18 III
Co mpo nents and C ladd ing ._. Method 2
Associa tion of Structurat Engineers of Ihn PhilipPines
 CHAr'TER 2 ..- Minimum Design Loads 2..53

ftft/ft
-j- _l L ~ JQ2
.:r- &321__
I
I
I
I
I
I
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
@I G) t@1
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
~
.:'.j r - lID @: - @- T~)
I I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I I
I I {)
I I
I I
I I
I I h
I I
G) @
I I --_ .._ ---_ .... _-- ..- --_._--------'
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I

-1 .e

-1 .,
& Roof ---- ---- a.
- --._- !:= - ._-

=::::r=--T==-~:
-1 .2 Q -3 .0
C)
-1 .0
-0-- ~
~~
---_. ------
._-_....
~-_.
-1.0 ..r
<::
-2 .e
Overhang
_.~'.-

-c.e -I----- - - - ~
-<>.8 -2. e --- - -
-0 .s ---------------- 1- ---- --- " ,
-0 - ..2. .._---
. 4 L - - - - - - - '--- if ..2. 2 ._.-
.2 ----~~---- --- ------ . . ----__ Q"o _&~- -2 . 0 --_. -.. ._- ---- ----- --- -- 20

0 _._~.- ....
~-_.-
.. _--
--- 1--- c_ --_. ---_. '--._- ~ -1. e
'~'-

- -I - 1.8
:J
2 --,.-._,,--.- -_.._..
_. __. - -- ..... _- ----. .,----_.-,. _._-_ ..
,
en -1. --------------- I----- - - - --- - - - --
~
._.~._".-

,
'0. ._.... - ._..... -_
.. - ...... ._"--""-- ._ .. -- .... -----'.'. _...._-
en
~ ---------- --- ---- ---- --- I-------
...
'--"
1. ._~.

._--_.. - - ....- .... _-_._ .. ._---- 0.

--------~---- - 1 . 2 ------"._"-- ----- .,-_._-- --,._- .,--- ------ ---
"@
_._--- _._-_.- --_. ...e
'0. k-1)-& {3}--- _.,~
== ._-~-_.

-o., ....c ..1. 0

0.1 0.9 1.9 4.6 9.3 18.6 46.5 92.9
--_.. ______ L ___
'1. 0
0.1 0.9 1.9 4.6
1-_-- ---
9.3 18.6 46.5 92.9 ]
2
Effective Wind Area, m 2
Effective Wind Area, m
GABLE ROOFS 27 < 0 :s 45
Noles.

I. Vertical scale dClJotes (j(~, to he used 11'1(11 qh

2. Horiionsaiscate denotes (~O;:!Cfin) wind area, III~
.I Plus and minus signs sigf1!fi' pressures acting toward and (f\\'ayji'ollJ Ihe surfaces. respectively.
1 I~'(/(:h componen I shall he dcsigl/cd(or maxinnnn positive and negative pressures
5. Valuc.l" o( (;(;./1)" mollJl'cr!ul/Igs inclurlc pressure coutrihutionsfrotn holh IIpper and lower surfaces.
(i Notations:
(J 10 percent O(/CO.I'! !lori::O/H,,1 dimc/lsiolls or OAiI. whiclll'l'eF is smaller, hu! not less thon either 4% of least horizontal dimension
or 0.9 III.
II '" MeOIlI'()o/fH'(I!,/I/, 11/
II '" Angle o/p!U!/(' o(mo//iwil hOl'i::o/lf1i1. degree.,

Figure 207-11 D External Pressure Coefficients. G(~) on Gable Roofs

of Enclosed, Partially Enclosed Buildings with h $ 18 m
Components and Cladding - Method 2
N8tional Structural Code of lilt; Philippines s" Edition Volume 1
2-54 CHAPTER 2 .- Minimum Design t.oads

.'!.l .-c 0.3 to 0.7

h

w, = 0.25 to 0.7.\
W

/
.-
/
?-----/

~ b

_ ..._--~--~._- . ~ -

STEPPED ROOFS
Notes:

011 the tower level o/jla(, stepped 1"IJ()f.i ,\"/1011'11 ill Figure 207 /2, the ZOI1(' designations and pressure coefficicllt.\" ."hm:!i
1/ IJ shalf appZv, except tkat at the 1"()(!/~IlPfJer 11'(11/ interscctionts). ::01/1' 3 .\'/10// he {reared {IS zone 2 (/nd zone ) shu/! b, 1,'01('(/ ns
zone 1. [)ositin' will/es of GC~. ('(/110/ to those for walls ill Figure ]{)7-f IA stwlt apply (III (he cross-hatched On'IJ.I' shown in Figure
207-/2.
2. Notations.
h .~ 1.511 1 ill Figure 20l,! 2. Innnat great{'/" tlmn 30 m
h '" Mean J'()(!(height. //I
h, ,- h, or h! ill Figure 207-/2: II'~ hi -j h... h, :0: 3 III, h/h ,~ (U to fJ.7
W c', Building width ill Figure 207-/2
W, .'" If, or IV! or WI in Figure 207. / 2. If IVI .t IV.,or WI -j- We -1- WI W/W '" n.25 {O 0.75
o "-, Angie o(pfani' (!{f"()(?f!io/11 horizontal. degrees

Figure 207-12 External Pressure Coefficients, Gel' on Stepped Roofs

of Enclosed, Partially Enclosed Buildings with h ,; 18 III
Components and Cladding -- Method 2
Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines
 CHAPTE H 2 _. Minimum Design l.oads 2 ~55

n f r l' t'r
~1 -'" 3j:-(2----;~ T:---~:(3J
T --- --,- ' !l.., <
!\.. <:L _,-
I t I t
I I , I
I I , ,
, , , I
I , t r
I I t t

~: (f) :@ ~) : (i) :@)

t t t t
I I I I
I L i t
I L I I
I I I I
I I ( I
( I t '
, I I ,

ELEVATI ON OF BUILDING -1- .- _' J _. _ 1.- - - - '.. PLAN A ND EL EVATION OF

(2 OR MOR E SPA NS ) 'i- QX_Yl .:ill @:i~ :(3,) A SI NG LE SPA N MODU LE

3 .0 --- - _ .._ - - . _ . ~-

.,. 6

._-_.- 2.8
-2.6
3 .0 -,-- - -- 2. 6 - -_30'. < 0 S 45'
1 I .. -z.. ~ ..-
.,.8--<J
Co -2 Co
U
o ,. @
10"< 0 < 3D" 2.7
U 2.2 -as--- ~
...c:
.
-2.2
"
<,
-,
-, 2.2 "...
c
2.0
1.6
-, -, 2.0

1.7
Q)
o
2 .0
1 .8
<, -. - - .1.7
a>
o
1. 6
. 1.
- - -- - - - --_. ..).. -,
G)
IEQ) .1.6 IEa> --
o
o
1 .6
1 .
1 .2
_.- I:::::::
--
.- -1.1
o
o
1 . 2f----
1 . 0 ..
+<J .6 - - --
... . _--.. ..__. --

-- _._-
I-

-- -
1-- -

1-
----- .1. 1
.-
e 1. 0 e 0 .6 - - -- - - -- -
::J +<J .6

::J -<l.

e'"'" -<l. 6

e''"" o 0 .2
..
,- _._-- f-- _.__.
-<l.
0-
-<l.2 ..._--_._. _. --- - -- - --- ._-- -- 0-
' 0.
roc 0.4 - - --- - _._-1--
-- - ~

<ii - -- - --- .._.... - .... ...- -- - ._ - --

_
_
c: 0
....- - - - .. .. --- _..._- -_.. .._- ._._- -_ .
L-
oSX
W
+<J. 2
+0.4
._._~

- -~ .
_.__ _.- .-
__.__.__.__ _.
G) (2)&@
-- I::::=- =-- _._-- -- _
0.4 .-.. _-. ...
W
L-
a>
X
+<J. 6-_ - -
+0 .6
- aR2)'&@- --
_ -
- _..- 0" - ,----- ._ - - 0.6
1----- -- - - - - 1.0
+0.8 -. - --- -- +0.8
+0 .6 - - - ~- -- --
0 .1 0 .9 1.9 4 .6 9 .3 16 .6 46 .5 9 2 .9 0 .1 0 .9 1.9 4 .6 9 .3 16 .646.5 9 2.9

Effective Wind Area, m 2 Effective Wind Area, m'

MULTI-SPAN GAB LE ROOFS

Not".\'."
I. V(,.ti n l! scale (h'I1(J /I',~ (i e,. tn he used with If.
l. lIod =Olllal .H:,tI(, d('1I0 (I!,~ I.'{[c:cl il'l! wind IIn ' (/ . II ....
J. 1'/".'0 and minus .{ig tls .{igl/if.) pressures at'ting tOlI'a n : 11,11/ (/lI'ay ! rolll ti,l' .Utlf IlCl's. n'_VJ('l'li l'('~'"
-I. 1~'lldl ('o lllpOll ell/ shallhe r!('sig /lc d/i)r ma ximum posinve and lI egalin' p l"C',u ,," es.
5 For () S 10", values orG(~,./;w/j Fig ure 207 11 shall he IIWd.
6 Natations.
10 percent O(lCII,I'{ hOl"i ;:(u lfal
1I ,.., dim('IJ.I'i m Js ofa ,I-ingle-sl mll madu!e or (JAil. wh i e/H' I'C
' I" is smaller, hIII IiO / /('S,I' tilt/II I'i {//(' I" " (IC" H 'III
o/le(lslluwi:ol/l(/f d im l ' /I.l"/rll/ olo single -spa ll modille o r 0. Y //I
h ,.- M ean rOIl/f/('il-:"l. m, ('_to 'p llha l ('1I1't' hd g h l shall hc' CH(' I! /'11'0 s: fO"
IV '" Buildill g modu le width, III
IJ "" Allgl(' ufplc/ll<' ofmo(Ji"Ol1l horiz ont al, d('gn'l'.{

Figure 207- 13 Exte rnal Pressure Coefficients, GCp on Multispan Ga ble Roofs
o f Enclosed. Part iall y Enclosed Build ings wi th II $ 18 III
Components and Cladding >- Method 2
th
National Structural Code of til e Philippines 6 Edition Volume 1
256 CHAPTE:H 2 .." Minimum Design l.oads

I l-:J -3.0

i-----~-----L~ ~L
-2.8
-2.6
- -2.6
,
I
I
'
I
I O
C-
-2.4
K
N I :
e
I
I
I
,
I
I -2.2
-2.0
-,
0:
1M '
I
CD1 I
;~
;(2
,
,
I~

,'
-1.8
-1.6
~ -, -1.B
-1.6
, a' <, -1.5
-.,--f----:I -~
I
,
I
'
'
'
'
-1.4 f--0 r-. -1.3
-1.2 -1.2
I '
-1.1
, 1------------1--~--
:,
, -1.0 1-0
,:0 -0.8
I
-0.6
-0.4
-0.2
o All ZONES
+0.2 <
+0.4 +0.:
o+~

~l
+0.6
0.1 0.9 1.9 4.6 9.3 18.6 46.5 92.9

Effective Wind Area.rrr'

.---:.:.-w __~

MONOS LOPE ROOFS 3" :::: 0 :::: 10"

Noles:

I. Vcrticatscale denotes (;C:~ to he used wirh qh

2. Horizontal scale denotes {!!fecliw wind area A, m',
3. PIlls and minus signs sign~ljl pressures acting toward 011I/ a\l'uy./imn tlu: surfaces. respectively.
4. Each component shall he designed for maximum positive (Jnd negative pressures.
5. For () ~ 3", values (~(G(~,frolll Figure 207-IIIJ shall he used
6. Notations:
(/ ,- 10 perCCII/ ofleast horizontal dimensions 01" O.4h, whicltavrr is sntalicr, bull/or less dUIII either 4 percel/I oileast hOrlzol1tal
dimension or O. 9 m
lt co Eave heighl shall he usedfor ():S lOG
W'" /Juilding width,!II
(J ,,-, Angle of plane ofrooffrom horizontal, degrees

Figure 207-14A External Pressure Coefficients, Gel' on Monoslope Roofs 3 < e ~ 10

of Enclosed, Partially Enclosed Buildings with h ~ 18 m
Components and Cladding -- Method 2

Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines

 CHAPT[::F 2 Mirumurn Design Loads 2-57

I~
,---i--+i_-.-.-.-.-.-=rp=-..- .-.-.-.-1-'--l3
~
I I
" " II
IdJ II
, I
I I
I I
I
.._.., II
I I oJ. 0 _-
.- ..
I I -2.9
I I -2 .81- - ... - -
~ I: CD :~
-,
-2.8 1- --
I
I
I
-2,4 f--.------
-,
I
I
I
I
-,
-22
.--I-~
I
:
I -2. 0
-, - ...0
I I
I I I! -- I---
t'r\
IdJ
I
I
I
I
I
I
-1.8
@
"<,
-_ .. -_.- I - .1.6
L J

: (2J
IA ~1 - _.- -1.3
-12 ~-===:::t::::::::c ~ r:--c- .121.1
-1.0 ------
-1).8 1 - - -.._ - - - -i - - - ---
-1).8 --------- - - _ . -_. I--- - - - ---
-1),4 -
-1)1 - - - - - - - --- - 1 - - - _.-
o-_._--_._---- -- . _-- -_.- - 1- _.
oI{)2
+0. 4
ALLZONRS - - - - ---
+0.3
+0.4
+0.6
9+-_, m .DIl 1.9 M 9.3 1~6 <1M lJ2.9

h
Effective Wind Area, m'

MONOS LOPE ROOFS 10":::: 0 :::: 30

NOles'

I. IIN/lcal scale denotes G(~, to he /1.1'1'(/ with q"

2. !lorizo//tal scale denotes e{fective wind area A. 11/
3 />{IIS lind minus .\igll.~ sigllif.l pressures aelillg toward and (/\\ay./iolll the ,1'III/oces. /"e.I'I)('("(il'cly
4. eoch compnncn I shall he desiglled/or maximnm jJO.I"/t/I'(' and negative prc.I'slII'{'.I'.
5. Now/jIJII.\'.
/I !f) /)('1"("1'111 0(1('(1.1'( //lJri:;()Illal dilllensions OJ" O.4h. 1I"hicl)('I'('1" is smatter. hilt lIol/e,l'.\" ,11(/11 either 4 jicrcell! o({coSI horizon/III
diniensian or O. 9 111
II Mean moj'/I('(I!,h!.1II
J1" lJui/dillg width, III
o Angle o(p{(J/1(' o(mo(jiwlI harizautal. degrces

Figure 207-1413 External Pressure Coefficients, GC~J on Monoslopc Roofs 10 < eS; 30
of Enclosed, Partially Enclosed Buildings with h :s; 18 III
Components and Cladding ,- Method 2

111
National Structural Code of the Philippines 6 Edition Volume 1
258 CHAf' TEH 2 Minimum Design Loads

-4
.4 ~tSPAN A)
-4 .2 3 ..
-4 .1
-4 .0
:.~'--' '3'i ._nh. ~---.m. i@ . o[ 3 .a
I'----..
'-.. ~3 .1
\.'VI,
.. ' ,: 3 .e - --
1\
! ! 3 .4
- \
:,, :,, 3 .2 ...
r-, -3 . 2

. , 3 .0

! C- 2 .a

~ .-
CD i,l(2[ O 2 .e
@CSPAN B.C & Oj '\.
.. [\,...
e r-,
.,"
,,:
2.
CD -,
\
-2. 2
i ,
-_ . I'--.. -, -, f -..

~r- @i_C25... ~~ 3::

-2. 0
<, r-, I--
-1.
r-, -,
1.
r-,
-1. 6
-t.
-1. 2
r-,
I - - -1. 1
-1. 0 1- -

o
-0.
-0.6
1-
-0.4 . J-
-0 .2
o
+<>.2
I-- . . .!!:. . . .
w
+<>.
+<>.6 ~
~
+0 .4

+<>.7
+<> .6
+1. 0
+1.2 ~
~
-- +<> .6

+1.1

+1.4
0.1 0.9 1.9 4.6 9 .3 18 .8 46 .5 92.9

Elevation of BUilding Effective Wind Area, m'

(2 or More Spans)

SAWTOOTH ROOFS
Notes :

I. V1'r/;co! scale denotes Ge" to he used with qJ,

2. ttorizontot scale d eJl o ll' ,f ('Ili!cril'(' wind 0 1'1'</ A, ,,/
3. Plus and mil/ us sig ns sif,I1('!.i' pressures acting to ward and tlIWI)' fro m Ihe surface s. respectively.
4 Ell ch CO/llPOI1l: II{ sh(ll/ bc' designed /hr nmrimum t',o.\'ili l'e andnegative pressures.
5. rw{) S 10 0 , l'(J/IIIS (l (j (.~, FolII Fig/lre 207 / f shl/II he used.
Ii. NOltf,io ,,-\"."
tI , ~ 10 pt' /H'II{ Of /I'cH i IlOri:ollfal d illl l ' luiOlI.f or OAIt. whichever is sma ller, bil l IW ( less (lw IIl'i,h",. " percent c[least Iw ri=tm w{

dimension or 0 9",
It '" Me'all roofltl'igltr. m, cxrept Ih(lII'{/I'f' /Jf 'iK. hl .~ h ll fl bo ".~( 'dfOr 0 ::;: 10
IF '" /Juilding //for/ull' width, III
0 "" AIIXI,' O/Jllrlll l' qfl"(/offinm IIOI"i:o/lfll/. I!<'gr ('('.\

Figure 2 07 ~ 15 External Pressure Coefficients, GCp on Sawtooth Roofs

of Enclosed, Partially Enclosed Buildings with II 5 18 III
Components and Cladding _.- Method 2
Association o r Structural Engineers of the Ph ilippines
 CHAf'TER 2 -- Minimum Design Loads 259

Wind
- f
Wind

,.
o
.,
DOMED ROOFS

---- External Pressure Coefficients for Domes with a Circular Base

Negative Positive Positive
0, degrees Pressures Pressures Pressures
0-90 0-60 61 - 90
GC, .. - - _ . _ - - - - - - ' - - -+0.9
-0.9 - - - _..- _ .._- +0.5

Notes:
I. Vertical scale denotes (J(~, to be used with (j(h{) + J) where (hf) + f) is lhe height at tlJe top ofthe dome.
2 Plus and III inus signs signify pressures acting toward and awayfrom the SUI/aces, respectively.
3 Each component shall be designed for maximum positive and negative pressures.
4 Values (1PP~l' 10 0:0: h,ID::: 0.5. 0.2 <S.f1D:::: 0.5.
5. () () degrees 011 dome spring line, () ." 9() degrees (II dome cel/ter top poinf.I is tneasuredfrom spring tim' to sop.

Figure 207-16 External Pressure Coefficients, GC;, on Domed Roofs

of Enclosed, Partially Enclosed Buildings and Structures with all Heights
Components and Cladding - Method 2

National Structural Code of the Philippines 6'" Edition Volume 1

2-60 CHA PTEH 2 -- Mnumu tu Design Loads

10 100 500
-3.6 -- -
-3. 4
@ -! - - -3 .2
-3.2
<,
j._.L.~ L.i~ .~I .. ,,
Q.
-3.0
-2.6
<,
. -- -l--
-
,, o(!) -2. 6 -----
--....
" - --
, a'
! -=~:--if---
...r -2.4 l...-(2) "-
I - _ 2.3

~
l: -2. 2
(1) 1 (ll
'0 -2.0 ~.._--..- I--
I'----- . - f--
: :
:, :
'
!E(ll -1.8
<, ------ 1'------ -1 .8
o -1 .6
~--T--"I".i~ ~
-1.6
G) r-,
o -1.4 ...... ...... -1 .4
e -1. 2
f"':
::l
'<,
l-c., <,
III -1 .0 - ...... - :01 .0.9
ROOF PLAN III
e
a,
-0.8
-0.6
-0 .7
iii -0.4
E -0.2 -.
o1---.... -- --
,, ~
w +0 .2
i, +0.4
!,, +0.6 - +0 .6
,,
,
,,
+0.6
+1 .0
~ --- l--
+0 .9

0 .1 0.9 1.9 4 .6 9 .3 18 .6 46 .592.9

!
,
: Effective Wind Area , m2
,,
: .
,,
.,,
WALL ELEVATION
WAL LS AND ROOFS

Notes:

I. Vt.,.tical s et/If!d" 'IOIe.'" GC,. to be used with q: 01" qlt

] I/ ori::ollw l scale denotes effective wind area A. "l.
P/II,\-lind minus s ig ns .\ iglli.b ' pressures act ing toward and {l\\'fl,l'/ rom the surfaces. respe ctively.
3
.-,
.'i
I"
Use \\'illl p(J.~ il i W' values (?r G (~, and q~ with " egal il'' values (?f C C~,
Eli ch rnmponcnt shall he d.>.fi g f/n l /or maximum positive and l/('gO ( ; I'{' p n 'SS U rt' \",
6. ("'01'/11.';"111\ an-for n mf f with ang le () ~ In"'. For oill('" roo/allx ll's and get) III('rry. 11.\(' G(~ values fro m FiXUH' 107 - 11 {/l/I lall" " d 'lII f
qh hclSl'd 01 1 (' .\PO.H lr{' c!t:/I I/('d ;1/St'('I;c)IIlO 7.5.6, , .'
7. If a tmmpetecualta o r IJigJll'r tho n 0. 9 m is pn wided around ,111' perimeter I~r IIII' roof 11"i,,, IJ :S If}" , ZOI/I' 3 ,.;/m ll lw trroted as ZUI'f' 2.
S. Nota tiONS.
(I '" 10 percent of /eo.l! horizO/lwl di ll/elJ.\'ioll.l". lnnnotless tha ll 0,9 111

/, C_' M l 'llIl r(}C~r 1/('1/:111. m . 1'1('('1'1 1/,(11 C' I/I 'i ' IId KIIl slw ll be u.'w d / ol"{}:::; / () O
I Il ,;,.;" t ol>fJl)(' ground, !II

n '" A /I~/(' of plum ' o{rot?f {rom llOn zmll al. dr g rc l'.'i

Fig ure 20 7w17 Externa l Pressu re Coe fficie nts GC~, o n Wall s and Roo fs
of Encl osed, Partiall y Enclosed Build ings with h > I g ill
Co mpo nents and C laddi ng -. Met hod 2

A ssociation o f Structura l Engineers of the Philippines

 CHAPTEH 2 .- Minimum De sign Loads 2-61

L L

0.5L 0.5L 0.5L 0.5L

Wind Wind
Direction Direction
=>
y= 0 I. h
<==
't =180 0

)/ 7
/ 7 / 7 7 7 7 7 ///7/

-
Wind Direction v ~ 0 Wind Direction v ~ 180
Roof Load Ob structed Wind Obstructed Wind
Clear W ind Flow Clear Wind Flow
Ang le, 0 Case Flow Flow --
CNW C NL CNW C" C NW
- C NL CNW C Nj ,_
A 1.2 0,3 -0.5 - L2 L2 0.2 -0.5 - 1.2
0
B -I.I -0.1 -1.1 -0.6 -1.1 -0. 1 -1.1 -0.6
0 A -0.6 -I -I -1.5 0.9 1.5 -0 .2 - 1.2
7.5
B -1.4 0 - 1.3 -0.8 1.6 0 .3 0.8 -0.3
A -0.9 - 1.3 -1.1 - 1.5 1.3 1.6 0.4 -1.1
15
I.l - 1.9 0 -2. 1 -0.6 1.8 0.6 1.2 -0.3
A - 1.5 - 1.6 - 1.5 - 1.7 1.7 1.8 0.5 -I
22.5
B -2.4 -0.3 -2.3 -0.9 2.2 0.7 1.3 0
A -1.8 - 1.8 -1.5 - 1.3 2.1 2.1 0.6 -I
30
B -2.5 -0.5 -2.3 -1.1 2.6 1 1.6 0.1
A - 1.8 - 1.8 -1.5 - 1.8 2.1 2.2 1.7 -0 .9
37. 5
B -2.4 -0.6 -2 .2 - I. I 2.7 1.1 L9 0.3
f--
A -L6 - 1.8 - 1.3 - L8 2.2 2.5 0.8 -09
45
.. B .. -2,3 -0.7 -1. 9 - 1.2 20 1.4 2.1 04

Notes:"

J. C \'II' lind C Nt denote 111'1 Jm'.s.\ II T('.~ (nJlllrj{m lioJH ji'om top and bottom .l"IlIjtl('('.f) for windward and lee ward halfoJ roofsurfaces. 1"/!.Ij! I'O ;I'(' J)'.
2. Ch'(I1' wind flow denotes relatively unobst ructed wind /lO ll' with blo cka}!.(' tess th em or equal 10 50 %. Ob.sfmcted wind flow denotes ob jects below
roofinhibiting windflo w ( j iP/(,btockoge) , .
J. For valu es of 0 between 7.5 0 and 45. linear interpolation is permiued, For values % tess than 7.. ~ ". nsc ' /', JflOS /" / )f! roofload cm:Oicit'IIf-I.
</ 1'111." all d minus ...iJ:1/.~ .~ ig1Ji{y p n...surrs aClillg towards and away / rom the top roofsurfa ce, respectively.
5. Aft load cnses .'O ho WIIf o r rach rlU!{lIIlg!e ,..frall hf' illl'('sligated
ri. Na tations:
I. 1I(1l"i;:o/l /"{ dimens i ons 0/ roo], m('(I,w I"t>d in ttie Cl !I)II~ wind direction, 1/1
11'-""' Mean mf~rhf!i~JJt. TIl

)' '" Direction ofwind. c!('KH' I'...

() ~ Ang le' (?!"I'i(/lu' ofmo/from horizontal. dI'Kn'('.~

Figure 207 -IRA Net. Pressure Coe fficients, (N o n Monoslopc Free

Roofs 8 $ 45,)' ~ 0, 180 of Open Bui ldings
Main Wind- Force Resisting S~s tc m
National Structural Code of the Philippines 6 h Edition vo lume 1
2-62 CHAPTER 2 - Minimum Design l oads

L
1
Wind
Direction
=>
y= 0" h

Wind Direction y -0, 1800

Roof Obstructed Wind
Load Case Clear Wind Flow
Angle, 0 ---_._ .. Flow
._-_._. - eN'" C NL eNW CN/.
A 1.1 -0.3 -1.6 -I
7.50
- 13 -1.7
0.2 -1.2 -0.9
150 A 1.1 -0.4 -1.2 -I
B 0. 1 -1.1 -0.6 - 1.6
A 1.1 0.1 -1.2 -1.2
22.5 0
B -0.1 -0.8 -0.8 -1.7
A 1.3 0.3 -0.7 -0.7
30
B -0. 1 -0.9 -0.2 - 1.1
A 1.3 0.6 -0.6 -0.6
37.5
B -0.2 -0.6 -0.3 -0.9
A 1.1 0.9 -0.5 -0.5
45 0
B -0.3 -0.5 -0.3 -0.7

PITCH ED FREE ROOFS 8 s 45, Y = 0,180

Nates :

I. C~ U and C 'l dC/JO I,' I/e" pn'.H I/ H' ,1 (c'o/lln h"f;OIl.' f,.o m top lind bo tto m .f1U!(lU.'.I) for wind ward and leeward half of /'oo! surfaces,
re.~p('{ li\"t'~I'.
1. e l('nl" wind flow denotes rf' la/jl'r: ~1' 1IJ10hSiI1lC!C'd wind ./I m l" with hlod.ojJf' tess than or eqll al to 50 '].'0 Obstructed wind ) 10lt' . ;
ohjl'a~ bciow roof inhibiting wind fl ow [> 50'X, hloc/wgcj .
J. For 1 '(J IIIl',~ oj 0 bC' ( II "I'I'IJ 7.5" and 4Y', linear interpolation is pcrmiurd. For values of 0 less tiutn 7 . .5 D, 1I.~e f1IOJ/()_~ I.JPI 1",; .1 .".
cocOic;c'll!s.
4 t ' tus (l1Ir! minus signs s;gll ~lj ' pn',\ ,'OlIn'.\ acting towards and (limy/rom tl u: top roof surface. n'slwcfil't'~I'.
5 All load rus es .\ /' 01.." fiJ"e(1c/' l"tH.llllly,le .\/'0 /1 be illwsfigatl'd.
fJ Nofllfiol/.c
I . ." ttorizoutat dillll'lfSioll\ o(rtll !f." ml'o.wI"nl i ll t/'c' afO/lf.! wind direc tion. 11/

/, '" /I1(,(1II1"00(/'cl);III . 11/

i' '" /)irt' c(;ol/ alwind. dcgl'cc',\
(J " Ang le o(phwc' o{I"(joIFof/l Iwn::ol/fUl , l l l'gn'{'.\

Figure 207 ~ ISB Net Pressure Coefficients, C"', on Pitched Free

Roofs 8 :5 45", )' = 0, 180 0 of Open Buildings with
J leight h to Lengt h L ratio, 0.25 :5 hlL :5 1.0
Main Wind-Force Resisting System
Association or Structural Engineers of the Philip pines
 CHAPTER 2 - Minimum Design Loads 2-63

Wind
Direction

=>
y = O "

Wind Direct ion y - 0',180'

Roof Obstructed W ind
Load Case Clear Wind Flow
Ang le. 0 Flow
- - - -- CHIS' CN/_ c.; c;
A - 1.1 0.3 - 1.6 -0.5
7.5'
--_.._. B -0.2 1.2 -0.9 -0.8
A -1.1 04 - 1.2 -0.5
IS'
B 0.1 1.1 -0.6 -0 .8
A - 1.1 -0 .1 -1.2 -0.6
22 .5
B -0.1 0.8 -0.8 -0.8
A -1.3 -0.3 -14 -0.4
30'
B -0.1 0.9 -0.2 -0.5
A -1.3 -0.6 - 1.4 -0.3
37.5
B 0.2 06 -0.3 -0.4
A - 1.1 -0.9 - 1.2 _ -0.3__
45'
- _ _._. _ .
... ... .--- B-- --_. _..
_ ~~
0.3 -_
..._0.5
._-- .- -0.3 -0.4

TR OUGHED FREE ROOFS 9:S 45, y = ()O, 180

Notes:

I. e N'" and C~'I_ d (' I IO ( (" lief pI"C'.HUI"("s (contributions fro m top and bottom .f!u! ua .f) / or windward and leeward tiatfof roofsurfacvs.
re.tpec(i l'(!~v.
1. Clear wind lla w deno tes ,-dllfl l' f'()' UII O!JSfI1K( ' c/ wind fl ow with blockag(' less tha" or eq uat to 50%. Ohsf 1"lK( d wind flow denotes
objects below m ol il/hib i/it/X wind f low (> 50"/6blockage).
3. For values c!fO bet ween 7.5 0 (11/(/45 . lineal"interpolation is /w r mif/(' d. For I'(lhlt'.f <ifOless than 7.5 , usc monoslope roof toad
cO(~l/ich'll ls
" l'lus and minus signs si}:!1 !/r PI"(!.I''\"u!"('.I" acting towards and (l1I'(/Y } ;'OIll the top roo fsurfaco. rcspectivc ty.
5. All load ("(1,\\ '.\" I" O \\' /I [or each /"Or?! angle .I'IW{{ be investig ated.
ri. Notations :
I, ttort zo.nat dimeusions {!( 1 0(~t: 111('(I,\'ur"d ill III<' alollg wind ''In'("(;OIl, III
II '" Mea n mo(Ju'ig ltt, III
/)i' w ,i01l ofwind. dl'g n 'l'.f
; ' 00.

IJ 'c A'III1:I<- '?fI'JmJ(' of w/?t'!hml horizontal, drgrees

Figure 207- 18C Ne t Pressur e Coefficients, eN 011 Tro ugh cd free

Roofs 8::; 4 5, Y= 0. 180 of Open Buildings with
Height h to Length L ratio, 0.25 s hlL ::; 1.0
Main Wind Force Resisting System

National Structural Code of the Philippines e" Edition Volume 1

2-64 CHAPTEF< 2 ... Minimum Design Loads

Monoslope

Distance Distance Distance

from from from
Windward Windward Windward
e Edge Edge e Edge

l} Wind Direct/on
y=90
l} Wind Direct/on
y=90 Wind Direct/on
y=90

Horizontal Obstructed
Clear Wind Flow
D istance [1"0111 Roof Angle Wind Flow
Load Case -------_._-_._- -----
Windward ()
CN CN
._..Edge
_,_.~"".
._-
All Shapes A -0.8 -1.2
-::;.11
0:0 45 0 B 0.8 0.5
----- -------_.- --------- - - - - - - - - - -
All Shapes A -06 -09
> 11,:::; 211 ------------ ---
0:::; 45 B 0.5 0.5
------_.- _._------.~~ .. .~._._-
_ .. - - --- ---

Ali Shapes A -0.3 -0.6

> 211 '----
0<;45 B 0.3 03
---_._.._-
TROUGHED FREE ROOFS aS 45, Y = 0,180
Nares:

I. Cedenotes IJd pressures (contributionsfromtap and bottom sill/aces)

2. Clear wind .flow denotes rokuivclv unobstructed wind [tow with h/ockage h'5S 111(111 01" equal 10 50% Ohs/mc/ed wind .flo1\'
denotes 01y'eCf5 below /"()(?j"inhihiting lI'ind.floll' (> 50% l>!o("{.;age)
3. PIllS and minus signs siglJ!/Vpressures octtng towards and (l11'{lyfi'ollJ tile top I"OO(S1ll./1/(:', n'.I'I){'Clil'ely
4 AI/load rases SIlO\\'I1./I)/' each l'Oo(ongle sholl be iln."('stiga/ed
5 Fa/" monoslope mol'\" wil!J /lleta 11',1'.1' tholl 5 degn'r'.I', ex values shown appty alsofo/" C(1,1"es whrre gal/Jma () degrees (lild 0.05
1r',1'S ttian 01" equol to k/l.Lcss than or equal 0,25. Sec Figure 207/RA.!or ather h/I, values.
(, Notations:
I. Horizontol dimensions a/root: 1111'0.1'1(1"('(1 in t!le a/oil!? wind direction. 11/
h Mean rr)(?/lwig!Jt. I/)
)' ~, Direction of wind. degrees
() 'C' Angle ofptone ofroof from horizontal, degrees

Figure 207-18D Net Pressure Coefficients, CN on Troughed Free

Roofs 8:5 45', )' ~ 0', 180 0 of Open Buildings with
Heigh: h 10 Length L ratio. 0.25 :5 h/L:5 1.0
Main Wind-Force Resisting System

Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines

 CHAP TEr< 2 -. Minimum Design Loa ds 2-6 5

L
a
3
2
1
2
3

'--- - - - - - - - -- --' h e
-1
l_.._-_._.. _~ .
a
_. __._---I--.
I a 1---

Roof Effeclive eN
An gle Wi nd C lear Wind Flo w Ob stru cted Wind Flow
0 Area . __ ~l~ _ _ ~1<, 2_ _ Zone 1 Z one 3 Zo ne 2 Zone I
- -
< a' 2.4 -3.3 1.8 . 1.7 1.2 -1.1 I -3.6 08 -1. 8 0.5 - 1.2
0' >a 2 , < 4a 2 1.8 - 1.7 1.8 -1.7 1.2 - - 1.1 0.8 - 1.8 0.8 -1. 8 0.5 - 1.2
> 4a'2 1.2 - 1.1 1.2 - 1.1 1.2 - 1.1 0.5 - 1.2 0.5 - 1.2 0.5 -1.2
:5 (J2 3.2 -4.2 2.4 -2.1 1.6 - 1.4 1.6 -5.1 1.2 -2.6 0.8 - 1.7
7.5' >a' , < 4(12 2.4 -2. 1 2.4 -2.1 1.6 - 1.4 1.2 -2.6 1.2 -2.6 0.8 - 1.7
> 40 2 1.6 - 1.4 1.6 - 1.4 1.6 - 1.4 0.8 - 1.7 0.8 - 1.7 0.8 - 1.7

15
- -,,"- - ----
__
- ---- < a'
....> tl ~ . :s 4a
> -_
.
1
.... ...-
~ ~

40'._.. 1.8
-~
_
3.6
- -- _. -3.8 2.7
-2.9 _..._27
-- - _
-2.9
._
-2-9 -
---.:IT
1.8 - __:..L2-
-_._- -
1.8
1.8
1.8
-2.6
-1.9
- 1.9
- 1.9
--- -2.5 ......-
.--.-~
2.4
1.8
_._-
-4.2
-32
1.2 - -2. 1..__. 1.2
- - - -
1.8
1.8
~
-3.2
-3.2
-2. 1
1.2
1.2
1.2
-2.1
-2. 1
-2 1
-- ~-
~ (J ) 5.2 -5 2.4 -3.5 1.6 -2.3
_ _ _
3.9 -3.8 - 3.2 -4.6
2 2
30 >a < 4a 3.9 3 .8 3.9 -3.8 2.6 -2.5 2.4 -3. 5 2.4 -3.5 1.6 -2.3
> 4 (1 1 2.6 -2.5 2.6 -2.5 2.6 -2.5 1.6 -2.3 1.6 -2.3 1.6 -2.3
<02 5.2 -4.6 3.9 -3.5 2.6 -2.3 4.2 -3.8 3.2 -2.9 2.1 - 1.9
45 >a 2 , < 4 (1 7 3.9 -3 .5 3.9 -3.5 2.6 -2.3 3.2 -2.9 3.2 -2.9 2. 1 -1.9
> 4a 2 2.6 -2.3 2.6 .'--=-
-2.3 - 2.6 -2.3 2. 1 -1.9 2. 1 - 1.9 2.1 - 1.9
-"-- ""-
Notes:
I. C~; d(',IOf(' 1/1'/ pressures (COIl lr ib ll ti o ll .f.{r o m top (Jlld hOl1om surfaces]
2. ('! eu r willll flo '" denotes rddtil'ely Ullo h\"truck t! w i nd / Iow with hlockageIess than or I''fua / to 50%. Oh\"lI"fK(c 'c! windflow denotes objects ludow
mo(i"hihitillg lI'illd{1nll' (> 50% blockag e)
J. For valu es f?{O alhl'l" tim " th O.H ' shown, b/)('(JI' jn/f'I]1o/l1Iioll is J",rmi/t('r/
" PIIl,\ /l1It1 minus .\if, 1I.1.~ ;f, l/Iji' p l'('S.HU('S delill K towards ami awayfrom ti l(' fop r OO! .H t.: (I(."C.' r espectively.
5, Compw/('f/IS and d add /ll j! c!emCllf.\ .,ha /J be c/('sl.l!,I/f d {or positive and I/('X a l ;\'(' prt'.f.H1 rc' ("(I(:l} idnlf" sll o w lI.
6 No rm/ o ll.\":
(/ ! O'J'r; O/ /('{I ,I"I h() l"i~ r l/l ll/ { dinu-ns ians IJ J' (JAil, whid w l'cl" is sm aller h ilt !lot less tha n 4% O{ {C'II I horizcnual d imensions or O. 9 III
II M Cli n /"(J()( hcig ht. //I "

[, ce, !!II!'i Zll n /fl l dilll ('/)si m l o( huifd i llf, measu red in 'il /lll/R, wind din'n i rm . II)

o A" ,l!.J(' IIlplwll' fll rOIl l//wll ho";zollial. c/( '.l!.I"('('.<:

Figure 207 1 9/\ Net Pressure Coe fficie nts. C 0 11 Monoslopc Free
Roofs e,; 45 o f Open Buildings wi th He ight " 10 Leng th L ratio, 0.25 ,; htl: ,; 1.0
Co mponents an d C ladd ing

111
National Structural Code of the Ph ilippines 6 Edition Volume .1
 2-66 CHAPTER 2 - Minimum De s ign loads

r __"-_ 1
3
2 2 2
1 1
2 9L..-.__
/
3

0<10' O~10'

.._--- -- --- - --- ---

Roof Effec tive C.~I
---_... --
An g le Wi nd C lear W ind Flow _.,-_. . ~
_
.... . Obstructe d W ind Flow
0 Area Zone 3 Zone 2 Zone 1 Zone 3 Zo ne 2 Zone I
< a' 2.4 -3.3 1.8 -1.7 1.2 -1.1 I -3.6 0.8 - 1.8 0.5 -1.2
00 >a2 , < 4a2 1.8 -1.7 1.8 -1.7 1.2
- - 1.1 0.8 . -- -1.8 0.8 - 1.8 0.5 -1.2
> 4a 1 1.2 -1.1 1.2 ._. . -1.1 1.2 -1.1 0 .5 -1.2 0.5 -1. 2 0.5 -1.2
< a' 2.2 -4.2 2.4 -2.1 1.6 - 1.4 1.6 -5.1 1.2 -2.6 0.8 -IT
7.5 0 >a 1 , < 4a 2 1.7 -2 1 2.4 -2. 1 1.6 - 1.4 1.2 -2.6 1.2 -2.6 0.8 -1.7
> 4a1 1.1 -1.4 1.6 -1.4 1.6 - 1.4 0 .8 -1.7 0.8 -1.7 0.8 -1.7
< a' 2.2 -3.8 2.7 -2.9 1.8 - 1.9 2.4 -4.2 1.8 -3.2 1.2 -2. 1
15 >a 2, < 4a 2 1.7 2.9 -2.7 -2.9 1.8 - 1.9 1.8 -3.2 1.8 -3.2 1.2 -2.1
> 4a 1 Ll - 1.9 1.8 -1.9 1.8 - 1.9 1.2 -2.1 1.2 -2. J 1.2 -2.1
< a' 2.6 -5 3.9 -3.8 2.6 -2.5 3.2 -4.6 2.4 -3.5 1.6 -2.3
30 >a 2 , < 4a 2 2.0 -3.8 3.9 -3.8 2.6 -2.5 2.4 -3. 5 2.4 -3.5 1.6 _.:lL
> 4a 2 L3 -2 .5 2.6 -2.5 2.6 -2.5 1.6 -2.3 1.6 -2.3 1.6 -2.3
< a' 2.2 -4.6 3.9 -3.5 2.6 -2.3 4 .2 -3.8 3.2 -2.9 2.1 - 1.9
45 < 4a2
> (/2 , 1.7 -3.5 3.9 -3.5 2.6 -2.3 3.2 -2.9 3.2 -2.9 2.1 - 1.9
> 4a1 1.1 -2.3 2 .6 -2.3 2.6 -2.3 2.1 -1.9 2.1 - 1.9 2.1 -1.9

Notes:
I. C.'i d C'lwtC' net pH',fXIII"C'S (co ll l r i burio ll sj;"OIlIlVp a nd banmn .t ll /"f ilCC',I)
2. Clea r wind / 101\' deno tes rclativeiv uno bstructed wind f law lI'ilh block age leu ttiau or equat to 50%. O !J.\"(llIc (c,d \\-;nd/lol1'deno tes oojeas bela w
HJ(~(il/ hibilitlg
willd fl o w ( > 50% hlockage) .
J For values % other tha n ' hose shown, linear inte rpolation is permuted.
1, PIII.f and minus signs sigll ~{Y pressures acting tow a rds and OIl'(lJ'!rQII/ the top roof sw fi ln ? resf/{eti\'(.'(I'.
5. <imlp0 1l('IIf!f Mill daddi llg ele fl/ellts shall b e desigm tl fiJI' p osit;\'(' alld ncganve pressure ("l){~/lici{'''H .fholl'll .
Ii Natannns:
Ii '"' IfJ% ,>fIe'IIM horiunual d i mensions o r ()Ah. lI'!lich('l'{?ris !i1ll(/II('r h"t ll(Jt lt's.~ than ,J<}{, o/ lcOSllw/"i:olllal llil1l(',u imJ.{ 01" n.9 m
II ".., M ell /l l"Of?lllcigJ:l. m
I. '" Ho rizontal dimension ,?{ blliJdillg measured ill alollg wind dir ection, m
(J ~, A,,~It, olplmJt' IJl "/J(~fli"011i IlOl"i:0 1l101. degl"('('.~

Figure 207-1913 Net Pressure Coe fficients, C; on Trou ghed Free

Roo fs e,; 45 ' of O r en Bu ildin gs w ith Height h to Length L ratio , 0. 25 '; hlL'; 1.0
Co mponents and C ladd ing

As sociation of Structural Engineers of the Philippines

 CHAfJTER 2 -- Minimum Design Loads 2-67

0 < 10'

Roof E ffec tive eN

An g le Wind C lea r Win d Flow Ob st ructed Wi nd Flow
() Are a Zo ne 3 Zone 2 Zo ne 1 Zone 3 Zone 2 Zone 1
- - ---- ----~ -
< a' 2.4 _.-:~ . 1.8 - 1.7 1.2 - I. I 1 -3.6 0.8 -1. 8 0.5 .1.2
0 a' , < 4a 2 1.8 -1.7 1.8 - 1.7 1.2 - l.l .0 .8 - 1.8 0.8 - 1.8 0.5 1.2
> 4a 2 1.2 -I.I 1.2 - l.l 1.2 - l.l 0.5 - 1.2 0.5 - 1.2 0.5 - 1.2
< a2 2.4 -3.3 1.8 - 1.7 1.2 -1.1 I -4.8 0.8 -2.4 0.5 - 1.6
7.5 0 >a , < 4a 1
2
1.8 -1.7 1.8 - 1.7 1.2 -1.1 0.8 -2 .4 0.8 -2.4 0.5 - 1.6
> 4a 2 1.2 - 1.1 1.2 -I.I 1.2 - 1.1 0.5 - 1.6 0.5 - 1.6 0.5 1.6
< 0' 2.2 -2.2 1.7 -1.7 1.1 - I. I I -2.4 0.8 -1. 8 0.5 -1.2
150 . ~? a2 , < 4a 2 1.7 -1.7 17
- _ . 'C-
-I 7 1.1 - 1.1 . 0.8 - 1.8 0.8 - 1.8 0.5 - 1.2
> 4a 2 - 1.1 1.1 _._--I - [ -I 1 ..._ -- -
1.1 -1.1 0.5 - 1.2 0.5 -1.2 0.5 -1.2
f--
---_-:-~ -- ...J.j{,- -2 6 1.4 -2
-~ - 1.3 1 -2
- - --_. -- - - - - - -- 8 0.8 -2.1 0_5 - 1.4
J O >a'. < 4 (/ 2 1.4 -2 1.4 2 0.9 -1.3 0.8 -2 .1 0.8 -2 .1 0.5 - 1.4
> 4a 1 0.9 - 1.3 1.9 -1.3 0.9 - 1.3 0.5 - 1.4 0.5 -1 .4 0.5 - 1.4
< (12 1.6 -2.2 1.2 - 1.7 0.8 - I. I 1 -2.4 0.8 -1. 8 0.5 - 1.2
45 >(P. < 4a 2 1.2 -1.7 1.2 - 1.7 0.8 - I. I 0.8 -1. 8 0.8 - 1.8 0.5 -1.2
> 4a2 0.8 - 1.1 1.8 - I. I 0.8 - I. I 0.5 - 1.2 0.5 - 1.2 0.5 -1.2

Notes:

I. c.. .denote /1( '( p n'sSl,res {coutrihutiansIram top (111(/ houom surfaces]
1, Cle,," \l'il/tljll1\\' deno tes n'fl1fil '('~J' wmhHnwl(,d lIj lll/.flO W w i l h h/ockagt' less ' hall or " qllllllO 50% . Obst mcted wiud Ilow denotes objects helaw
mof ill ll i},; /i ,,!: willd.flow ( > 50% Mod.flX'-).
.~ . F or \'(1111('.\' (~f iJ (1///('1' than ,IW,H' .\ '110 11'11. /ill('I/I" ilf /('I] lol fll i ofl is 1"' l mitlc!t!
" 1':Ii, (1//(1 m in us .~iglls s igmjj' pl ,'ssun '.\' /1('(;11.1: towards (1 11.1 cn"lIY.lj-tJ111 the top r o o ( fl ll ja("(', rcspl ,('thdy.
5. C(}/~lpm/(t1 f,\' and d oddi n,'! ('lefll( 'JIU .\hall l w d('.{(S:/Il'd /iJr pOX/l iI 'i' alld lll'glllli'!' PI"('.U ltl"f' ('o eOi ci ('IIH .(/11111'11.
(, Natations:
() I ()% ,!(lnI.I'1 !lor iW II I(/1 dillll'!Jsio J/I' or (J A il , \l 'll iclt c' w l" is sll1allel" hUI not h'.Is {ha n 4% afleast II or iw nllll dimens i ons or n,9 !II
II M e(/II /"r)o(lll' lj ;hI. 111
L lIo""::mlll/l dil/l<'II.\;oll <I!"il l/il di llg 1Il('CH U Il' d ill allllig u';lId di/"('c'I/IIII , 1/1
(J O-~ AI/Kit ' (!l plrmc (!!"nmllrom 1I00 i ::/Il1fal. d('K,n('.\

Figure 2 07~ 19C NC I Pres sure Co e ffic ients, Cv 0 11 Troughcd Free

Roofs 8:; 45 o f Open Build ings with I lcight " to Length L ra tio. 0.25 s htl. :; 1.0
Components and Cladding
111
Natio nal Struc tural Code of 11 10 Ph.lippin es 6 Edition Volume 1
 268 CHAPT ER 2 - Minimum Design Loads

,
~. . __ IJ. . . ._.. .. -j
--pl
I
+...s ..+...':... +"'''00'1
I_... .~...
[I.. F'-
]rF"T"r:cFc:r:
<:, I.~:~~~~~Z~~J.~~:.I
J
CASE A
WIND
I
,
.
'j.' J
G R O U ND S U R FACE CAS EC
ELEVATION VIEW

"/ ;13J:jL
r . .j "i"l..l'1 /'iF"--'" .J.
W INO
R ANG E
~
Jo

r-_7~:~.
_ __

===~-:~~___ ~. ,
IV7 _

. "
_F J,.".
.. -.
CAS EB
,
G RO U ND S URFACE
_-II.. ,--.j"-
(UN - -. WIN O
CROSS-SECTION VIEW RANGE

. - ..._ ---- - --_.-

C, CASE A & CAS E B ....- _ .._ - - - ---
C learance Aspect Ratio, Bls
Rat io, sth < 0.05 0.1 0.2 0.5 I 2 4 5 10 20 30 40
I 1.80 L70 1.65 1.55 1.45 1.40 1.35 1.35 1.30 L30 1.30 1.30
0.9 1.85 1.75 1.70 1.60 1.55 1.50 1.45 1.45 1.40 1.40 1.40 1.40
0.7 1.90 1.85 L75 L70 1.65 1.60 1.60 1.55 155 1.55 1.55 155
0.5 1.95 1.85 1.80 1.75 L75 1.70 1.70 L70 L70 L70 1.70 1.75
0.3 1.95 1.90 1.85 1.80 1.80 1.80 1.80 1.80 1.80 1.85 1.85 1.85
0.2 1.95 1.90 1.85 1.80 1.80 1.80 1.80 1.80 1.85__ 1.90 1.90 1.95
< 0.16 1.95 1.90 1.85 1.85 1.80 1.80 1.85 1.85 1.85 1.90 1.90 1.95
-- C, C ASE c:
.._._--- --_.-..- .. .,._._-_.- "w. _ , _ ~ _

Aspect Ratio.
Region Aspect Ratio, Bts Region
His
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 13 > 45
o la s 2.25 2.60 2.90 3.10 ' 3.30 ' 3.40 ' 3.55' 3.65 ' 3.75' o lo s 4.00' 4.30'
s to 2s 1.50 1.70 1.90 2.00 2. 15 2.25 2.30 2.35 2.45 s to 2s 2.60 2.55
2s to 3s 1.15 L30 1.45 1.55 1.65 1.70 L75 1.85 2s to 3., 2.00 1.95
3s 10 l Os 1.10 1.05 1.05 1.05 1.05 1.00 0.95 3s 10 4s 1.50 1.85
- _... _ -- _ .. _ - _ ._ _. _ _ ... _
~~ -- __
~ -~ _ _ -_. ~ _ . "1._ . _ - --

4s to .Is
- _ . _ - ~

L35 1.85

~~?Ef{j~~~::~J LJ I:;~~;;~~~;~~I 5.\' 10

lOs
- - - - _._- _ ._
090
- _._._ "..
Ll O

!=l~~~:: ~:.~.~.=~.~;~.=~:~~~~~. ~ ~ _----__-B""' ..1 ,

~

ro-rwrIs pm6Ot1t. > l-Os_.- ..Jl.cS) -- 055

.__ __ _ _ _ __ . _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ ____ _ ..._ _ _ __ _.,.._.._..____ _ ..._____ ...__ __ _.,.....,....----1
._. ~ ~ ~. _. _---
- - -_.
NOIe.c
1_ r he (erm " signs " in no tes below a/so oppties ((J "freestand ing walls ",
1. Sigll.f with open i ngs coml l r isi llg less than 30% of f/if.' gro.'fS area an' classified as .~(Ili,' .\"i~lu . FOl"c(' ((Jet/idellt... 1(11" so lid s il: II.I lI'ilh O!J('/Iillg f .\11(/1/ he' 1'('IJlli u('d
to hf! multip lied by the reductio n [a ctor (1 - (/ " l; ) I ~).
To allow bolh 1101'111(1 / and oMiquC' wind d iq'fliwu . Il w /lll/owillX cases ...h alf be l'fllu ld l'/'f'd
For sIII " I:
CASE A: rrsuhamforcr a cts n ormal ttl tllt'jiJn' off/l(' :'iiJ:lllh r l1ug h fIl(l g(I()IIl('tric I"I'"k r.
CASE R: resultantforce acts nor mal ftl th,' [ace o{th(' .'fig " ti t (l dis tance ji 011l t/'( , gl 'flUll' lric center I/JI\unl II/(' wi ndward I'l /gl ' (" /"(1/ to 0.1 ti llll' ." th l'
(/I'('1'({8 ( ' wi dt IJ (if tIll' .ligll

r OI" IJI~? 1. CAS/; C IIU r.I' also 1)(' runsidercd:

('..i SI; C: 1"l'.I'IfII(// If .!iJr c('.I" net norma l If) (Iw/o l"l' o( the .l'i~11 Ih r oug h t lse gCO/l/('lric ('('1111'1".1" II( ('(/ell /"C'g io l! ,
For .l'lh " I :
TIre'smne CI/SC.I es at.ave ('x C/'/I / /h a l tlw venirn t locations I!(th(' resnttant forccs (1('1' 111' oil! d istance ahove I/Il' }:1'OIII('(l' i(' ( '('/1 / 1'1" I'I/ IWI ro (J,fJ.l rillle,I' th( '
(ll'I' I"(ig e heigtu of /II(' .11}: 11
FIJI" C-tSE C where .~/" :> 11 l/. {orcc ("OlJ l ici ('ll fJ .I/ m ll be /lilt/lip/it,,, hy Ihl' I'('//,,("/iol/ [actor ( /}i .~/h)
" lincar i"('lpolntiml is IJI.'r",iU('el} ,r values ,,(...I h. II!.s and I./.l' 01/1('1" {""I/ shown,
5. 77,<, R,~ il)ll ill the Illh!f' alNll't' i'f tilt' h"'-;::"'I1(11distancefram windward (."~I'
r, NO((lfiCIII '
Ii "- Horizonta l t1illlt'n< iml ,,(xig ll. 11/
h '"' III'iKhl o{ thr .~;KI/. 11/
x '" Fe'I"tic(l1 {liml'II,liml 11(1"(' .1;11. III
I: ".. /(m;CI " (\f1l ul area I;' ~nlJ.fm"('(I
1., :--. I/m;: lIIl1al " im('l/.fi"" t~f reJUrtl ea rner, 1/1

Figure 207 20 Force Coefficien ts, Ci on Solid Freestanding Walls & So lid Signs
of all Heights Other Structures ... Method 2
Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippmes
 CHAI"TEf~ 2 -. Minimum Design I.oads 269

,--- ._-----
Cross-Section .___.__._.___LYp..c..oL Surface_._____ - ..
"-~ .._ ._------- !lID --
--- 2.0~
.jguarc (wind normal to face) All
._----------_._._---- .___ J2...~ 1.4
Square (wind alon!L~.I.~gonal) All - .- 1.0 1.1 -1.5
----
Hexagonal or Octagonal All 1.0 12 1.4
-
Moderately Smooth 0.5 0.6 0.7
Rough (D'ID = 0.02) 0.7 0.8 0.9
Round (D,{ri-;> 2 5) Very rough (f)'..IP -: 0.08L____ --- 0.8 1.0 0.2
(D~ >5.3, f) In m, 'I, in kPa
Ail 0.7 0.8 12
_._._--_._------- - - -

NOles:

I. 711(' design wind force shall he calculated based Oil the area oj/he structure projected 011 a plane normal to the wind direction. The force shall be
assumed to act parallel/a the wind direction,
2. Linear interpotation is permuted for h/D values other than shown
3. Notation:
f) '" Diameter of circular cross-section and teast horizontal dimensions ofsquare. hexagonal or octagonot cross-sections at elevation under
consideration, m;
D' '" Depth ofprotruding elements such (IS ribs and spoilers, 111:
h '" Heigh( ofstructure. !II: and
o. '" Velocity pressure evaluated at height z above ground. kl?a.

Figure 207~2! Force Coefficients, (; on Chimneys, Tanks,

Rooftop Equipment and Similar Structures of All Heights
Other Structures Method 2

National Structural Code of the Philippines6 th Edition Volume 1

2l0 CHAF'TU\ 2 .. Minimum Design l.oads

~.
Rounded Members

e
Flat- Sided D,;q; " 2.5 Dfq, >2.5
Members
D,;q; ,; 5.3 Dfi >5.3
.-
<0.1 2.0 1.2 0.8
0.1 to 0.29 1.8 1.3 0.9
..
0.3 to 0.7 1.6 1.5 1.1

Noles:

I. Signs with openings comprising 30% or more ofthe gross area are classified (IS opell signs
2. The calculation 01 the design wind forces shall he based an the area of 0/1 exposed members and elements projected 011 (I plane liun:
(0 the wind direction. Forces shall be assumed (0 act parattet to the wind direction,
3. The area A/Collsisten! with these force coefficients is the solid orca projected norma! /0 the wind direction,
4. Notation:
c "0 Ratto ofsotid area 10 gross area
1J "" Diameter ofa typical round member. m
CJ: '" Velocity pressure evaluated at height z above ground. k?a

figure 20722 force Coefficients, Clan Open Signs and

Lattice Frameworks of All Heights
Other Structures - Method 2

Association of Structural Engineers of Ole Philippines

 CHAI"TEf< 2 .. Minimuill 1)"";911 Loads 211

Tower Cross Section

Square

Triangle 3.42 -~4.7c+ 3.4

Notes:

I. For all wind directions considered. the area A, consistent with t!le spec!liedj()/"("(' co({{1ieicl!(.\" shall he the solid area cfa towerface
projected 011 ttie plane ofthatfacefor the lower segment under consideration
2 The specified force coefficients orefor towers will! structural angtes or similarlku-sidcd members.
3. FOl" towers containing rounded members, if is acceptable to mulliply the .I'pec(lied force coefficients h.l' the fiJ/IOIl'ing factor when
di'lcl'milling windforces {)11 .mel! 1II('lIIhcl:>'
fUll:! + f).57, butnot > 1.0
4. Wind threes shalf he applied in the directions resulting in maximum IIII'll/bel" ;;)1'("('.1" (/1It! reactions. For /{)I\'NS 1\'ilh square cross-
sections, wind [orces shall be multiplied by the foltowtngfaaor when the wind is directed along a lower diagonal
I -I- 0.751:, but not > 1.2
5. Wind forces Oil tower appurtenances s/lch Il.\' ladders. conduits, lights. elevators, etc shall bc catculcucd lI.1'ing appropriate force
coejficie!llsjor these elements.
(; Notation:
""' Ratio ofsotid area to gross area ot one lower/ace/or the segmentunder consideration

Figure 207-23 Force Coefficients, Croll Trussed Towers ofA!l Heights

Other Structures .~. Method 2

111
National Structural Code of the Philippines 6 Edition Volume 1
2 ,n CHAf"lEl, 2 .. Mlrllfllwn Design Loads

122 ' 124" 126'I!

11l'J" 120' ......_.,
-.- -- ' -- '
~ -_

------.- r-- !
d .
t
N ," I

20' 1i
I
I
!

18"
( ,,
i

HI' ZONE II
V (200kph) ZONE I
I I
i
V (250kph)

14"

I
J
12"

I
iI
. !

10'

8'

6'

..
Figure 2072 4 Referenced Wind Zone Map of the Philippines

Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines


208.1 Ge ne ra l
208. 1.1 Purpose
The purp ose o f the earthquake provrsron s herein is
primarily (0 safeguard against major structural failures
and loss oflifc, not to limit damage or maintain function.
208.1.2 Minimum Seism ic Design
Structures and portions thereof shall, as a minimum, be
designed and constructed to resist the effe cts of se ismic
ground molions as provided in this section.
208.1.3 Seism ic and Wi nd Design
When the code-presc ribed wind des ign produces greater
effec ts, the w ind des ign shall govern, bu t detailing
requirements and limit ations prescribed in this section and
referenced sections sha ll he followed .
208.2 Definitious
BASE is the level at which the earthquake motions are
cons ide red 10 be imparted to the struc tu re or the level at
which the structu re as a dynam ic vibrator is supported .
BAS E S HEA R, V, is the total de sign late ral force or
s hear at the bas e of a stru cture .
BEA RI NG WALL SYSTE M is a s truc tural sys tem with-
out a complete verti cal load-ca rryin g space fram e, See
Section 208.4. 6.1.
BOUNDARY ELEM ENT is an cle me nt at edges o f
openings or at peri meters of shear wa lls or dia phrag ms.
BRA C ED F RAME is an essen tially ve rtica l truss sys tem
of the concent ric or ecc entric typ e that is prov ided to
resis t late ral forces.
BUILDING FR AME SYSTE M is a n es sentia lly co m-
plete spa ce frame that provides support for gravity loads.
Sec Sec tion 208.4.6.2.
CANTI LE V E R E D C O LU M N ELE M EN T is a co lum n
c lemen t in a late ral -force-resisting sys tem that ca ntileve rs
from a fixed base and has minimal moment capa city at the
top. with lateral force s applied essentially at the top.
CO L LECT O R is a member or cle me nt pro vided to
trans fer lateral for ce s from a port io n of a struc ture to
vertical cle men ts ofthe latera l-force -re sisting sys tem.
Natio nal Structural Code of the Pllilippines 6 Edition Volume 1
CHAP1H , 2 - Minimum Des ign Loads 2-73
C O M PO N ENT is a part or clement of an architectural,
electrical , mechan ical Or structural system.
C O M PO N EN T , E Q UI PM E NT, is a mechanical or
electrical co mponent or ele ment that is part of a
mechanical and/or e lectrica l system.
C O M PON ENT, FLEX IB L E, is a co mpo nent, incl uding
its attachme nts. having a funda menta l period greater than
0.06 seco nd.
COMPONENT, RIGID, is a co mpo nent, including its
attach ments, ha ving a fundam en tal period less than or
equ al to 0.06 second .
CO NC E NT RI C A L L Y BR AC ED FRAME is a brace d
fram e in which the members arc subj ected pr imaril y to
axial forces.
DESI GN BASIS G ROU ND M OTIO N is that ground
motion that has a 10 percent chance of being exceede d in
50 years as det ermined by a si te-sp ecific hazard anal ys is
or may be determ ined from a hazard map. A suite of
ground motion time histories with dy namic properties
representa tive of the s ite charac teristics shall be used to
rep resent this ground mo tion. The dynam ic effec ts of the
Design Basis Ground Motion may be represented by the
Design Response Spec trum. See Sec tion 208.6.2.
DESI GN RESPO NS E S PECT RUM is an elastic
response spec trum for 5 percen t equ iva lent viscous
damp ing used to rep resen t the dynam ic e ffec ts of the
Design Basis Gr ou nd Mot ion for the des ign of structures
in acco rdance w ith Sectio ns 208.5 and 20 8.6. This
respon se spectrum may be either a site-specific spec trum
based o n geologic, tectoni c, se ismo logical and so il
cha racteristics associ ated with a speci fic site or may be a
sp ect rum cons truc ted in accord ance with the spectral
shape in figure 20 83 using the site-specific values of Co
and C,. and mu ltiplied by the ac celeration of gravity,
9.8 15 m/sec/. See Sect ion 208 .6.2.
D ESI G N SEIS M IC FO RCE is the mi nim um total
strength design base shear, factored and distributed in
accordance with Section 208.5.
111
 /./4 CHAPTEr-<?. .." Mlll imu!l1 Design t.oads
I>I APHHAGM is a horizonta l or nearly hor izontal
sys tem acting to transm it lateral forces to the vertic al-
resisting clements. The tern) "diaphragm" inc lude s
horizon tal bracing systems.
DlAPHnA GM or SHEA n WALL C II O IU> is the
bou ndar y cleme nt of a diaphragm o r shear wall that is
ass umed (0 take axial stresses analogous to the flanges o f
a bea m.
DIAPllnAGM STIWT (drag strut, tic, collector) is the
c lement of a diaphragm para llel to the applied load that
collec ts and transfe rs diaphragm shear to the vertical-
resist ing elements o r distributes loads within the
d iaph ragm . Such members may take axial tensio n or
co mpressi on.
DnlFT. Sec "story dri ft."
DUAL SYSTEl\l is a combination of momen t-resist ing
frames and shear walls or braced frames designed in
accord ance wi th the criteria o f Sect ion 208.4.6.4.
EC CENTnlCALLY BRAC ED FnAME (EBF) is a
stee l-braced frame designed in co nformance with Section
52 8.
E LASTIC n ESPONSE PAnAM ET EnS arc forces and
deform ati on s determined from an clastic dynamic analysis
using a ll unreduced ground motion representa tion, in
accordance with Sect ion 208 .6.
ESSENTI AL FACI L1TIES arc those structures that arc
necessary for emerge ncy o peratio ns subs equ ent to a
nat ural di saster.
FL EXIBLE ELEM ENT or SYSTEM is on e whose
de for mati on under latera l load is significa ntly larger than
adjoining parts of the system. Lim iting ratios for defi ning
spec ific fle xible cleme nts are se t fort h in Se ction 20 8.5.6.
HOlllZO NTAL BnA CI NG SY ST EM is a horizontal
truss system that serves the same function as a d iaphragm .
INT ERME1HATE MOMENT RESISTING FRAM E
(1I\l RF) is a co ncre te frame design ed in accorda nce w ith
Sec tion 4 12.
LAT ERAL-FOReE-RESISTI NG SY STEM is that part
of the stru ctural syste m desi gn ed
10 resist the Design
Seism ic Forces.
MO I\IE NT-R ESI STI NG F RA M E is a frame in whi ch
members and j oints arc capa ble o f resisting forces
primarily by flexure.
Associa tion of Structural Enqin eers of th.e PhiliPPllle5
MOM E NT-RESISTING WALL Fn A M E (Mlt W F) is
a mason ry wall frame especially detai led to pro vide
ductile behavior and design ed in conformance w ith
Section 708. 2.6.
ORDINARY IlRAC~:D FRAME (O Il F) is a s tee l-
braced frame desig ned in acco rdance with the provisi ons
of Sectio n 527 o r 528 o r concrete- brace d frame des ig ned
in accor dance with Sec tion 42 1.
ORDINARY MOMEN T-RESISTING FRAME
(O I\1R F) is a mom ent-resi sting fram e not meeting spec ial
detailing requiremen ts for duct ile behavior.
ORTHOG ONAL E F F ECTS arc the earthquak e load
effect s 0 11 structural eleme nts common to the late ral-
force-resisting system s along two orthogonal axes.
OV ERSTR ENGTH is a characteristic of snu c tu res
where the actual strength is larger than the des ign
strength. The deg ree of ove rstrength is material-and
sys tem-dependent.
P6 EFFECT is the secondary effect on shears, axi al
forces and momen ts o f frame members due to the ac tion
of the vertical loads ind uced by hori zontal displace m ent
o f the struc ture resu lting from var ious loading.
S HE A n WALL is a wall designed to resist lateral forces
parallel to the plane of the wall (some times referred to as
vertica l diaphragm or stru ctural wall ).
S HE A R WALL- FRAM E INTERACTIVE SYSTEM
uses co mbinations of shear walls an d frames designed 10
resist later al force s in proportion 10 their relative
rigidities, co nsidering interac tion between shea r walls and
fram es on all level s.
SO FT ST O n y is one in which the lateral stiffness is less
than 70 percent of the stiffness of the story above. Sec
Table 208 -9 .
SPACE FRAME is a three -d imensional structural
system, witho ut bear ing walls, com posed of members
inte rconnec ted so as to function as a co mplete se lf-
contained unit with or wi tho ut the <lid of horizontal
d iaphra g ms or Il oor-bracin g sys tems .
SP ECIAL C O NCENT R IC A L L Y BRACED FRAME
(SeBF) is a steel-braced fra me desi gn ed in con forman ce
with the provisions of Sect ion 526 .
S PEC IA L MOM ENT -R ESI STING FR AM E (SMRF )
is a mo men t-res isting frame spec ia lly deta iled 10 provide

ductile behavior and comply with the requirements given
in Chapter 4 or 5.
SPECIAL TRUSS MOMENT FRAME (STMF) is a
moment-resisting frame specially detailed to provide
ductile behavior and comply with the provisions of
Section 525.
STORY is the space between levels. Story x is the story
below level x.
STORY DRIFT is the lateral displacement of one level
relative to the level above or below.
STORY DRIFT RATIO is the story drift divided by the
story height.
STORY SHEAR, VU is the summation of design lateral
forces above the story under consideration.
STRENGTH is the capacity of an clement or a member
to resist factored load as specified in Chapters 2, 3,4, 5
and 7.
STRUCTURE is an assemblage of framing members
designed to support gravity loads and resist lateral forces.
Structures may bc categorized as building structures or
nonbuilding structures.
SUBDIAPHRAGM is a portion of a diaphragm used to
transfer wall anchorage forces to diaphragm cross tics.
VERTICAL LOAD-CARRYING FRAME is a space
frame designed to carry vertical gravity loads.
WALL ANCHORAGE SYSTEM is the system of
clements anchoring the wall to the diaphragm and those
clements within the diaphragm required to develop the
anchorage forces, including subdiaphragms and
continuous tics, as specified in Sections 208.8.2.7 and
208.8.2.8
\VEAK STORY is one in which the story strength is less
than 80 percent of the story above. See Table 208~9.
208.3 Symhols and Notation
At; ground floor area of structure to include area
covered by all overhangs and projections, 111 2
/1,. c.'" the combined effective area of the shear walls in
the first story of the structure, m 2
A, the minimum cross-sectional area in allY horizontal
plane in the first story ofa shear wall, m 2
A, the torsional amplification factor at Level x
(If' 0'0 numerical coefficient specified in Section 208.7
and set forth in Table 20812
National Structural Code of the Philippines 6 Edition Volume 1
CHAPTEF /. "" Minimum Desi9n LOCld~; ) ..l~)
C, = seismic coefficient, as set forth in Table 208-7
C[ ;;;: numerical coefficient given in Section 208.5.2.2
C,. ~ seismic coefficient, as set forth in Tahle 2088
D dead load on a structural element
::'0
D,. = the length of a shear wall in the first story in the
direction parallel to the applied forces, m
E, Ell> Em' E,. = earthquake loads set forth in Section
2085.1, N
F I, FII.F~- = design seismic force applied to Level i, 17
or .r , respectively, N
f'~) "" design seismic force all a part of the structure, N
Fpx ::.-: design seismic force on a diaphragm, N
F[ = that portion of the base shear, V, considered
concentrated at the top of the structure in addition
toF",N
f = lateral force at Level i for usc in Equation 208 I0,
N
g ;;;: acceleration due to gravity = 9.815 111/5ec 2
h, h",hl , ~'"" height above the base to Level i, 11 or \
respectively, m
= importance factor given in Table 208 I
If' = importance factor for nonstructural component
as given in Table 2081
L = live load on a structural clement
Level i :;;;: level of the structure referred to by the
subscript i
"i = 111 designates the first level above the base
Level n = that level that is uppermost in the main
portion of the structure
Level x that level that is under design
consideration
"r I" designates the first level above the base
000
IH maximum moment magnitude
.N" "" ncar-source factor used in the determination of' ('II
in Seismic Zone 4 related to both the proximity of'
the building or structure to known faults with
magnitudes as set forth in Tables 2084 and 208()
N C~ near-source factor used in the determination of C"
"
in Seismic Zone 4 related to both the proximity of
the building or structure to known faults with
magnitudes as sci forth in Tables 2085 and 2086
PI = plasticity index of soil determined in accordance
with approved national standards
R '''' numerical coefficient representative of the inherent
oversrrcngth and global ductility capacity or
lateral-force-resisting systems, as set forth in Table
20811 or 20813
r '-'0 a ratio used in determining p. Sec Section 208.5.1
S,,,, Sn, Sc, Su, Sb SF soil profile types as set forth in
c.c
Table 2082
T ... elastic fundamental period 01' vibration of the
structure in the direction under consideration, sec
II the total design lateral force or shear at the base
given by Equations 2084, 2085, 2086, 208 .. 7 or
20811, N
lI, < thc design story shear in Story .r, N
111
 2lG CHAPTE:H 2 .. Minimum Oesrqn l.oads

w "0 the total seismic dead load defined in Sections the design approach used in the design of the structure,
20S.5.1.1 and 20S.5.2.1, N provided load combinations of Section 203.4 are utilized.
Wi. lVI' :0: that portion of W located at or assigned to Level i
or x, respectively, N 208.4.2 Occupancy Categories
TYp ::~ the weight of an clement or component, N For purposes of earthquake-resistant design, each
W,n ;.=; the weight of the diaphragm and the clement
structure shall be placed in one of the occupancy
tributary thereto at Level x, including applicable categories listed in Table 1031. Table 20S1 assigns
portions of other loads defined in Section importance factors, I and 1/1' and structural observation
20S.5.U, N requirements for each category.
Z seismic zone factor as given in Table 20S3
t-. M ,-.--0 Maximum Inelastic Response Displacement, which Table 208~ I ~ Seismic Importance Factors
---
is the total drift or total story drift that occurs Seismic Seismic
when the structure is subjected to the Design Occupancy
Importance Importance 2
Category I
Basis Ground Motion, including estimated elastic Factor, J Factor, In .
and inelastic contributions to the total deformation I. Essential
defined in Section 208.5.9,2, nun 1.50 1.50
Facilities 3
As = Design Level Response Displacement, which is the II. Hazardous
total drift or total story drift that occurs when the 1.25 UO
Facilities
structure is subjected to the design seismic forces, HI. Special
mm Occupancy 1.00 1.00
8, = horizontal displacement at Level i relative to the Structures 4 -_.
base due to applied lateral forces, f for use in IV. Standard
Equation 208-10, mm Occupancy J .00 1.00
p Redundancy/Reliability Factor given by Equation Structures 4
20S3 V. Miscellaneous
1.00 1.00
D" :.~ Seismic Force Amplification Factor, which is structures
required to account for structural overstrength and , See Table 103-//01' OCCllpallL)' category listing.
set forth in Table 20S11 The limitation of I,,for pond connections in Section 208.8.2.3 shalf
be 1.0 for the entire connector.
20S.4 Criteria Selection J Structural observation requirements are given in Section 107.9.
For anchorage a/machinery and (~qUlj)!ll('/l1 rooutreafor f!fe-safety
208.4.1 Basis for Dcsign systems. Ihe value of Il'shafl be taken as 1.5.

The procedures and the limitations for the design or 20S.4.3 Site Geology and Soil Characteristics
structures shall be determined considering seismic zoning, Each site shall be assigned a soil profile type based on
site characteristics, occupancy, configuration, structural properly substantiated geotechnical data using the site
system and height in accordance with this section. categorization procedure set forth in Section 208.10 and
Structures shall be designed with adequate strength to Table 20S2.
withstand the latera! displacements induced by the Design ;-"',"
Basis Ground Motion, considering the inelastic response .;':,"; .. ',, '. ':'~;;;~d;,;)j,,;),\,,;:~;;
of the structure and the inherent redundancy, ovcrstrcngth properties qrenot mOW" in lCi<!ntt!~tatJ
and ductility ofthe lateral force-resisting system. !il.3oil profiletype, Type
81 ... Je~ii~:'
. ".~'!':J;!,~ed rO I Pf a8{,'!J.f. .PJif.ei~;tIW
The minimum design strength shall be based 011 the detenttinkthat TYPf 8E oi:,Sf ;nqy ,.e
Design Seismic Forces determined in accordance with the ~i!eiJi:!ft~~fvent that Type Ss o~ SF is
static lateral force procedure of Section 20B.S, except as g~Qiei:hnlq'al data. .
modified by Section 20R,6.5.4
20S.4.3.1 Soil Profile Type
Where strength design is used, (he load combinations of Soil Profile Types SA, S8. Sc. So and 51;' are defined in
Section 20.1.:1 shall apply. Where Allowable Stress Table 208-2 and Soil Profile Type SF is defined as :i( '1
Design is used, the load combinations of Section 203.4 requiring site-specific evaluation as follows:
shall apply.
I. Soils vulnerable to potential failure 01: collapse uu
seismic loading, such as liquefiable soils, quick ilnd
Allowable Stress Design may be used to evaluate sliding
or overturning at the soil-structure interface regardless of

Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines

 CHAr'TER 2 -- Minimum D" sign Loads 2-77

highl y sensu rve clays, and collapsib le weakly

ce m ented so ils. 208.4.4.1 Seism ic Zo ne
2. Peat s and/or highly organ ic clays , where the The Philippine archipe lago is divid ed into two seismic
th ickn ess o f peat or highly organic clay exceeds 3.0 zones only. Zon e 2 covers the prov inces of Palawan, Sulu
Ill. and Tawi-Tawi while the rest of the country is und er Zone
4 as shown in Figur e 208-1. Each structure shall be
3. Very high plasticity clays with a plasticity index , PI assig ned a seismic zone factor Z, in accordance with
> 75 , where the dep th of clay exce eds 7.5 m, Tab le 208 -3.
4. Ve ry thick soli/me dium sti ff clays , where the dept h Table 20 8-3 Se ismic Zone Factor Z
o f clay exceeds 35 m. .
ZONE 2 4
The cri te ria set lo nh in the definiti on for So il l'rofilc Type z 0.20 0.40
SF req u iring site-spec ific e valuation shall be conside red.
If the s ite corresponds to these criteria, the site shall be 208.4.4 .2 Seism ic Zon e 4 Near-So urce Fac to r
classified as So il Profile Type Sf and a site-specific In Seismic Zone 4, each site shall be assigned nea r-source
eva luatio n shall be conducted. factors in acco rdance wi th Table s 208 -4 and 208 -5 based
Table 208-2 - So il Profile Ty pes on the Seis mic Source Type as set forth in Sect ion
208 .4.4.4.
A verage Soil Prop erties for To p
Soil Soil
30 m of Soil Profil e
Profile Profil e The value of Nt l used to determin e C., need not exceed 1.1
N.lI I1C I
Shea r Undrain ed
SPT, II' for struct ures complying with all the following
Ge neric Wave Shear
(blowsl conditions:
T yp e
--_..
s,
_-._--- Description

Hard
Velocity, V,
(ntis)
> 1500
300 mm)
Strength,
51! (kPa)
._ -'---'-- I. The soil profile typ e is SA, So, Sc or 5'1
- _..._-_... Rock 2. P ~ 1.0.
760 to 3. Except in sin gle-story struc tures, residential building
SI! Rock
._--1500
- -- - ---- acco mmoda ting J 0 or fewer persons, private garages,
Very carports, sheds and agricultural buildings . mome nt
Dense frame systems de signated as part of the lateral-force-
360 to
Sc Soi l ad > 50 > 100 resisting system shall be spec ial moment-resisting
760
So ft fra mes.
Rock
Stiff Soi l 180 to 15 tn 50 to 4. The except ions to Sec tion 515 .6.5 shall not apply.
So Prolilc 360 50 100 except for col umns in one-story bui ldings or co lumns
Soft Soi l at the top story o f multi story buildings.
s/ Profile
< 180 < 15 < 50
5. None of the foll owing structural irregul ar ities is
So il Requ iring Site-spec ific Evalu ation . present : Type 1,4 or 5 of 'I'able 208 -9, and Type I or
S,..
See Sec tion 208 .4.3 . I 4 ofTable 208-10.
I .\o j( Profi le Type 5,: atso includes (lny Jm l pro file wIth mort! than
./n 111 of soIt d ay deJimd as a soil with plo. f/ic ily index. PI :> 20.
208 .4.4,3 Seism ic R esp on se Cocfflcien ts
w__ ~ 40 pe rcent and .f . < 24 k? a. The {'ira/icilY Index, 1'/, and
the mo isture content, 1\'_ .\hall be dctcnnined i ll accordance lI'ill! Each structure shall be ass igned a seismic coe ffic ient, Ca.
(IflfJl tl v<,d nat ianalstandn rds, in acco rdance wi th T able 208- 7 and a seismic coe fficient,
c., in accordance wi th Tab le 208 -8.
208.4 .4 Site Se ismic Ha za rd C ha racter is tics
Seismic hazard chirac tcristics for the site shall be 208.4.4 .4 Se ismic So u rce Types
estab lished base d on the seis mic zo ne and proximit y of Ta ble 208 -6 defines the types of seis mic sources. The
the site 10 ac tive se ismic sources, site so il profile location and type of se ismic so urces to be used for design
characteristi cs and the struc ture 's importance facto r. shall be est abli sh ed based on appro ved geological data;
sec Figure 208 -2A. Type A sources sha ll be de termined
limn Figures 208 -213, C, D. E or the most recent mapping
of active faults by the Philipp ine Inst itute of Volcanology
and Seismology (PHIVOLCS).

111
National Structural Code of til e Philippines 6 Edition Volum e 1
 2-78 CHAPTEr.: '2.-- Minimum D e ~ I ~J IlI. f) a (l s

Table 208-4 Ncar-Source Factor N" ' Table 208-6 - Seis mic Sou rce Types !
._. - .. -- --- -- ---.
Seismic C loses t Dist a nce To S d-::',:lc \"" ;'C(~
Source Kn own Seis mic Souree 2 Seis mic
Seism ic Source 1--~~ ~ n n i ~ A~__
T~pe s 5 kill " 10 kill So urce
Description Max i mu m A1 o U1ell
A 1.2 1.0 Typo
II 10 1.0
-----_._-- - - _ ... ~.I.~g~!! I!9~M
Faults that are
_ C ....._.... UL_ _. . ._ _I L . capable of
'fa ble 208-5 Ncar-Source Factor, N \. ) producing large
.. --~...__._.- .~- - - - - -- - - -- ---- - , - .., A magnitude events M > 70
Seismic Cl osest utstan cc To
and that have a
Source Known Seismic Source'
Typo
- 5 5 km 10 km > 15 km
high rate of seismic
A 1.6 1.2 1.0
activity. , _ .-. __._- -
All faults other
II 1.2 1.0 1.0 B than Types A and 6 .5 ~ M<7 . 0
----- -- ---- -
C.
C 1.0 1.0 1.0 Faults that are not
Notesfor T(,hlt'S ]O.~.4 and lOfU : capa ble of
I 711(' Near-Source Factor may be based 011 ,II(' linear ili l et ]Jol1l1111/l producing large
(if " (lhl(',~ fill' distances otbrr than thoseshown in the whit,. magnitude
C M <6.5
The dasest distance to .\'('IS 1I/1C sonn-c shall be 1111.:('11 as the earthquakes and
minimum tliJI(lI/c'(' between Ihe si lt! (/11(1 1111' (//('11 described h,l' til(' thai have a
venice! f'f(y'I'('Iio !l 0/ the SOIlI' ( 'r.! 011 I h" ,1'I II.1i u 'l' [i.e., .I'1II/flC<'
projectian of fautt plalle). The .\'Iu/a n ' projection need 1I0 ! include
relatively low rate
portions 0/ tlr, ,I'fllll'n: as depths oliO km or gr/,aler. The hu g esl "----. of seismic activity, _..
value (~r fh" /'0/(' (11'.')011 1'( '(' Factor COJl.I'iderin s: al! sources shall /J(. .')/lhllll('llo/i .\'()I11'{'('S shall be evaluated on a site-specific basis.
usedfo r design.
Table 208-7 - Seismic Coefficien t, C"
- - -----
Soil Profil e Seismic Zo ne Z
T ype Z ~ 0.2 Z~ 0 . 4

SA 0.16 O.32N.
SII 0.20 OAON,
So 024 OAON,
S" 0.28 O.44N.
S" 0.34 OA4N"
S, See Footnote I II/ Table 208-8

Table 20X-8 - Seismic Coe ffic ient, Cv

-- Soil Profile .- Seis mic Zone Z
Ty pe
-._..-
...
Z- O. 2 ZO.4
S,\ 0. 16 OJ2N"
-- 0.20
SB - - OAON"
- --~" --,- , - - -- , ~ - ,

0.56NX __ _.
_..- Sc 0.32
Su DAD 0.64N,. -- -_.
S" 0.64 0.96N!,_.___
- .';'I!C' Footnot e I of Table lO8~8
._- - S"
_.
Si lc' spC'c i/ic ~ ('(}(('dlll inl! ill l '(';<;/i~l/ (idll (lilt! (~\'IUI "' il' .\ i f( I'espollw.'
1I 1/{/~ I '."i,\ skall he I'(',.!imll ed to determine seismic t'orflicil'II/.\'

Associa tion of Struclural En91 1wors of llie Philippmm:;


208 .4 .5 Co nfigur a tio u Req uirements
Each structure shall be designated as being structurally
regular or irregular in accordance with Sections 208.4.5.1
and 208.4.5.2.
208.4 .5.1 Regul ar Str uctu res
Regular structures have no significant physical
discontinuities ill plan or vertical configuration or in their
latera l-fo rce-resisting sys tems suc h as the irregular
features desc ribed in Section 208.4 .5.2.
208.4.5 .2 Irregular St ruct ures
I. Irregular structures have significant physical
discontinuities in configuration or in their lateral-
fo rce-resisti ng sys tems. Irregular features incl ude, but
ar c nOI lim ited 10 . those descri bed in Tab les 20 8-9
and 208- 10. All struc tures in occupancy Cat egories 4
and 5 in Seis mic Zone 2 need to be evaluated only for
ve rtica l irreg ularities o f Type 5 (Tab le 208-9) and
ho rizontal irregularities of Type I (Table 208- 10).
2. Sl l1lCIUrCs having any o f the features listed in Table
208 9 shall be designated as if having a vertical
M
irregularity.
Exception:
Where I/ O SIOlY drift ratio under design lateral forces is
greater than 1.3 limes the story drift ratio of the story
above, the structure may be deemed to not have the
struc tural irregularities of Type I or 2 in Table 208-9.
The story drift ratio f or the lop two stories need not be
considered. The slOIY drifts fo r this determination may be
calculated neglecting torsional effects.
J. Structures having any of the features listed in Table
208MI() shall be designated as having a plan
irregularity.
208.4 .6 S t ru ct ura l Sys te m s
Structura l systems shall be classified as one o f the types
listed in Tab le 208- 11 and defined in this section.
208.4 .6. 1 Bearing Wall Sy s tem
A structural sys tem without a complete vertical load-
carrying space frame. Bearing walls or bracing systems
provide support Cor all or most gravity loads. Resistance
to lateral load is provided by shear walls or braced
frames.
208.4 .6.2 Illl il d i n ~ Fra m e Sys tem
I\. structural system with an essentially complete space .
frame providing SlIP P0 1"l for gravity loads. Resistance 10
lateral load is prov ided by shear walls or braced frames.
National Structure! Cod e of the Plulippine s 6 Edition Volume 1
CHAr' TEH 2 .. Minimum Design Loads 2-79
208.4.6.3 Mo ment Resisting Fra me Sy stem
A structural system with an essentially complete space
frame providi ng s upport for gravity loads. Momen t-
resisting frames prov ide resistance to lateral load
primarily by flexural action of members.
208 .4.6.4 Du al Sy ste m
A structural system with the fo llowing features:
I. An essentially complete space frame that provides
support fo r gravity loads.
2. Resistance to lateral load is provided by shear walls
or braced frames and moment-resisting frames
(SMRF. IMRF. MMRW F or steel OM RF). The
moment-resisting frames shall be designed to
independently resist at least 25 percent of the design
base shear.
3. The Iwo sys tems s hall be designed 10 resist the total
design base shear in proportion to their relative
rigidities considering the interaction of the dual
sys tem at a ll levels.
208 .4.6 .5 C a ntilevered C olu m n Sys tem
A structural system relying on cantilevered column
elements for lateral resistance.
208.4.6.6 Und efin ed Structu ra l Syste m
A st ructural sys tem not listed in Table 20 8-11.
208.4.6.7 Nonbui lding St r uc tura l Sys te m
A structural system conforming to Sect ion 20 8.9.
208.4 .7 He ig ht Li mits
Height limits for the various structural systems in Seismic
Zone 4 are given in Table 208-11 .
Exception: .
Regular structures may exceed-these limits by lIot more
than 50 percent fo r unoccupied structures. which are 1I0/'
accessible to the general public. . .
208.4 .8 Selectio n of La tera l Force Pr ocedure
An y structure may be, and certain structures defined
below shall be, designed using the dynamic lateral-force
procedures of Section 20 R.6.
1h
2-80 CHAPTEH 2 Minimum Design Load'

Tab le 208 - 10 Horizonta l Structural Irregularities

-
Tab le 208- 9 Vert ica l Structural Irregularities Referen ce
Irreg ularity Type a nd Definition
Refer ence Sect io n
Irrcg ulartry Ty pe and Definition
Section I. T orsion al Irregul a ri ty - To Be
I. Stiffness Ir re g ularit y - So ft Conside red \ Vhen I>i ap hr agm s A rc
Sto ry Not Flexibl r
A so ft story IS one 111 which the Torsional irregu larity s hall be
208 .4,8,3 20 8,8 ,2, 8
late ral stiffness is less than 70 percent co nsi de red to exis t when the
IIe1l1 2
of that in the story above or less than
80 percen t of the ave rage stiffness of
maximum story d rift, co mputed
including accidenta l to rsion, at o ne
Item 6
,
the three sto ries above. end of the struct ure tran sverse to an
2, Weight (Mass) Irregularit y axis is more than 1.2 times the
Mass irregu lar ity sha ll be considered average of the story drifts o f the two
to e xis t where the effective mass of 208.4,8,3 ends of the structure.
any story is more than 150 percent of Item 2 2_ Re-Entrant C or ner Irregularity
the effective mass of an adja cent Plan configurations of a structure and
story, A roof that is ligh ter than the its lateral- force-resisting sys tem 20 8,8.2 ,8
floor below need not be cons ide red. co ntain re-e ntrant corners, whe re both Items 6
3, Vertical G eom etr ic Irregularity projections of the structure beyo nd a and 7
Vert ical geometric irregular ity shall re-entrant co rner are greater than 15
be con side red to exist wh ere the percent of the plan dimension of the
horizontal dimension of the lateral- 208 .4.8,3 structure in the uiv cn di rect ion.
force- res isting system in any story is Item 2 3, Diaphragm Discontin uity
more than 130 percent of that in an Irregularity
adjacent sto ry. One-story pen tho uses Diaphragms with abr upt dis-
need not be co nsidered. continuities or variation s in stiffness,
4, In -Plane Discontinuity In Vert ical incl ud ing tho se having cuto ut or open 208,8.2.8
L ateral-Force-Resisting El em ent areas greater than 50 percent of the Item 6
Irr egularit y gross enc lose d area of the diap hragm ,
208 ,5,8, I
An ill-plane offset o f the latera l-load - o r change s in effective diaphragm
resis ting cleme nts greater than the stiffness of me re than 50 percent from
lenuth o f those cle men ts. - one sto rv to the next.
S_ Disco n ti nu ity In Cap ac ity - weak 4. O u t-O f- Pla ne O ffse ts Ir r egul a ri ty 208 ,5.8 , I
Sto ry Irr egu larit y Disco ntinuities in a latera l force path, 208.8,2 ,8
A wea k story is one in which Ihe such as out-o r-plan e o ffsets of the Item 6;
sto ry streng th is less than 80 percen t vertical e lement s 5 15,7
of tha t ill the sto ry above . The SIOry 208 .4,9, I 5. Non pa ra llel Sys tems Ir regu larit y
strength is the total strength of all The ver tical latera l-load-resis ting
seis mic-resi sting clements sharing clemen ts arc no t par alle l 10 or
20 8,8, I
the sto ry for the direction under symmet ric about the major o rthogo nal
co nsi dera tion. axes of the lateral force -resis ting
. sys tems. _ .--

Association of Structural Enqineers of tile Philippin es


208.4.8.1 Simplified Static
The simplified static lateral-force procedure set forth in
Section 208.5.2.3 may be used for the following
structures of Occupancy Category IV or V:
1. Buildings of any occupancy (including single-family
dwellings) not more than three stories in height
excluding basements that usc light-frame
construction.
2. Other buildings not more than two stories in height
excluding basements. . above.
208.4.8.2 Static
The static lateral force procedure of Section 208.5 may be
used for the following structures:
1. All structures, regular or irregular in Occupancy
Categories IV and V in Seismic Zone 2.
2. Regular structures under 75 III in height with lateral
force resistance provided by systems listed in Table
208-11, except where Section 208.4.8.3, Item 4,
applies.
3. Irregular StJ1ICturCS not more than five stories or 20
in height.
4. Structures having a flexible upper portion supported
on a rigid lower portion where both portions of the
structure considered separately can be classified as
being regular, the average story stiffness of the lower
portion is at least IO times the average story stiffness
of the upper portion and the- period of the entire
structure is not greater than !.l times the period of
the upper portion considered as a separate structure
fixed at the base.
208.4.8.3 Dynamic
The dynamic lateral-force procedure of Section 208.6
shall be used for all other structures, including the
following:
1. Structures 75 m or more in height, except as
permitted by Section 208.4.8.2, Item I.
2. Structures having a stiffness, weight or geometric
vertical irregularity of Type I, 2 or 3, as defined in
Table 208-9, or structures having irregular features
not described in Table 208-9 or 208-10, except as
permitted by Section 208.5.4.1.
3. Structures over five stories or 20 111 in height in
Seismic Zone 4 not having the same structural system
throughout their height except as permitted by
Section 208.6.2.
4. Structures, regular or irregular, located on Soil
Profile Type SF, that have a period greater than 0.7
second. The analysis shall include the effects of the
National Structural Code of the Philippines
CHAr'TEF, 2.. Minimum Design Loads 2-81
soils at the site and shall conform to Section 208.6.2,
Item 4.
208.4.9 System Limitations
208.4.9.1 Discontinuity
Structures with a discontinuity in capacity, vertica:
irregularity Type 5 as defined in Table 208-9, shall not be
over two stories or 9 111 in height where the weak story has
a calculated strength of less than 65 percent of the story
Exception:.
Where the weak story is capable of!i~slsting a total
lateral. .seismic' force of n" times. flii design fore,
prescribed in Section 208.5. ', . , ,.'
208.4.9.2 Undefined Structural Systems
For undefined structural systems not listed in Table 208
II, the coefficient R shall be substantiated by approve'
cyclic test data and analyses. The following items shall be
addressed when establishing R:
III I. Dynamic response characteristics,
2. Lateral force resistance,
3. Overstrength and strain hardening or softening,
4. Strength and stiffness degradation,
5. Energy dissipation characteristics,
6. System ductility, and
7. Redundancy.
208.4.9.3 Irregular Features
All structures having irregular features described in Table
208-9 01' 208-10 shall be designed to meet the additional
requirements of those sections referenced in the tables.
208.4.10 Alternative Procedures
Alternative lateral-force procedures using rational
analyses based on well-established principles of
mechanics may be used in lieu of those prescribed in
these provisions.
208.4,10.1 Seismic ISOlation
Seismic isolation, energy dissipation and damping
systems may be used in the design of structures when
approved by the building official- and when special
detailing is used to provide results equivalent to those
obtained by the usc of conventional structural systems.
e" Edition Volume 1
 282 CHAPTE:f~ 2 ..- Minimum Design Loads

208.5 Minimum Design Lateral Forces and Related For braced frames, the value of r, is equal to the
Effects maximum horizontal force component in a single brace
element divided by the total story shear.
208.5.1 Earthquake Loads and Modeling
Requirements For moment frames, r, shall be taken as the maximum of
the sum of the shears in any two adjacent columns in a
208.5.l.I Earthquake Loads moment frame bay divided by the story shear. For
Structures shall be designed for ground motion producing columns common to two bays with moment-resisting
structural response and seismic forces in any horizontal connections on opposite sides at Level i in the direction
direction. The following earthquake loads shall be used in under consideration, 70 percent of. the shear in that
the load combinations set forth in Section 203: column may be used in the column shear summation.

(208 I) For shear walls, r, shall be taken as the maximum value or

(2082)
where:
E = the earthquake load on an clement of the structure
resulting from the combination of the horizontal
component, E I" and the vertical component, E,..
Eli = the earthquake load due to the base shear, V, as set
forth in Section 208.5.2 or the design lateral force,
Fp, as set forth in Section 208.7.
E", = the estimated maximum earthquake force that can
be developed in the structure as set forth in Section
208.5.1.1, and used in the design of specific
elements of the structure, as specifically identified
in this code.
E,. = the load effect resulting from the vertical
component of the earthquake ground motion and is
equal to an addition of O.5Cc/Dto the dead load
effect, D, for Strength Design, and may be taken as
zero for Allowable Stress Design.
.0" = the seismic force amplification factor that is
required to account for structural cverstrcngth . as
set forth in Section 208.5.3. I.
p = Reliability/Redundancy Factor as given by the
following equation:
the product of the wall shear multiplied by 3/ 'wand
divided by the total story shear, where I,.. is the length of
the wall in meter.
For dual systems, ri shall be taken as the maximum value
of ri as defined above considering all lateral-load-resisting
elements. The lateral loads shall be distributed to
clements based on relative rigidities considering the
interaction of the dual system. For dual systems, the value
of p need not exceed 80 percent of the value calculated
above.
p shall not be taken less than 1.0 and need not be greater
than 1.5. For special moment-resisting frames, except
when used in dual systems, p shall not exceed 1.25. The
number of bays of special moment-resisting frames shall
be increased to reduce r, such that p is less than or equal
to 1.25.
Exception:
All may be taken as the average floor area in the upper
setback portion 0/ the building where a larger base area
exists at the groundfloor.
When calculating drift, or when the structure is located in
Seismic Zone 2, p shall be taken equal to 1.0.

(20R3) The ground motion producing lateral response and design

where:
the maximum clement-story shear ratio. For "
given direction of loading, the element-story shear
ratio is the ratio of the design story shear in the
most heavily loaded single clement divided by the
total design story shear.
For any given Story Level i, the clement-story shear ratio
is denoted as 1",. The maximum clcmcnt-srory shear ratio
I'll"" is defined as the largest of the clement story shear
ratios, 1'" which occurs in any or the story levels at or
below the two-thirds height level ofthe building.
seismic forces may be assumed to act non-concurrently in
the direction or each principal axis of the structure, except
as required by Section 20X.8.1.
Seismic dead load. I-V, IS the total dead load and
applicable portions of other loads listed below.
1. ln storage and warehouse occupancies, a minimum or
25 percent ofthe floor live load shall be applicable.
2. Where a partition load is used in the floor design,
load of IlO( less than O.S kNhn~ shall bc included.
1. Total weigh: or permanent equipment shall be
included.

Asscclauo of Structural Enqinecrs of tile Phi!1PPlflZ'?5

 CHAPTEr< 2 - Mintml1lrt Design Loads 2-83

208.5. 1.2 Modelling Requirement s

The total design base shear shall not be less than the
The mathematical model of the physical structure shall following:
include all clements of the lateral-force-resisting system.
Thc model shall also include Ihe stiffness and strength of V=O.J r:~I W (208-6)
elements, which arc significant to the distribution of
forces, and shall represent the spatial distribution of the
In addition, for Seismic Zone 4, the total base shear shall
mass a nd stiffness of the structure. In addition, the model
also not be less than the following:
shall comply with the following:
1. Stiffness properti es or rein forced concrete and v = 0.8ZN,. 1 W (208 -7)
masonry elements shall co nside r the effec ts of 11
cracked sections.
208.5 .2.2 Str ucture Period
2. For steel moment frame systems, the contribution of
panel zone deformations to overall story drift shall be The value of T shall be determined from one of the
included. following methods:

208.5. 1.3 P6 Effects I. Meth od A:

The resulting member forces and moments and [he SIOI)' For all buildings, the value T may be approximated from
drifts induced by P6 effects shall be considered in the the following equation:
evaluation of overall structural frame stability and shall be 314
evaluated using the forces produ cing the displacements of T = C/1I1/) (208-8)
6 5. P6 need not be considered when the ratio of
where:
secondary moment to primary moment does not exceed
0.10; the ratio may be evaluated for any SIOty as the C/ := 0.0853 for steel moment-resisting frames.
product of the tolal dead and 1I00r live loads, as required C = 0.073 1 for reinforced concrete moment-
in Section 203, above tile story times the seismic drift in resisting frames and eccentrically braced frames.
that story divided by the product of the seismic shear in C. = 0.0488 for all other buildings.
that story times the height of that story. In Seismic Zone
4, P6 needvnot be considered when the story drift ratio Alternatively, the value of C, f7ft
structures with concrete
docs not exceed 0.02 , R. or maso nry shear wa lls may be tak en as 0.0 743 I [if; .

208.5.2 Sta tic Force Pr ocedure The value of A. shall be determined from the following
equation:
208.5 .2.1 Design Base Shear
The total design base shear in a given direction shall be (20 8-9)
determined from the following equation:

The value of De/ 17" used in Equation (20 8-9) shall not
(208 -4)
exceed 0.9.

The total des ign base shea r need not exceed the 2. Met hod B:
following:
The fundamental period T may be calc ulated using the
2.5 C,1 structural properties and deformational characteristics of
V ;:;; -_~- W (20 8-5)
II
the resisting clements in a properly substantiated analysis.
The analysis shall be in accordance with the requ irements
of Section 208 .5.1.2. The value of T from Method 13 shall
1101 exceed a va lue 30 percent greater than the va lue of T
obtained from Method /\ in Seismic Zone 4, and 40
percent in Seismic Zone 2.

N8t1oJla l Structura l Co de of the Ptulip putes Gill Edition Vo lume '1

 2-84 CHAPTEH 2 - Minimum Design l.oads

Table 208- 11A Earthquake-Fo rce-Resisting Structu ra l Sys tems of Concrete

- ~--

System Limit ation and

Buil ding Heig ht Limitation by
Basic Seismic-Force Resisting Syst ~p~ II fl o Seismic Zone, m

A. Bearlnt: Wall Syste ms

fJJ!-
~

'."- 'i/I.
e

Zon e 2
-
Zone 4
- 1-- - -50-- - -
Special reinforced con crete shear walls 4.5 2.8 NL .__.-
- ----~-

Ordinary reinforced concrete S hf~l" walls 4.5 2.8 NL

/1. Building Frame Systems
Special reinforced concrete shear walls or 5.5 28 NL 75
braced frames
Ordinary reinforced concrete shear walls or 5.6 2.2 NL NP
braced frames
lntermcdiatc precast shear walls or braced 5.5 2.8
frames
C Moment-Resistinu Frame Sv stems
Special reinforced concrete moment frames 8.5 2.8 NL NL
Intermediate reinforced concrete moment 5.5 2.8 NL NP
frames
Ordinary reinforced concrete moment frames 3.5 2.8 NL NP
D. Dual Svstems
Special reinforced con crete shear walls 8.5 2.8 NL NL
O rdinary rein forced concrete shear wa lls 6.5 2.8 NP NP
E. Dua l System with Intermediate Mom ent Fram es
Soecial reinforced co ncrete she ar walls 6.5 2.8 NL 50
Ordinary reinforced concrete shear walls 4.2 2.8 NL 50
Shear wall frame interactive system with
ordinary reinforced concrete moment frames 4.2 2.8 NP NP
and ord inary reinforced concrete shear walls -
F. Cantile vered Column Building Sv stems ..
_ "-_ . _ . ~

Cantilevered column elements 2.2 2.0 NL 10

G. Shear 'Vall- Fram e Int eraction Svstems 5.5 2.8 NL 50

Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines

 CHAPTEH 2 ..- Minimum Design Loads 2 - 8 ~)

Table 208- 1113 Eart hquake-Force-Resisting Structural Systems of Steel

System Limitation ' nd
Building Height Lim;' . 'on by
Basic Se ismic-Fo rce Resist in g Sys tem R
Seism ic Zon e,
Zone 2 -;>' 4
'-"-'- ---1

2.8 2.2 NL

4.4 2.2 NL
, Light framed walls sheathed with wood
structural panels rated for shear resistance or 4 .5 2.8 NL
steel shee ts
,
Light-framed walls with shear panels of all
4.5 2.8 NL
other light materials
, Light-framed wall systems using nat strap
2.8 2.2 NL
bracing
B. Bid /dine Frame S vstems
, Steel eccentrically braced frames (EI3F),
mom ent-re sisting conn ections at columns 8.5 2.8 NL
away from links
, Steel eccentrically braced frames (EI3F), non
moment-res isting connections at col umns 6.0 2.2 NL
away from links
, Special concentrically braced frames (SCSI') 6.0 NL
, Ordinary concentrically braced frames (OCS F) 3.2 NL
, Light-framed walls sheathed with wood
6.5 2.8 NL
struc tura l nane ls I sheet steel oanc ls
2.5 2.8 NL

7 2.8 NL

Buc kling-restrai ned braced frames, moment-

8 2.8 NL
resistin g beam -column connec tion s
Spec ial steel plate shear walls (SPSW) 7 28 NL
C Moment-Resistine Frame Svstems
, Spec ial moment-resisting frame ISMRF) 8.0 3 NL
Intermediate steel moment frames (lMF) 4.5 3 NL
, Ordinary moment frames IOMF) 3.5 3 NL
, Snccial truss moment frames (STMF) 6.5 3 NL
Spec ia l co mposite stec l and co ncrete mom ent
8 3 NL
frames - - -- - -1- ....
Inte rmed iate compos ite moment frames 5 3 NL
/-_ ' _ C
","
o:.:
m=p(o"s"it"e.=
par"rt",ia",I-,-IY
L:.:re",s",tr"a"in
, "e",d"'",n",
o"l11"c",n:;;t.:.
lr:.:a:;;n,,,le"'s'--iI .::6 .i--__.::3 j _ _-,4.:.8::,-.. ..
Ordinary composite moment frames ..~3. II- - - ::.3- - - - .- - N_P- - -
D. DUill S}'ste11ls with S pecilJI Alo me1Jt Frames _ __._~_ ..- -1
, Stee l eccentrically braced frames
, Spcci,1i stcel concenlllcally bracct!. frames
Co m pos ite steel and concrete eccentricall y
..
8
8
.__-.2.
2.8
~
28
_ _ ~_ _
NL

NL
j' .
t

._ braced frame _ . _ . L .. .__ .

111
National Structural Code of the Philippines 6 Edition Volume 1
 2-86 CHAf'TEH 2 - Mimmurn Design l.oads

Tab le 208- 11B(eont' d) Eanh quake-Forcc-Resisting S truct ural Systems of S tee l

_._- ----, .. -------
,

Syst em I..i fH it ;~ ; h n ;Iu d

Building Height Linu ra tio n by
Basi c Seism ic-Fo r ce Resisting Sys tem
R no Seismic Zone, III
._- ..
Zon e 2 ...... Zone 4 _. .
Composi te steel and con crete concentrically
6 2.H NL
__ NL
braced frame
_
.. ._..-

,
-
~
Composite steel plate shear walls -
7.5 2.8 ._. NL ... .... . NL ...
~ - - _

Bucklina-restrained braced frame 8 2.8 NL _ . _-_. NL_ --- _.. "

Specia l steel plate shea r wa lls 8 2.8 NL NL

... ---- _ . . .
Masonry shea r wa ll wit h stee l OM RF 4 .2 2.8 NL -- - - -50_... -

Ste el EBF with stee l S M RF 8.5 2.8 NL NL

--..
S tee l EBF with stee l OMRF 4.2 2.8 NL 50

Special concentrically braced frames with steel

SMR F
7.5 2.8 NL NL

Sp ecial con centr ica lly braced frame s with stee l

OM RF
4.2 2.8 NL 50
.
E'. Dual S ystem wit" Interm ediate Moment Frames
Special stec l co nce ntrically braecd frame 6 2.8 NL NP
Compos ite steel and concrete co ncentrically
5.5 2.8 NL NP
bra ced frame
Ordinary composite braced frame 3.5 2.8 NL NP
Ord inary co mpos ite reinforced co nc rete shear
5 2.8 NL NP
wa lls with stee l c leme nts
F. Cantilevered Column Building Svs tems
Special steel mom en t fra mes 2.2 2.0 10 10
In termed iate steel moment frames 1.2 2.0 10 NP
Ord inary steel mome nt fra mes 1.0 2.0 10 NP
Cantilevered column clem ents 2.2 2.0 NL 10
G. Steel Systems not Spe cifically Derailed f or
3 3 NL NP
Se ismic Resistance, Ex cluding Cantilever S vstems

Ta ble 208- 11C Ea rthquake-Force-Resis ting Structu ral Systems o f Ma son ry

System Limitation and
Building He ight Limitation by
Basic Seis m ic-Fo rc e Resisting System R no Seismic Zone, m
Zonc 2 ZOIlC 4 ...
A. Bearing IVaI!Systems
Masonrv shear walls 4.5 2.8 NL 50 .... -
R Huildill/.: Fram e Systems
Masonry shear walls .-: 5.5 2.8 NL 50
C Moment- Resisting Fram e Svstcms --_._- - - -
Masonry moment-resisting wall frames 6.5 28 NL 50
(MM R WF )
D. Dual Svs tems -_..

Ma so nry shear walls w ith S M RF

M asonry s hear walls w ith s teel OMRF
5.5
4.2
z.s
2.8
NL
NL
50
50
-

-- Mason ry shea r wa lls w ith co ncre te IM RF 4.2

-
2.8 NL NP
__....._~_, ~ as_<2.~ ry shear w!1l1s with ll1 a s~m ry M M r~.~~_ 6.0
- ---- - -- z.s ..... ._ NL
..--._- - - - --50
- _.-

Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines

 CHAPTEf~ 2 - Minimum De s ign l oads 2M

Table 208-11 D Eart hquake -Foree-Re sisting Struc tura l Sys tems of Wood
System Limitation and
Building Hei ght Limitation by
Basic Sc lsnuc-For ce Resi sting Syste m R no Seismic Zone (meters)
Zone 2 Zon e4
-:4: Bearing Wall Systems
Ligh t-fra med walls with shear panels: wood
stru ctural panel walls for struc tu res three 5.5 2.8 NL 20
sto ries or less \ - .. - -
H eavy timber braced frames where brac ing
2.8 2.2 NL 20
ca rries zravitv load
Lig ht-framed walls with wood shear panels
NA NA
walls for stru ctures three stories or less
All other liaht framed wa lls NA NA
Heavy tim ber-braced frames where bracing
carries zravitv load
2.8 2.2 NL 20
B. Building Frame Systems
Light-framed walls with shear pan els: wood
struc tura l panel wa lls for structures three 6.5 2.8 NL 20
stori es or less
O rdinary heavv timber-braced frame s 5.6 2 .2 NL 20
where the value of C. sha ll be based on Tab le 208 -7 for
The funda men tal period T may be comp uted by using the the soil profile type . When the soi l prop erties are not
follo wi ng equa tion: know n in suffic ient deta il to determine the soil profile
type , Ty pe SD shall be used in Seismic Zo ne 4, and Type

Su shall be used in Se ism ic Zo ne 2. In Seismic Zone 4,

(208 - 10) the Near-Sou rce Factor, Nr;, need not be gre ater than 1.2 if
, none of the fol lowing struc tu ral irregularit ies arc present:
I. Type 1, 4 or 5 of Tab le 208-9 , or

I The values of .Ii represent any lateral force distributed

approximately in accordance with the principles of
2. Type I or 4 of Table 208-10.

208.5.2.3.2 Vertical Distribulion

I Equati on s (208- 13), (208 - 14) and (208- 15) or any other The forces at eac h level sha ll be calc ulated using the
I ratio na l distribution. The clastic defl ections, OJ, shall be
calculated usin g the applied latera l forees, f,.
following equ ation :

I F = _3C _
0 w, (208- 12)

II
~
208.5. 2.3 Simp lified Design Base S hea r
Structures conforming to the requirements of Section
208.4.8. 1 may be designed using this procedure.
X R '
where the value of Co shall be determined as in Section
208.5.2.3.1.

I I
~
208.5.2.3.1 Ba se Shea r
The total design base shear in a given direction shall be
208.5.2.3.3 A pplica bility
Se ctions 208.5.1 .2, 208.5 . 1.3, 20 8.52 .1 , 208.5.2.2,
determined from the followi ng equ ation: 208 .5.5 ,208.5.9,208 .5. 10 and 208 .6 sha ll not apply when

I 3e l/
V~ -_-W (208 - t I )
using the simplified procedur e.

I
f
.1
11

j
I Hl
National Structural Code of the Philippines 6 Edition Volume 1

I!
~

I
 2-88 CHAr' lT " 2 -_. Minimum Des ign l.oads
Etce -. ,:; j -' - . " .
F'," (/
t o f R and p.
eJJi~i.ii .... , _ . '>
208.5.10:'AS.s ", be determined using
20~, 5.9: ii~.d ,
design seismicfo rces from Section 208.5.2.3./ .
Where used. C!M sha ll be taken equal to 0.0 I times the
story heig ht of a ll stories. In Sec tio n 208.8.2.8. Equation
(208 -20) sha II read Fpx 3Ca wflx
=R
exceed C" WI''' ' but shall not be less than
and n . shall be taken from Table 208- I I.
208.5.3 Determi nation of Seismic Fac tors
208.5.3 .1 Det ermin a tion of n ,
For spec ific c lements of the structure, as spec ifically
identified in this code, the minimum design strength shall
be the product of the seismic fo rce overstrength factor Q n
and the des ign seismic forc es set f0I1h in Section 208.5.
For both Allowab le Stress Design and Strength Design.
the Se ism ic Force Overstrength Factor, 0 0 shall be taken
from Table 20 8- 11.
208.5.3.2 Determin at ion of R
T he value for R sha ll be taken from Table 208- 11.
208. 5.4 Co m bin a t ions of St ru c t ura l Sys te ms
Where combinations of struc tural
incorporated into the same structure, thc requirements of
this section shall be satisfied.
208 .5.4 .1 Vert ical Co mb inat ion s
The val ne of R used in the design of any story sha ll be
less than or equal to the value of R used ill the given
direction for the story above.
Exception:
This requirement need not be app iied to a story where the
dead weight above that s tory is less than /0 p ercent of the
total dead weight ofthe structure.
Structures may be designed using the procedures of this
section under the following conditions:
The entire structure is designed using the lowest R of the
lateral force-resisting systems used, or
I. The fol lowi ng two-stage static analysis procedures
Ill ay be used for structures conforming In Section
20R.4,R,2, Item 4.
Association of Structural Enqlneers
I .I The flexible upp er portion shall be designed as a
separate struc ture, suppo rted laterally by the
rigid lower portion, using the appropriate val ues
1.2 T he rigid lower portion shall be designed a s a
separate structure using the appropriate value s of
Ra nd p. The reactions from the upper porti on
shall be thos e dete rmi ned from the analys is of
the uppe r port ion amplified by the ratio o f the
(RIp) of the upper port ion over (Ri p) of the low er
an
d need no t portion,
a.sc"wl'x . R 208.5A.2 Com bina tions a long Differen t Axes
In Seismic Zone 4 where a structure has a bearing wall
sys tem in on ly one direction. the value of R used for
design in the o rthogonal d irection shall not be greate r than
that used for the bearing wall system.
Any co mbination of bearing wall systems, building fra me
systems, dual systems or moment-resisting frame systems
may be used to resist seismic forces in structures less than
50 m in height. Onl y co mb inatio ns of dual systems and
special mom ent- resisting frames shall be used to re sist
seismic forces in structures exceeding 50 m in height in
Seismic Zone 4 .
208 .5.4 .3 C o mb ina lions a long th e Same Axis
Where a combination of different structural systems is
utilized to resist lateral forces in the same direction, the
va lue of R used for de sign in that direction shall not be
greater than the least value for any of the systems utilized
systems are in that same direction,
208.5.5 Ve rtica l Dist ri b utlon o f Force
The total force sha ll be distribu ted ove r the beight of the
structur e in conforma nce wi th Equ atio ns (208- 13). (20 8-
14) and (208- 15) in the absence of a more rigorous
procedu re.
"F
V= FI +"L. (208- 13)
,
; =1
The concentrated force F 1 at the lap, which is in addition
10/;:1' sh a ll be d e te rmin ed from the equation:
F; =o.07TV (208- I4)
The value of T used for the purpose of calculating J-~ sha ll
be the period that corresponds with the. design base shear
as computed using Equation (20 8 ~4 ), PI need not exceed
O,2:V and may be considered as zcro where T i'; 0.7
second or less. The remaining portion or the b;ls" :.k .f
shall bc d istribute d over the he ight of the struct ure ,
including Level 11, according to the following equation:
or the Philippines

F = (II - F, )w,h,
(208- 15)
x "
L W;h;
i=1
At each level designated as x, the force F, sha ll be applied
over the area of the building in accordance with the mass
distribut ion at that level. Structural displacements and
design seismic forces shall be ca lculated as the effect of
forces F, and F, applied at the appropriate levels above
the base.
208.5.6 Horizontal Distribution of Shear
The des ign story shear, V" in any story is the sum of the
forces F, and F, above that story. V, shall be d istributed to
the various elements of the vertical lateral force-resisting
system in proportion to their rigidi ties, considering the
rigid ity of the diaphragm . See Section 208.8.2.3 for rigid
elemen ts that a re not intend ed to be part of the lateral
force- resisting systems.
Where diaphragms arc not flexible, the mass at each level
shall be assumed to be displaced from the calculated
center of mass in each direction a distance equal to 5
perce nt of the building dim ension at that level
perpe ndicular to the direc tion of the force under
consideration. The effect of this displacement on the
S(OIY shear distribution shall be considered.
Diaphragms sha ll be considered flexib le for the purposes
of distribution of story shear and torsional moment when
the maximum lateral deformation of the diaphragm is
more than two times the average story drift of the
associated story. This may be determined by comparing
the computed midpoint in-plane deflection of the
diaphragm itsel f under lateral load with the story drift o f
adjo ining vertical-resisting e lements under equivalent
tributary lateral load.
shall be carried down to the foundation. Sec Sections
207. l and 208.8 for combining gravity and seismic forces.
National Structural Code of the Philippines 611t Edition Volume 1
CHAPTEH 2 - Minimum Design loads 2-89
208.5 ,7 Horizontal Torsional Moments
Provisions shall be made for the increased shears resuiting
fro m horizontal torsion where diaphragms arc not
flexible. The most severe load com bination for each
clement shall be co nside red for design.
The torsional design moment at a given story shall be the
moment resulting from eccentricities between applied
design lateral forces at levels aliove that story and the
vertical-resisting elements in that story plus an accidental-
torsion.
The acci dental torsional mom ent sha ll be determined by
assuming the mass is displaced as required by Sec tion
208.5.6.
Where torsional irregulari ty exi sts , as defined in Ta ble
208- 10, the effects shall be accounted for by increasing
the acc idental torsion at each level by an amplification
factor, A n determ ined from the foll owing equation:
2
A - o max
x - [1.28avg J (208- 16)
where:
00-1: =: the average of the displacements at the extreme
points of the structure at Level x, rom
o max = the maximum displacement at Level .r. mm
The valu e of A, need not exceed 3.0
208 .5.8 Overturning
Every structure shall be designed to resist the overturn ing
effects caused by earthquake forces specified in Section
208.5.5 . At any leve l, the overturning moments to be
resisted shall be determined using those seismic forces (F,
and F,) that act on levels above the level under
consideration . At any level, the incremental changes of
the design overturning moment shall be distributed to the
various resisting clements in the manner prescribed in
Section 208.5.6. Ov erturning e ffects on every element
...., " ,"~
 2-90 C H APTEI~ 2 '" Minimum Design Loads
208.5.8.1 Elements Suppor ting
Systems
208.5.8.1.1 General
Whe re any portion of the lateral load-resisting system is
discontinuous, such as for vertical irregularity Type 4 in
Table 208-9 or plan irregularity Type 4 in Table 208-10.
concre te, masonry, steel and wood e lements supporting
such discontinuous systems shall have the design strength
to resist the combination loads resulting from the special
seismic load combinatious of Section 203.5.
Exceptionst,, .. ..
I. . Th~ ~udniitf1:if/iSechY,ii'.2iJ3.5 need not exceed the
maximum force that can-be transferred to the element
' !>y thiilateral{otte-resiSifngsystem.
: : 1; " ~;,\ . ~ ., ' . ,~l; ,;,:i . : .,,'
2. c.q!l.crele~lqb~;.#HPI!i>{lII!g light-frame , wood shear
. >j!fl.{r~~.ie".~ or Iigkt17a.m.e steel and wood structural
panel shear wall systems.
For Allowab le Stress Design, the design strength may be
determined using an allowable stress increase of 1.7 and a
resistance factor, , of 1.0. This increase shaIl not be
combined with the one- third stress increase permitted by
Section 203.4, but may be combined with the duration of
load increase permitted in Section 615.3.4.
208.5.8.1.2 Detailing requirements in Seismic Zone 4
In Seismic Zone 4, elements supporting discontinuous
systems shall meet the following detailing or member
limitations:
I . Reinforced concrete or reinforced masonry elements
designed primarily as axial-load members shall
comply with Section 421.4.4.5.
2. Reinforced concrete elements designed primarily as
flexural members and supporting other than light-
frame wood shear wall system or light-frame steel
and wood structural panel shear wall systems shall
comply with Sections 421.3.2 and 421.3.3. Strength
computations for portions of slabs designed as
supporting clements shall include only those portions
of the slab lhat comply with the requirements of these
sections.
3. Masonry cle me nts designed primarily as axial-load
carrying membe rs shall comply with Sec tions
706. I. 12.4, Item I, and 70X .2.6.2.6.
4. Masonry clements designed primarily as flex ural
members shall comply with Section 70X. 2.6.2.5.
5. Steel cle ments des igned primari ly <IS axial-load
memb ers sha ll co mply wit h Sec tions 5 15.4.2 and
515.4.3
Associat ion o f Structural Engmeers of the Ptuupomes
6. Steel clements designed primarily as flexural
Discontinuous members or trusses shaJJ have bracing for both top
and bottom beam flanges or chords at the location of
the support of the discontinuous system and shaJJ
comply with the requirements of Section 515.6.1.3.
7. Wood elements designed primarily as flexu ral
members shall be provided with lateral bracing or
solid blocking at each end of the element and at the
co'ocction location(s) of the discontinuous system.
208.5.8.2 At Foundation
Sec Sections 208.4.I and 308.4 for overturning moments
to be resisted at the foundation soil interface.
208.5.9 Drift
Drift or horizontal displacements of the structure shall be
computed where required by this code. For both
Allowable Stress Design and Strength Design, the
Maximum Inelastic Response Displacement, !!." . of the
structure caused by the Design Basis Ground Motion shall
be determined in accordance with this section. The dr ifts
corresponding to the design seismic forces of Section
208.5.2. I or Section 208.6.5, !!'S. shaIl be determined in
accordance with Section 208.5.9.1. To determine !!." .
these drift s shall be amplified in accordance with Section
208.5.9.2.
208.5.9.1 Determination of As
A static, elastic analysis of the lateral force-resisting
system shall be prepared using the design seismic forces
from Section 208.5.2.1. Alternatively, dynamic analysis
may be performed in accordance with Section 208 .6.
Where Allowable Stress Design is used and where drift is
being computed, the load combinations or Section 203.3
shall be used. The mathematical model shall comply with
Section 208.5.1.2. The resulting deformations, denoted as
!!'S. shall be determined at all critical locations in the
structure. Calculated drift shall include translational and
torsional deflections.
208.5.9.2 Determination of !!.If
The Max imum Inelastic Response Displacement, AM.
shall be computed as follows:
(208-17)
Exception.' . .;:-
Alternatively, 6." may b'; ,computed by nonlinear time
history analysis In accordance with Section 208.6.6.
The analysis use d to determine the Maximum Inelastic
Response Displacement AM shall co nside r P6. effects.
 CHArJTEF, 2- Minimum Design Loads 2-91

208.5.10 Story Drift Limitation representation and shall be performed using accepted
Story drifts shall be computed using the Maximum principles of dynamics.
Inelastic Response Displacement, 11 M .
Structures that are designed in accordance with this
208.5.10.1 Calculated section shall comply with all other applicable
requirements of these provisions.
Calculated story drift using !!./d shall not exceed 0.025
times the story heigh! for structures having a fundamental
208.6.2 Ground Motion
period of less than 0.7 sec. For structures having a
fundamental period of 0.7 sec or greater, the calculated The ground motion representation shal1, as a minimum, be
story drill shall not exceed 0.020 times the story height. one having a to-percent probability of being exceeded in
50 years, shall not be reduced by the quantity R and may
Exceptions: be one of the following:
i. These drift limits may be exceeded when it is 1. An clastic design response spectrum constructed in
demonstrated that greater drift can be toierated by accordance with Figure 208-3, using the values of Co
both structural elements and nonstructural elements and C. consistent with the specific site. The design
that could affect life safety. The drift used in this acceleration ordinates shall be multiplied by the
assessment shall be based upon the Maximum acceleration of gravity, 9.815 m/sec'.
Inelastic Response Displacement, LlM .
2. A site-specific elastic design response spectrum
2. There shall be no drift limit in single-story steel- based on the geologic, tectonic, seismologic and soil
framed structures whose primary use is limited to characteristics associated with the specific site. The
storage, factories or workshops. Minor accessOlY spectrum shall be developed for a damping ratio of
uses shall be allowed. Structures on which this 0.05, unless a different value is shown to be
exception is used shall not have equipment attached consistent with the anticipated structural behavior at
to the structural frame or shall have such equipment the intensity of shaking established for the site.
detailed to accommodate the additional drift. Walls
3. Ground motion time histories developed for the
that are laterally supported by the steel frame shall
specific site shall be representative of actual
be designed to accommodate the drift in accordance
earthquake motions. Response spectra from time
with Section 208.8.2.3.
histories, either individually or in combination, shall
approximate the site design spectrum conforming to
208.5.10.2 Limitations
Section 208.6.2, Item 2.
The design lateral forces used to determine the calculated
drift may disregard the limitations of Equation (208-6) 4. For structures on Soil Profile Type Sr, the following
and (208-7) and may be based on the period determined requirements shall apply when required by Section
from Equation (208-10) neglecting thc 30 or 40 percent 208.4.8.3, Item 4:
limitations of Section 208.5.2.2, Item 2. 4.1 The ground motion representation shall be
developed in accordance with Items 2 and 3.
208.5.11 Vertical Component
4.2 Possible amplification of building response due
The following requirements apply in Seismic Zone 4
to the effects of soil-structure interaction and
only. Horizontal cantilever components shall be designed
lengthening of building period caused by
for a net upward force of O.7Caf~r inelastic behavior shall be considered.
S. The vertical component of' ground motion may be
In addition to all other applicable load combinations, defined by scaling corresponding horizontal
horizontal prestressed components shall be designed using accelerations by a factor of two- thirds. Alternative
110t more than SO percent of' the dead load for the gravity factors may be used when substantiated by site-
load, alone or in comhinauon with the lateral force specific data. Where the Ncar Source Factor, Nil' is
effects. greater than 1.0, site-specific vertical response
spectra shall be used in lieu of the factor of two-
208.6 Dynamic Analysis Procedures thirds.

208.6.1 General 208.6.3 Mathematical Model

Dynamic analyses procedures, when used, shall conform A mathematical model of the physical structure shall
to the criteria established in this section. The analysis represent the spatial distribution of the mass and stiffness
shall be based on all appropriate ground motion of. the structure to an extent that IS . arlequate for the

National Structural Code of the Philippines s" Edition Volume 1

 2~ g ? CHAPTEH 2 .. Mimmum Desiqn Loads
calculati on or the signi ficant features of its dynamic
response. A three-dimensiona l model shall be used for
the dynam ic ana lysis of stru ctures with h igh ly irregular
pl an configurations s uch as those hav ing a plan
irr egular ity de fined in Tab le 208 10 and hav ing a rigid or
se mi- rigid diaphrag m. The stiffness properties used in the
analy s is and general mat hemat ical mo de ling sha ll bc in
accordan ce with Sec tion 208.5.1 .2.
208.6.4 Descri pt ion of Analys is Procedures
208. 6.4.1 Resp onse S pee rrn m Ana lysis
An cla st ic dynamic analys is of a structure ut ilizing the
peak dyn amic response of all mod es having a s igni ficant
cont ribut io n !O total structural response . Peak mod al
response s arc calcu lated usin g the o rdinates o f the
appro pria te respons e spectrum curv e wh ich co rre spond 10
the mod al periods. Max imum modal co ntributions are
combi ned in a statistica l manner 10 obtai n an approx imate
to tal structural response .
208.6.4. 2 T ime lI ist ory Anal ysis
An anal ys is of the dyna m ic resp onse of a structure at ea ch
increment o f time wh en the base is subjec ted to a spec ific
g ro und moti on time his tory.
208 .6.5 Resp on se Spec t r u m Ana lysis
208.6.5. 1 Resp onse Spect r u m Representat ion and
In terpret a tion or R esu lt s
The ground motion representa tion shall be in acco rda nce
with Se cti on 20 8.6.2. Th e co rres po nd ing respon se
pa rameter s. incl ud ing forces. mom ents and displa ce men ts.
s ha ll be denoted as Elas tic Re sponse Param eters. Elastic
Res pon se Para meters may be reduce d in acco rdanc e wit h
Sec tio n 20S .6 .5.4 .
The base shear for a given directio n. determin ed using
dynamic analysis must not be less than the valu e obtained
by the equi valent lateral force method of Section 208.5 .2.
In thi s case, a ll co rres pond ing respo nse param eters arc
adj us ted proportio na te ly.
208.6.5.2 Nu mher or Mo d es
The req ui rem en t o f Sec tio n 20R.6.4. 1 that <III sig n ifica nt
modes be inc luded may he satisfied by de mo nst rating that
for the mod es cons ide red .It least 90 percen t orthe
part icipat ing mass or the structure is included in the
calc u latio n o f resp onse lor each principal hor izo ntal
direction .
20S.6.5.] C O lll h i ll i n ~ i\lo des
Th e pc ak member fo rces , di splacements. stor y forces,
sto ry s hears and base reac tions tor ea ch mo de s hall be
Association of Structural Enqmenrs of the Phill pPI1 H':lS
co mb ined by rec ogni zed meth ods. When th ree -
dimens ion al mode ls are used for ana lysis, m od al
interaction e ffec ts shall be conside red when co mb in ing
moda l maxim a.
208.6.5.4 Redu ct ion of Elastic Resp onse Paramet ers
for Design
Elastic Response Para meters may be redu ced for purposes
o f design in accordan ce w ith the followi ng items, with th e
limitation that in no case sha ll the Elastic Res pons e
Parameter s be red uced suc h thai the co rrespond ing desi g n
base she ar is less than the Elastic Respo nse Base Shear
di vided by the va lue o r R.
I. For all regu lar struc tu res where the ground mo tio n
representati o n co mp lies with Section 208.6.2. Item I ,
Elast ic Re spon se Parameters may be reduced such '
that the correspond ing design base shea r is no t less
than 90 percen t o f the ba se shear det ermined in
acco rdance wi th Sec tion 208.5.2.
2. For all reg u lar structu res whe re thc grou nd mo tio n
representati on co m plies wi th Sect ion 208 .6.2, h e m 2,
Elas tic Respon se Parameters may be reduced such
that the corres ponding design base shear is not les s
than 80 percen t o f the base shea r determ ined in
accordan ce w ith Sec tio n 20 S.5.2.
3. Fo r all irregu la r structu res, regard less of the gro und
motion rep rese ntation, Elastic Response Param ete rs
may be red uced s uch tha t the corresponding des ign
bas e s hear is 110t less than 100 pe rcent o f the ba se
s hear determined in accordan ce with Sec tion 208.5 .2.
Th e co rres po ndi ng redu ced design se ism ic fo rces sha ll be
used for design in acco rda nc e w ith Sec tion 203.
208.6.5.5 Dir ection a l Effects
Directiona l effec ts fo r horizonta l gro und motion sha ll
co n fo rm to the req uireme nts of Sec tio n 208.5. 1. The
effects of vert ical grou nd motions Oil horiz o ntal
cantilevers an d prestr esse d elements sha ll be co ns idered
in acco rdance wit h Sec tio n 208.5.1 l . Altern ately. vertical
se ismic response may be de termi ned by dyna mic res ponse
me tho ds; in 110 case shall the res pon se used for desig n be
less than thai ob tain ed by the static me thod .
208.6.5.6 Torsiun
Th e <lila lysis sha ll acco unt fo r to rsional effects, including
acc ide ntal torsional e ffects as prescr ibed in Sect ion
20X.).7. Wh ere three-dimen siona l .mo dc ls are used for
ana lysis. e ffects of acc ide n ta l tor s ion sha ll be accoun ted
for by approp riate adjustments in the model suc h as
adj ust ment or mass locutions. o r by equ ivale nt stati.:
pro cedures s uch as pro vided in Sect ion 208.5 .6.

208.6.5.7 Dnal Systems
Where the lateral forces arc resisted by a dual system as
defined in Section 208.4.6.4. the combined system shall
be capable of resisting the base shear determined in
accordance with this section. The moment-resisting frame
shall conform to Section 208.4.6.4, Item 2, and may be
analyzed using either the procedures of Section 208.5.5 or
those or Section 208.6.5.
208.6.6 Time History Analysis
208.6.6.1 Time History
Time-history analysis shall be performed with pairs of
appropriate horizontal ground-motion time- history
components that shall be selected and scaled from not less
than three recorded events. Appropriate time histories
shall have magnitudes, fault distances and source
mechanisms that are consistent with those that control the
design-basis earthquake (or maximum capable
earthquake). Where three appropriate recorded ground-
motion time-history pairs arc not available, appropriate
simulated ground-motion time-history pairs may be used
to make up the total number required. For each pair of
horizontal ground- motion components, the square root of
the sum of the squares (SRSS) of the 5 percent-damped
site-specific spectrum of the scaled horizontal
components shall be constructed. The motions shall be
scaled such that the average value of the SRSS spectra
does not fall below 1.4 times the S percent-damped
spectrum of the design-basis earthquake for periods from
G.2T second to I.ST seconds. Each pair of time histories
shall be applied simultaneously to the model considering
torsional effects.
The parameter of interest shall be calculated for each
time- history analysis. If three time-history analyses arc
performed, then the maximum response of the parameter
of interest shall be used for design. If seven or more time-
history analyses arc performed, then the average value of
the response parameter of interest may be used for design.
208.6.6.2 Elastie Time History Analysis
Elastic time history shall conform to Sections 208.6.1,
20R.6.2, 20R6J, 208.6.5.2, 208.6.5.4, 208.6.5.5,
208.6.5.6,208.6.5.7 and 208.6.6.1. Response parameters
from clastic time-history analysis shall be denoted as
Elastic Response Parameters. All clements shall be
designed using Strength Design. Elastic Response
Parameters may be scaled in accordance with Section
208.6.5.4.
National Structural Code of the Philippines 6
CHAfYITf, 2 - Minimum Design Loads 2-93
208.6.6.3 Nonlinear Time History Analysis
208.6.6.3.1 Nonlinear Time History
Nonlinear time history analysis shall meet rhe
requirements of Section 208.4.10, and time histories shall
be developed and results determined in accordance with
the requirements of Section 208.6.6.1. Capacities vmd
characteristics of nonlinear elements shall be modc.cd
consistent with test data or substantiated analysis,
considering the Importance Factor. .. .The maximu.n
inelastic response displacement shall notbe reduced ,:lid
shall comply with Section 208.5.10.
208.6.6.3.2 Design Review
When nonlinear time-history analysis is used to justify"
structural design, a design review of the lateral- force
resisting system shall be performed by an independent
engineering team, including persons licensed in the
appropriate disciplines and experienced in seismic
analysis methods. The lateral-force-resisting system
design review shall include, but not be limited to, the
following:
I. Reviewing the development of site-specific spectra
and ground-motion time histories.
2. Reviewing the preliminary design or the lateral-
force-resisting system.
3. Reviewing the final design of the lateral-force-
resisting system and all supporting analyses.
The engineer-of-record shall submit with the plans and
calculations a statement by all members of the
engineering team doing the review stating that the above
review has been performed.
208.7 Lateral Force on Elements of Structures,
Nonstructural Components and Equipment Supported
by Structures
208.7.1 General
Elements of structures and their attachments, permanent
nonsuuctural components and their attachments, and the
attachments for permanent equipment supported by a
structure shall be designed to resist the total design
seismic forces prescribed in Section 208.7.2.
Attachments for floor- or roof-mounted equipment
weighing less than 1.8 kN, and furniture need not be
designed,
Attachments shall include anchorages and required
bracing. Friction resulting from gravity loads shall not be
considered to provide resistance to seismic forces.
111
Edition Volume 1
 2-94 C H A P T E F~ 2 -' Minimum Des ign Loads
When the structural failure of the lateral-force-resisting
systems of non rigid eq uipment would cause a life hazard,
such systems sha ll be designed to resist the se ism ic forces
prescribed in Sectio n 208.7.2.
When permissible design stren gths and other acceptance
criteria are not contained in or referenced by this code,
such criteria shall be obtained from approved national
standards subjec t to the approval of the bui lding offic ial.
208.7.2 D esi gn for To ta l Lateral Fo rce
The tota l design latera l seismic force, Fp , sha ll be
dctennin ed from the followin g eq uation :
A ltern atively, Fp may be ca lculated using the followi ng
equation :
Fp = a pC,,! I'
Rp
(I+ 3h,.
hx )Wp (208- 19)
Exc ept that I'~' sha ll no t be less than O.7C'/rl Vp and
need not be more than tK~JpUlp '
where:
h, = the clement or co mponent attac hment elevation
wi th respect to g rade . h, shall not be taken less than
0.0.
h,. = the structu re roof elevation with respect to grade.
a" = the in-structure Compo nent Amplification Factor
that varies fro m 1.0 to 2.5.
A va lue for a" shall be se lected from Table 208- 12.
A lterna tive ly, this facto r may be determ ined based on the
dynamic proper ties or emp irica l da ta o f the co mponen t
and the structure that supports it. The value shall not be
taken less than 1.0.
R; is the Component Response "Modifi catio n Factor that
shall be taken from Tab le 208-12, exce pt that Rp for
anchorages shall equal 1.5 for shallow expansion anchor
bolt s, sha llow chemical an chor s or s hallow cast-in-place
anchor s. Shallow anchors are those w ith an embedment
length-to-diameter ratio of less than X. When anchorage is
cons tructe d o f nond uctilc mater ials, or by lI~C o f ad hesive,
Rp s ha ll equa l 1.0.
The design lateral forces determined using Equation (208 -
18) or (20 8- 19) sha ll be distributed in prop orti o n to the
mass distribu tion of the clem en t or co mpo nent.
Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines
Forces de termi ned using Equation (2 0 o ~ : '\ j :.:" -:<;)
shall be used to design membe rs and cO lli; ~' c t i ( ' ; ; i {:.at
transfer these forces to the seismic- !'I' ~ ' "; ; ' ; i ; "'. ::', ::~~! ",'
Members and co nnec tion design shali i b ;';' iii,:; >"f ' I J
combinations and factors specified in S~' ( i i c n : : 03 .~) or
203.4. The Reliability/Redundancy Factor, p , may be
taken eq ual 10 1.0.
For applicable forces and Com ponent !i," : 'o n':,'
Mod ification Factors in conn ectors for cxicri ;::! ' :j
diaphrag ms, refer to Sections 208 .8.2.3, 2Ut. l( ) . ' 1(1
208.8.2.8.
Forces shall be app lied in (he horizontal dirccriouc, w !l::1:
result in the most c ritica l loadings for design.
208.7.3 S pecifying Late ra l Forces
Design spec ifica tio ns for equipment shall either speci fy
the design latera l forces prescribed herein o r refere nc e
these pro vision s.
208.7.4 Rela tiv e M olion of Equipm en t At t achment s
For equipmen t in Ca tegories I and II buildings as define d
in Table 1031 , the lateral-force desi gn shall consider (1;,.-
effects of relative motion of the point s of attachmen t (0
the stru cture, usin g the drift based upon 6,.,.
208 .7 .5 A lte r native Desig ns
Where an appro ved natio nal standard o r approved
physical lest data provide a basis for the earthq uake -
resistant design of a particular type of equipment or other
nonstrucrural component, such a standa rd or data may be
accepted as a basis fo r desi g n of the items with the
following limitations:
I. These provisions shall provide minimum values for
the design o f the anchorage and the membe rs and
connect ions that transfer the forces to the se is mic-
resistin g system .
2. The force, P~1l and the overturning moment used in
the design of the nonstructural compo nent shill! , I' '
be less than 80 percent o f thc values that woul.!
obtained using these pro visions.
 CHAPTER 2 - Minimum Design Loads 2-95

Table 208-12 Horizontal Force Factors, ap and R p for

Elements of Structures and NonstructuraJ Components and Equipment
- - - - - - - _.._ - - - - - _ . _ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

~---- Category
-----
Element or Component
. ~ 1 IR,_---' Footnote-I
l. Walls including the following:
...................__ ..
a. Unbraced (cantilevered) parapets 25 30
. ..... ._-_..._----
b. Exterior walls at or above the ground floor and
1.0 3.0 2
1, Elements or p_~r:.~p~~~ braced abovetheir__~~~1t~I:~~_f_ g~~.~jty ....._... - ._--------------_._-
Structures
c. All intcricr-bearing and non-bearing walls 1.0 3.0 2
2. Penthouse (except when framed by an extension of the
2.5 4.0
S.t.rtl~tu~.?.t r!~~~) _. _ .
3. Connections for prefabricated structural elements
1.0 3.0 3
walls. See also Section 208.7.2
I. Exterior and interior ornamentations and appendages. 25 3.0
._ .. _.....- ---------
2. Chimneys, stacks and trussed towers supported on or
proj_~.c!.ing_.~_~~'::'~!l!.~~_2r . _._._ _. . _.. _.. ,._ ~ ..__ _ _.. ~_ ~~ __.__"'_
a. Laterally braced or anchored to the structural frame at 2.5 3.0
.~. P5?it_)t_~~l~~_t!1~i~ __c_~..r.~~er~ __(lf ~!:I~.~.~__ ......_.,... _ .. " ....._.__.. .~_. "'__ ._~~ _. _
b. Laterally braced or anchored to the structural frame at 1.0 3.0
or ~bov.e .theil: centers oJ m~ss . ._.. _. ~._~,,_~_

3. Signs and billboards 2.5 3.0

2. Nonstructural
Components 4. Storage racks (include contents) over 1.8 m tall. 2.5 4.0 4
- - - -- - ... --------.------ ..-----~t----~
5. Permanent floor-supported cabinets and book stacks more 1.0 3.0 5
tl.la_I~JJ.m_ in..l!~.jg!.l!". (i!lCllld~_~(ln!e~~s). __ . __ ....: .._._.._.. _...._..._ .__. 1
6. ~nchorage and lateral bracing for suspended ceilings and 1.0 3.0 3, 6, 7, 8
light fixtures __.. . _.__ _. -;
7. Access floor systems 1.0 3.0 4,5,9
----.--- - - - - - -
8. Masonry or concrete fences over 1.8 In high 1.0 3.0
. . . - ------------
9, Partitions, 1.0 3.0
---- ..- - - f---.----+--.----j
I. Tanks and vessels (include contents), including support
1.0 3.0
systems. 1----_--
I
5, 10, Il,
2. Electrical, mechanical and plumbing equipment and
1.0 3.0 12,13,14,
associated conduit and ductwork and piping.
_ .. -
15, 16
3. Any flexible equipment laterally braced or anchored to the 1-- 5-:!o,T4:
2.5 3.0
3. Equipment structural frame at a point below tl~~_t~_~~.~!t.~r of mass ..1}.,}2
4. Anchorage of emergency power supply systems and
essential communications equipment. Anchorage and
support systems for battery racks and fuel tanks necessary 1.0 3.0 17, 18
for operation of emergency equipment. See also Section
208.7.2 - ---
5. Temporary containers with flammable or hazardous
1.0 3.0 I 19
____. .~~_ ... _.~ ._ ...._..._.!.1.1atcriaJs. ~~ ..~ . .__. +_ -i _
I. Rigid components with ductile material and attachments. 1.0 30 I

2. Rigid components with nonduculc material or attachments 1.0 1.5 J

4., Other
Components J. Flexible components with ductile material and
2.5 3.0 I
attachments.
4. Flexible components with nondncrilc material or
2.5 1.5 J
attachments.

National Structural Code of tile Philippines 6\h Edition Volume 1

2-96 CHAPTEI~ 2 ,h Minimum Design Loads

Notes/or Table 208,12

I See Section 208,2 for definitions offlcxiblc components and rigid components.
I See Section 208.8.2.3 and 208.8.2. 7./01'concrete and IIJ([SOIlJY \I'{III.\'and Section 208.7.2 for connections for pond connectorsfor panels.
J Applies to Seismic: Zones 2 and 4 only.
Ground supported steel storage racks may he designed using the provisions ofSccuons 208.1), l.aad (Jill! resistancefoetor design may he
used JiJr the design ojcold-formed sled members, provided seismic doigll.fhrces are couat to or gr('oter tbun those specified ill Section
208.7.2 or 208.9.2 as appropriate.
Only anchorage or restraints need be designed
6 Ceiling weight shall include all IightJixtures and other equipment or partitions that are laterally xupported b.l' the ceiling For purposes
ofdetermining the seismicforce, (l ceiling weight 0/1101 less tuan 0,2 k?o shall he used.
1 Ceilings constructed of lath and plaster or gypsum board screw or /lail attached to suspended members tl.at supp()rt a cei/ing {If 01/1'
level extending from wall to wall need nOI be analyzed, provided Ihe 11'011,1' are not over 15 meters apan.
Light [ixtures and mechanical services installed ill metal suspension systems /01' acoustical tile and lay-ill pUllel cei(illgs sha// he
independenttysuoponedfrom Ihe structure above as specified in VBe Standard 25-2, Parr III.
Y W/Ior accessfloor systems shall be the dead 10(1(1 ofthe access floor system plus 25 percenrofsbeftoor live load plus a 0,5 kPa partition
load allowance.
III Equipmelll includes. hUI I:V not limited to, boilers, chillers, heat exchangers, pumps, air-handling units. cooling 10\\'erS, control po nels,
motors, switchgear. transformers and life-safely equipment. It shall include major conduit. dUelillg and piping, which services such
machinery and equipment andfire sprinkler systems. See Sec/ion 20g 7.2I()r addisionatrequiremenssfor determining a,,/{)r nonrigid 01'
flexibly mounted eq/uj)fnellt
/I Seismic res/rain Is lIlay he omiuedfrom piping and duct supports if all the.fr.)/fowillg conditions are satisfied:
/II Lateral motion (?(the piping or duct will not cause damaging impactll'ith other systems
IUThe piping or duct is made ofductile material with ductile connections.
/I J Lateral motion of rhe piping or duct does not cause impact I?ffnlgife appurtenances (e.g., sprinkler heads) with (Illy other equipment,
piping or structural member,
/14 Lateral motion ofthe plI)ing or duct does not cause loss 0/system vertical support,
11.1 Rod-hung supports ofless than 300 mill in length have top connections that CO}/t/Ol develop moments.
/1.6 Support members cantilevered up frOIl! theftoor are checkedfor stabilily.
tr Seismic restraints may be anuuedfratn electrical raceways, such as cable trays. conduit and bus ducts, i/a!II/II'j{!/fllll'ing conditions (Ire
satisfied:
I.' / Lateral motion ofstscraceway will not cause damaging impact with other syslell/s
rrrLateral motion offhe raceway does 1I0tcause loss ofsystem vertical SIiPPOI'l.
I; J Rod-hung supports ofless than 300 /Ill/I ill length havc rop connections that call1/ot dc\'eloll //IOII/eilts
1,'.< Support members cantilevered unfrorn ttwttoor are chockedfor slahilit),
U Piping ducts and electrical raceways, which /III/st he [unctional /ollo\\'ing an earthquake. spl1nning between di[fi'u'lIl hl/ildill,!!.s or
structural systems shall be s/4/iciel/rly.flcxible 10 withstand relative motion Orl'lljlpOrl points 11.I'''lIl11ing OUI-or:l!hasc motions
1< Vibration isolators supporting equipment sha/l he designed J{}I' lateral loads or restrained [nnn displacing taterallv loy other lI/eOIlS
Restraint shal! also be provided, which limits vertical displacement. ,weh that laterat restraints do not become disengaged. (I{, IIlld Re/ill'
equipment supported on vibration isolators shall he taicen as 2,5 a/Jd / ,5, respectively, except that (( the isolation moullting Faille is
supported by shallow or expansion anchors, the design forces for the anchors calculated hy Equation (20R.18),or (208 -19) (ineluding
limits), shall be addttionotty JI1l1ll1j)/ied by/actor (~f 2,0.
15 Eq/lipmwt al/chorage shall /lot be designed sitch Ihatloads are re.~i,l-t('d hy gra\Jity./iktioll (e,g.. /rierioll dips).
/6 Expal/sion (ll/chor,I', which are required to resist seismic loads ill lel/sioll ..I'hall nol bc !lsed wherc operatiol/al \'ihm/ing loads (liT
preSenl.
II J.lOI'l'ment (?( COmpOJlI'lIts within dectrical cabincl,l', rack(/nd skid-moullted equipmclIl tind portiolls (:/.I'kid-lI/iJIl1l/ed efi'ctrOI/lI'c1li1nicol
eqllipmenl /hal /lillY calise damaj!,c ro olher cOlI/pol/ellts b.1' di,\plilcing, shall be rl'strldcd 11.1' 1I{(IlChlll{'NI 10 (llIchorcd ('I///Ijlll/l'll/ or
suppor//mllles,
IX Balteries 011 racks sho/l he reslraincd Ilgai/l.H 1II0vel/ll'nt,in all directiON due /0 cOrlhqurlkc(orces
/v .';eismic reslraints may incll/de ,I'traps. chaillS. holt.\'. harner.l or olhel' mechonisms that pn'\'cnt stiding, /lIl1illg and hrl'och o!co/!/i1illmcllt
1?//lalJllllllble and toxic materials, Friction/iu'('('s moy /lot he uscd 10 rcsisl loll'ro! loads ill Ifl/' res/min/s un!ess positil'(' II!J/i/; restrain I is
provided which ('I/SU!'('S thai thc!i'iclio!//ol'('es (lC! ('()lIlil!llOlISfl',

Association of Slrucluml EIl~Jine8rs of the Philippines

 i:
:' 208.8 Detailed Sys tems Design Requi rem en ts
i; 208.8.1 General
_~ All Sll1lctural framing systems shall comply with the
.' requirements of Section 208.4. Only the elements of the
, designated seismic-farce-resisting system shall be used to
resist des ign forces. The individual components shall be
designed to resist the prescribed design seismic forces
acting on them. The components shall also comply with
the speci fic requirements for the material contained in
Chapters 4 through 7. In addition, such framing systems
and components shall comply with the detailed system
design requirements contained in Section 208.8.
II All build ing components in Seismic Zones 2 and 4 shall
be desig ned 10 resist the effects of the seismic forces
prescribed herein and the effects of gravity loadings from
f dead and floor live loads.
I
I
!
Consideration shall be given to design for uplift effects
caused by seismic loads.
In Seismic Zones 2 and 4, provision shall be made for the
effects of earthquake forces acting in a direction other
than the principal axes in each of the following
circumstances:
I. The structure has plan irregularity Type 5 as given in
Table 208- 10.
2. The structure has plan irregularity Type I as given in
Table 208 10 for both major axe s.
3. A co lumn o f a structure forms [1<1 11 of two or more
intersecting lateral-force-res isting systems.
W:<ception:
I'
:'if) "e axial load in the column due /0 seismic f orces
pping in either direction is less then 20 percent of /he
:l101umn axial load capacity.
The requ irement that orthogonal effects be considered
may be satisfied by design ing such elements for 100
percent of the prescribed design seismic forces in one
direction plus 30 percent of the prescribed design seismic
forces ill the perpendicular direct ion. The combination
requiring the greater component strength shall be used for
dcsign. Alternatively, the effects of the two crrhoeonul
directions may be co mbined 0 11 n squar e root of the sum
of the squares (SRSS) has is. When the SRSS method or
combining directional effects is used, each term computed
shall be assigned the sign that will result ill the most
conserv a tive resul t.
Na tio nal Snu crura ! Code of
L
CHAPl[: H 2 - Minimum Des ign Loads 2~97
208 .8.2 S t r uc t u ra l Fra min g Syste ms
Four types of general building framing systems defined in
Section 208.4.6 are recognized in these provisions and
shown in Tahle 208-11. Each type is subdivided by the
types of vert ical clements used to resist lateral seismic
forces. Special framing requirements are given in this
section and in Chapters 4 through 7.
208.8.2.1 Detailing for C ombina tions uf Syst ems
For components common to different structural systems,
the more restrictive detailing requirements shall be used.
208.8. 2.2 Connections
Connections that resist design seismic forces shall be
designed and detailed on the drawings.
208.8.2.3 Deformati ou Co mpa ti hility
All structural framing clements and their connections, not
required by design to be part of the lateral-farce-resisting
system, shall be designed and/or detailed 10 be adequate
to maintain support of design dead plus live loads whcn
subjected to the expected deformations caused by seismic
forces. Pti effects 0 11 such element s shall be considered,
Expected deformations shall be determ ined as the greater
of the Maximum inelastic Response Displacement, ~ .H.
considering PI:! effects determined in accordance with
Section 208 .5.9.2 or the dc fonna tion induced by a story
drill o f 0.0025 times the story height. When computing
expected deformations, the stiffening effect of those
clements not pan o f the lateral-fo rce-resi sting system
shall be neglected.
Fo r c lem ents not pa rt of the lateral-farce-resisting system,
the forces inducted by the expected defo rmatio n may be
cons idered as ultimate or factored forces. When
computing the forces induced by expected de formations,
the restraining effect of adjoining rigid structures and
nonst ructural elements shall be cons idered and a rational
value of member and restraint stiffness shall be used.
Inelasti c deformations of members and connections may
be considered in the evaluation, provided the assumed
calculated capacities are consistent with member and
connection design and detailing.
For con crete and masonry elem ent s that are part of the
lateral- force-resisting system, the assumed flexural and
shear stilln ess properties shall not exceed one half of the
gross section properties unless i1 rational cracked-section
analysis is perfor med. Additional deformation s that may
result from fou ndation flexibility and diaphragm
deflections shall be considered. For concrete clements not
part o f the lateral-forc e-resisting sys tem, sec Section
42 1.9.
1h
li l t: PhiliPPines G Edition voh.ro o 1
 2-98 CHAf'T EH 2 .- Mimmum Design l.oads
208.8.2.3.1 Adjoining Rigid Elements
Moment-resisting frames and shear walls may be
enclosed by or adjoined by more rigid clements. provided
it C3 n be shown that Ihe participation or failure of the
more rigid elements will not impair the vertical and
lateral- load-resisting ability of the gravity load and '
latcrnl-force-rcsisting systems. The effects of adjoining
rigid clements shall be considered when assessing
whether a structure shall be designated regula, or irregular
in Section 208.4 .5.
208.8.2.3.2 Exter ior Elements
Exterior non-bearing, non-shear wall panels or elements
that arc attached to or enc lose the exterior shall be
designed to resist thc forces per Equation (208 - 18) or
(208- 19) and shall acco mmodate movements of the
structure based on liM and temperature cha nges. Such
clements shall be supported by means of cast-in-place
co ncrete o r by mech anica l connections and fastene rs in
accordance with the followin g prov isions:
I. Connections and panel jo ints shall allow for a relative
movement between stories of not less than two times
story drift caused by wind, the calculated story drift
based on!J.,H or 12.7 mm, whichever is greater.
2. Connections to permit movement in the plane of the
panel for story drift shall be sliding connections using
slotted or oversize holes, connections that permit
movement by bending of steel, or other connections
providing equivalent sliding and ductility capacity.
3. Bodies of co nnec tio ns shall have sufficient du ctility
and rotation capacity to preclude fracture o f the
concrete or brittle failures at or ncar welds.
4. The body of the connection shall be designed for the
force determined by Equat ion (208 - 19). where II" ~
3.0 and ap ~ 1.0.
5. All fasteners in the connecting system, such as bolts,
inserts. welds and dowels. shall be designed for the
forces determin ed by Equation (208 - 19), where III' ~
a,.
1.0 and ~ 1.0.
6. Fasteners embedded in concrete shall be attached to,
or hooked around, rein forcing steel or otherwise
terminated to effec tively 'transfer forces 10 the
reinforcing steel.
20N.8.2'] Tics and Continnity
All parts of a structure shall be intercon nected and the
connections shall be capab le of transmitting the seismic
force induced by the parts being connected. As a
minimum, any smaller portion of the building shall be tied
to the remainder or the building with clements having at
[c ast a strength to resist 0,5 CJ li mes the weight or the
smaller portion.
Aasoctanon of Stru ctural Englnonrs o f the PJlilipPlnes
A positive connection for resisting horizontal force ,Kling
parallel to the member shall be provided for C,Il:!1 h (' :ll l1,
girder or truss. This force shall not be less than U ',)
times the dead plus live load.
208.8.2,4 Collector Eleme nts
Collector clements shall be provided that are capable of
transferring the seismic forces originating in o!hcr
port ions of the structure to the clement providing .hc
resistance 10 those forces.
Collector elements, splices and their connection- 10
resisting clements shall resist the forces detcrmi.ic.l ; 11
accordance with Equation (208-20). In addition, collecto r
clements, splices. and their connections 10 resist ing
clements shall have the design strength to resist the
combined loads resulting from the special seismic load of
Section 203 .5.
Exception :
1" structures, or portions thereof, braced entirely by light-
frame wood shear walls or light-frame steel and wood
structural panel shear wall systems, collector elements,
splices and connections to resisting elemen ts need only he
designed to resist fo rces in accordance with Equation
(208-20).
The quantity E.H need not exceed the maximum force that
can be transferred to the colle ctor by the diaphragm and
other clements of the lateral-force-resisting system. For
A lIowable Stress Design. the design strength may be
determined using an allowable stress increase of 1.7 and a
resistance factor, 41, of ! .0 . This increase shall not be
combined with the one-third stress increase permitted by
Section 203.4, but may be combined with the duration or
load increase permitted in Section 6 15.3.4.
208 .8.2.5 Concrete Fra mes
Concrete frames required by design to be part of the
latera l-force-resisting system shall conform to the
following:
I. In Seism ic Zone 4 they shall be special moment-
resisting frames.
2. In Seismic Zone 2 they shall, as a minimum, be
i 11 termediatc momcn t- resisting IraIlles.
208 .8.2.6 Anch or age of Concre te ur l\1aSOIlI'Y \\'..lIs
Concrete or masonry walls shall be anchored to all 0001 ':
and roofs that provide out-o r-plane lateral support or the
wa ll, T he anchorage sha ll provide a positive direct
connec tion bet ween the wa ll and floor or roof
construction capable of resisting the larger of thc
horizontal fo rces specified ill this sect ion and Sections
206.4 and 20H.7. In addition, in Seismic Zone 4.

diaphragm to wall anchorage using embedded straps shall
have the straps attached to or hooked around the
reinforcing steel or otherwise terminated to effectively
transfer forces to the reinforcing steel. Requirements for
developing anchorage forces in diaphragms are given in
Section 208.8.2.8. Diaphragm deformation shall be
considered in the design of the supported walls.
208.8.2.6.1 Out-of-Plane Wall Anehorage to Flexible
Diaphragms
This section shall apply in Seismic Zone 4 where flexible
diaphragms, as defined in Section 208.5.6, provide lateral
support for walls.
I. Elements of the wall anchorage system shall be
designed for the forces specified in Section 208.7
where Rp ~ 3.0 and Q p ~ 1.5.
2. In Seismic Zone 4, the value of Fp used for the design
of the elements of the wall anchorage system shall
not be less than 6.1 kN per lineal meter of wall
substituted for E.
3. See Section 206.4 for minimum design forces in
other seismic zones.
4. When elements of the wall anchorage system arc not
loaded concentrically or are not perpendicular to the
wall, the system shall be designed to resist all
components of the forces induced by the eccentricity.
5. When pilasters are present in the wall, the anchorage
force at the pilasters shall be calculated considering
the additional load transferred from the wall panels to
the pilasters. However, the minimum anchorage force
at a floor or roof shall be that specified in Section
208.8.2.7. I, Item I.
6. The strength design forces for steel clements of the
wall anchorage system shall be 1.4 times the forces
otherwise required by this section.
7. The strength design forces for wood elements of the
wall anchorage system shall be 0.85 times the force
otherwise required by this section and these wood
clements shall have a minimutf actual net thickness
of63.5 mm.
208.8.2.7 Diaphragms
l . The deflection ill the plane of the diaphragm shall not
exceed the permissible deflection of the attached
clements. Permissible deflection shall be that
deflection that will permit the attached clement to
maintain its structural integrity under the individual
loading and continue to support the prescribed loads.
2. Floor and roof diaphragms shall be designed to resist
the forces determined in accordance with the
following equation:
National Structural Code of the Philippines bill Edition Volume 1
CHAPTEf, 2 .. Minimum Design Loads 2-99
"
F+"F.
, L, ,
[---x
(208-20)
The force 0" determined from Eqnation (208-20) need
not exceed! .OCJwp.\"> but shall not be less than O.5CJwp ):.
When the diaphragm is required to transfer design seismic
forces from the vertical-resisting elements above the
diaphragm to other vertical-resisting elements below the
diaphragm due to offset in the placement of the elements
or to changes in stiffness in the vertical elements, these
forces shall be added to those determined from Equation
(208-20).
3. Design seismic forces for flexible diaphragms
providing lateral supports for walls or frames of
masonry or concrete shall be determined using
Equation (208-20) based on the load determined in
accordance with Section 208.5.2 using a R not
exceeding 4.
4. Diaphragms supporting concrete or masonry walls
shall have continuous ties or struts between
diaphragm chords to distribute the anchorage forces
specified in Section 208.8.2.7. Added chords of
subdiaphragms may be used to form subdiaphragrns
to transmit the anchorage forces to the main
continuous crossties. The maximum length-to-width
ratio of the wood structural sub-diaphragm shall be
201,: I.
5. Where wood diaphragms are used to laterally support
concrete or masonry walls, the anchorage shall
conform to Section 208.8.2.7. In Seismic Zone 2
and 4, anchorage shall not be accomplished by use of
toenails or nails subject to withdrawal, wood ledgers
or framing shall not be used in cross-grain bending or
cross-grain tension, and the continuous ties required
by Item 4 shall be in addition to the diaphragm
sheathing.
6. Connections of diaphragms to the vertical clements in
structures in Seismic Zonc 4, having a plan
irregularity of Type I, 2, 3 or 4 in Table 208- I0, shall
be designed without considering either the one-third
increase or the duration of load increase considered
in allowable stresses for elements resisting
earthquake forces.
7. In structures in Seismic Zone 4 having a plan
irregularity or Typc 2 in Table 208~IO, diaphragm
chords and drau members shall be designed
considering illdep~'lldcnt movement of the projecting
wings or the structure. Each of these diaphragm
 2100 CHAPTER 2 Minimum Design Loads
elements shall be designed for the more severe of the
following two assumptions;
a.. Motion of the projecting wings in the sa me
direction.
b. Motion of the projecting wings m opposing
directions.
Exception:
This . requiremen t ,Inay.be. deemedi.satisfied if .. t he
procedures ojj{!ecnon 20li,i$ in conjunction with a three-
dim ensional model have peen used to determine the
lateral seismicf orces f or design.
20 8.8.2.8 Framing Below the Base
The strength and stiffness oftbe framing between the base
and tbe foundation shall not be less than that of the
superstructure. The special detailing requirements of
Chapters 4, 5 and 7, as appropriate, shall apply to
colum ns s upporting discontinuou s lateral -force -resisting
ele ments and to SMRF, IMRF, EllF , STMF and
MMR WF system elements below the base, which are
required to transmit the forces resulting from lateral loads
to the foundation.
20 8.8.2.9 Buildin g Sepa rations
A ll structures sha ll be separated from adj oining struc tu res.
Separations shall allow for the displacement t!..,. Adjacent
buildings on the same property shall be separated by at
least ~ ,\f r where
(20 82 1)
and tiM I and D.U 2 arc the displacements of the adjacent
buildings.
\Vhcn a structure adjoins a property line not common to a
publ ic way, that structure shall also be set back from the
propert y line by at least the displacement t!." of that
structure.
Ex ception: . .. . . .' .
Smaller separations or property line seibacki :':;;'ay be
p ermitted when ju stifiedby rational dnalyses based 011
maximum expectedground motions. t . ~~t, '
208.9 No uhuil d ing St ruc tu res
208 .9 .1Gene ra l
208 .9.f. 1 Sco pe
Nonbui lding structures include all self- supporting
structures other than buildings that ca rry gravity loads and
resist the effects of' earthquakes. Nonbu ilding structures
Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippine s
shall be designed to provide the strength required to resist
the displacements induced by the minimum lateral forc es
specified in this section. Design shall conform to the
applicable provisions of other sections as modified by the
provisions contained in Section 208.9.
208,9.1.2 Crit er ia
The minimum design seismic forces prescribed in this
section are at a level that produces displacements in a
fixed base, elastic model of the structure, comparable to
those expec ted of the rea l structure when responding ( 0
the Design Basis Ground Motion. Reductions in th ese
forces using the coefficient R is permitted where the
design of nonbuilding struc tures provides suffic ient
strength and ductility, consistent with the provis ions
specified herein for buildings, to resist the effects of
seismic ground motions as represented by these desi gn
forces.
When applicable, design strengths and other detai led
design criteria shall be obtained from other sections or
their referenced standards . The desig n of nonbuildi ng
structures shall use the load combinations or factors
specified in Sec tion 203. 3 or 203.4. For nonbuilding
structures designed using Section 20 8.9.3, 208.9.4 or
20 8.9.5, the Reliability/Redu ndancy Factor, p, may be
taken as 1.0.
When applicable design strengths and other design
criteria are not contained in or referenced by this code.
such criteria shall be obtained from approved national
standards.
208 .9.1.3 Weight IV
The weight. W, for nonbuilding s tructures shall include all
dead loads as defined for huildings in Section 208.5. 1.1.
For purposes of calculating design seismic forces in
nonbuild ing structures, IV shall also include all n0I111al
operating contents for items such as tanks, vessels, bins
and piping.
208.9 .1.4 Per iod
.
The fundamental period of the structure shall be
deter mined by rational methods such as by using Method
Il in Section 208 .5.2.2.
208.9.1.5 Drift
The drift limita tions of Section 20 8.5. \0 need not apply 10
nonbuilding structures. Drift limitations shall t.c
established for structural or nonstructural clemente -vlu.se
failure would cause life hazards. P/1 effects ~.L: 11 he
considered for structures whose calculated drills exceed
the values in Section 208 .5.1.3.

., 08.9.1.6 Inl eraelion Effects
~ In Seismic Zone 4, struc tures that support flexible
nonstrUc(ura[ elements whose combine d weight exceeds
25 percent of the weight of the stru ct ure shall be designed
;'considering interaction effects between the structure and
.'the supported elements.
:' 208.9.2 Late r al Fo r ce
'tateral-force procedu res for nonbuilding structures with
structural systems simi lar to buildings (those w ith
"structura l systems which are listed in Table 208 - 11) shall
,.be selected in accordance wit h the provisions of Sec tion
';;208.4.
f
t'Exception:
1 sha ll a lso not be less than the following:
.'j lltem Jediate moment-resisting frames (IMRF) may be
c.used in Seismic Zone 4 for non-building structures in
:': Occup aIlGY Categories 111 and IV if (I) the structure is
:' less than J5 m in height and (2) the value R used in
!, reducing calculated memberforces and moments does no!
.' exceed 2.8.
: 208.9.3 R igid Str uc t ur es
! :Rigid structures (those with peri od T less than 0.06
. .second) and their ancho rages sha ll be designed fo r the
lateral force obtaine d from Equation (208-22).
V=O.7c"I W (208-22)
The force V shall be distributed accord ing to the
distribution of mass and shall be assumed to act in any
horizontal d irect ion .
! limitation s in this sec tion:
1 208.9,4 Ta nks w ith S up por ted Bo tto ms
t, Flat bottom tan ks or other tanks wi th suppo rted botto ms,
I' founded at or be low grade, sha ll be des igned to resist the
i,' seismic forces calcula ted using the procedures in Section
.r 208.7 for rigid stru ctu res conside ring the entire we ight of
the tank and its conte nts. Alte rnat ive ly, suc h tanks may be
designed using one of the two procedures described
below:
1. A res ponse s pectrum ana lysis that inc ludes
co nsideratio n of the actua l gro und mot io n antic ipated
at the site and the inertial effec ts o f the co ntained
fluid .
2. A des ign basis pres cribed for the par ticular type of
tank by an appro ved nat ion al standard. pro vided that
the seis mic zones and occ upancy ca tegor ies sha ll be
in con formance with the pro visio ns 01 Secti ons
208 .4.4 ancl 208.4 .2, rcspcctive ly .
National Structural Code of the Philippines 6U\ Edition Volume 1
CHAP TEr, 2 Minimum Oesiqn l.oads ;< 101
208.9.5 Other No n b u ild ing St r uctures
Nonbuilding struc tur es that are not cove red by Sections
208 .9. 3 and 208 .9.4 sh all be designed to resist design
seism ic forces not less than those deter mined in
accord ance with the provisions in Section 208 .5 with the
following additions and exce ptions:
I. The factor s R and no
shall be as set fort h in Tab le
208-13. The total design base shear determ ined in
accordance with Section 208.5.2 sha ll no t be less
than the follow ing :
V=O.SfC,/W (208-23)
Add itionally, for Se ism ic Zone 4, the tota l base shear
V ~ I.6ZN,.I w
(208-24)
R
.. 2. Th e vertical distribut ion of the des ign se ism ic forces
in struc tures cove red by this section may be
determined by using the pro visions o f Sect io n
208.5 .5 or by usin g the proced ures of Section 208 .6.
Exception:
For irregular stru ctures assigned > to Occupancy
Categories L and.Il that cannot be modeled as asingle
mass, the p rocedures o!S,;elroiJ 208.6 shall be used.
3. Where an approve d nationa l standard prov ide s a basis
for the earthquake-resistant design of a particular
ty pe of nonbuilding structure covered by this sect ion,
such a standard may bc used, subject to the
The se ismic zo nes and occupancy ca tegories shall be in
confo rma nce with the provisions o f Sec tion s 208.4 .4 and
208.4.2 , respective ly.
The values for total latcral , force and total base
overturning moment used in design sha ll not be less than
80 percen t of the va lues that would be obta ined using
these provision s.
208. 10 S ite C a tegorizati on Procedure
208. 10. 1 Sco pe
T his section describes the procedure for de term ining So il
Profile Types SA through S,.. as defi ned in Tab le 208-2.
 2-102 CHAI' TEH 2 ... Minimum Des ign Loa ds

Tab le 208- 13 R and 0 0 Fac tors for Nonbu ilding 3. (/:I > 3 m of peat andlor hig U y
Struc tures where /:I ~ thickness of so il).
4. Very high plasticit y c lays
STRUCTURE TYPE R 00
I. Vesse ls. including tanks and 5. (/:I > 7.5 m with PI > 75).
press urized spheres. on braced or 2.2 2.0 6. Very thick so ft/medium stiff cLoy ;
tl n~r.!~~ed legs:
2. Cas t-in-place' CO-l-l-C~-~-tc- s"il"o;"-a;~ ~r- - ~ 7. (II > 36 m).
chimneys having walls continuous 3.6 2.0
E:<:4eplio~ ;''' ' ..,... , ,', . , :.' '..
3.
10 the foundations
o r~I'iTbulcd- ~~-~ass- -~~l-;~iif~-~-~;- '-----~- - -- - -. ' ~ '_._--" . - . ' .,~~,-- _.- : ,~ '~'\i_~ , _ ,')~ ~;.~ :~: : ;:~X:: ._:': " _. . ' _ __
WhQ'liJie~qilpl:(;;iiteS fi~e. iil1i lih~wn iii .;u.J;Cie,;i j

~;{pIj!;$tJ?: ffiM!:r!Jj)f~e.,z~.~s;~r:.;;;a;:i.[,~~l
struct ures such as Slacks,
2.9 2.0
chimneys. silos and sk irt-
.s upport ed vertical vessels.
4. Trussed to;;erS '(f~CeSla;~dT~g or building i>Jfi~iii(dele,j,jin es thiit Sil P"'j iL )}1"' ;\ .
guyed), guyed slacks and 2.9 2.0 bepr.ese~iai the. site or I~Ae. event that lYE
C.l.l.i~~l~~Y~: . esfablishiid bygeoiiChnicq}'I!tii4.- . ..
5. Cantilevered co lumn -typ e
2.2 2.0
structures. The criteria set forth in the definition for Soil Prof il e Type
6. Cooling towers.
Sf requi rin g site-sp ecific eva luation shall be co nsidered. If
3.6 2.0
the site corresp ond s to these criteria, the site sha ll be
Bins and hopp ers on braced or classified as Soil Profile Typ e SI' and a site-spec ific
2.9 2.0
..Y~~~!:,~c.~~Jcgs: . ev aluation sha ll be conducted.
8. Storage racks. 3.6 2.0
208.10.2.1 v" Av erage Shea r W ave Vcl c ctry
9. Signs and billboards. 3.6 2.0 v, shall be determined in accordance with the followin-
10 . Amu sement structur es and equation:
2.2 2.0
mo numents.
II, Xil "ot!J~~~~if.; l;i;;;~rt';~~-g-;t~-~i~~;~" "
LA
2.9 2.0
not oth erw ise covered .
v = .i=.L..- (208 -25)
S tt d.
208. 10.2 Defini lion s 2:- '
;=1 vsi
So il pro file types arc defined as follows:
where:
Sf Hard rock w ith measured shear wave ve locity,
", > 1500 m/s, d, = thick ness of Layer i in m
VS I = shear wave velocity in Laye r i in m/s
So Rock w ith 760 mls < ", ,; 1500 m/s .

Sc Very dense so il and soft rock w ith 208.10.2.2 N, Average Fi eld Sta nda r d Pe netra tio n
360 m/ s < VJ S; 760 m/s or with Resistance and N"" Ave rage Sta nda rd Penetra tion
e ither N > 50 o r ,," ;, 100 kPa. Resist an ce fo r Co he sio nless So il La yers
Nand NCH shall be determin ed in accordance with the
SI) Stiff soi l with 180 m/s ~ \I.. ~ 360 m/s o r fol lowing equat ion :
with 15,; N ,; 50 or 50 kPa ,; s,, '; 100 kPa .
"
Sf A so il profile w ith Vl < 180 m/ s or LA
an y profile w ith mo re than 3 m o f so ft c lay de fined N:::: -~ (208-26 )
as soi l with PI > 20, 111m" 2:: 40 percent and
,; a,
s" < 25 kPa.
L --'
;",1 N ,

S" So ils requ iring site-spec ific evaluation:

(208 n1
I. Soils vulnerable 10 po ten tial failure or co llapse
under seismic loa ding such as liquefiab le soi ls.
quick and highly se nsiti ve c lays , collapsib le
weak ly cemented soi ls.
where:
2, Peat s and/ or highly organic c lays d, :: 0 thickne ss of Layer i in 111111

Association of Structural Engineers of tile Philippines

 CHIIP TEr, 2 -- Mmirnum De sion l.oads 2-103

d, :.:= the total thickness of cohesionless soil layers in the and fracturing Where hard rock co nd itions are known to
top 30 m be co ntinuous to a depth o f 30 111, su rficial shea r wave
N, the standard penetration resistance o f so il layer in veloci ty mea sui ements ma y be extrapolated to assess "s-
accordance with appro ved nationall y reco gnized The rock catego ries, So il Profile Types SA and Sfl, shall
s tandards not be used if there is mo re than 3 me ters o f soil between
the roc k s urface ,111d the bottom of the spread footing or
208.10.2.3 s.; Average Undra ine d Sh ear Stre ngth mat foundation.
SI/ sha ll be determined in acco rdance wi th the follo wing
equatio n: The definitions presented here in shal l apply 10 the up per
30 meters of the s ite profi le. Profiles cont aining distinctly
differen t so il layers shall be s ubdi vided into those lavers
(208 -28) des ignated by a nu mbe r from I to n at the bottom, whe re
the re are a total of 11 distin ct layer s in the upp er 30 meters.
The symbol i the n refer to an yone o f the layers between I
where: and fl .

d, = the total thickness ( IOO-d,) o f cohes ive so il layers 208. 11 Alt ernat ive Ea rthqu ak e Lo a d Procedu re
i ll the tor 30 III
The earthquake load proced ur. of A SCE /S EI 7-05 may be
Sui := the undrai ned shea r streng th in accordance with
used in determinin g the earthq uak e loads as an alt ern at ive
approved nation ally recogni zed standards, not to
pro cedure subject to re liable re sea rch work commissioned
ex ceed 250 kPa
by the owner o r the engineer-on -record to pro vide for all
data required due to the non-a vai la bility o f Phivo lcs -
208.I 0.2.4 Soft C la y Profile, Sf issued spectral acce lerat ion maps for all are as in the
The existenc e ora total th ickness of so It clay gre ate r than Philippines.
3 III sh a ll be investigated where a soft clay layer is
defi ned by s; < 24 kPa, 11'"" .;:: 40 percen t and PI> 20. If The engineer-on-record shall be responsible for the
these cr iteria are met, the sit e sha ll be classified as Soil spectral acceleration and other re lated data not issued by
Profi le Type Sf . Phivolcs used in the determinatio n of the earthquake
loads. This a lternat ive earthqu ake IOi.i.1 proc ed ure shall be
208. 10.2.5 So il Profiles s.. S o a nd S f subject to Pee r Re view and approva l of the Bu ilding
Sites w ith So il l'r ofil c Types Sc. So and Sf shall be O ffic ial.
classi fied by using one of the fo llo wing thre e methods
with rs . Na nd .\./< co mputed in all cases as speci fied in
Section 20X.IO.2.
I. ".. for the top 30 meters (I '.. meth od) .
2. N for the to p 30 meters (N method).
3. Neff fo r co hesion less soil laye rs (PI < 20) in the top
30 rn and ave rage s, for co hes ive soi l laye rs t Pl> 20)
ill the lop 30 III (s" meth od).

208.10.2.6 R ock Prolil es, S., a nd S /I

The shear wa ve veloc ity for rock, Soi l Profile Type SIJ .
s hall he either measu red o n s ite or es timated by a
geo tec hn ica l en gi neer, engi nee ring geo log ist or
se ismo log ist for co mpe tent roc k wi th moderate fract uring
and weatheri ng. So lle r and more high ly fractur ed a nd
weathered roc k sha ll either be mea sured on site for she' ll
Wave veloc ity or c lassifie d as Soil Profile Type Sc.

The har d rock. S oi l Profile Ty pe s.~ . category sha ll be

suppo rted by shcnr wave vel oc ity mea surement either 011
s ite o r -on profiles or
the sa me roc k type in the sam e
fOrma lioll with all eq ua l or grea ter degree o f weathering

N;ilional S t rl.l cl u r;~ 1 Code of Ole Pililqlpinos 6 : ' Edition Volum e 1

1
2-104 CHAPTER 2- Minimum Design Loads

Distribution ~of Active Faults and Trenches

i th~/fhil!ippines
; U /./
.' j,",z: 8al1'i~rt'
Logend

. :":' .. - - - Active Fil IAl: scd j ne- trac e certai n

approximate offshof a projedlon
_ _ _ _ liashe'd _t'Ie'- trace awo Jdmat~
1600'
Trenc h
Transform Fa lil
Coil slOtl l'OOO
Trenh.rftla t&d f~lA&

. RoadSJhigt1Wily&

e CttylT0'M"l

16 00'

12 00'

' . 00'

' 00'

'00'
-.'

123 00' In 00'

Figure 208-2A. Seismic Sources: Active Faults and Trenches in the Philippines

As sociati on of Structura l Enginee:l"s of tile Philip pines

 CHAPTER 2 - Minimum Design Loads 2-105

IlO 00' III 00' 122 00' lJJ 00'

,to..

Active Faults in N6rtherRPhilippines

"'"

"'''''

) , .

'0
16 00 '

:r
Legend
_ _ Active Pautt: solid line- ontane:
. dashed IIn~ offshore

e C apita l C ltyfTown

~
_l- .
BIXY

""'.
It
.~ fYJ r-.
-C>

~r ~~. c=

~
I ~ OW

Figure 208-2B. Seismic Sources: Active Faults in Northern Philipp ines

National Structural Code of the Philippines 6(1\ Edition Volume 1

 ,!- 106 CHAPTEH 2 .- Minim um Design Loads

"""'"..,-- - - -- - - - - -- - - -- -- - - -- _ .. _ .
., I H OO' 126 00'

.;
East Central Phlllpp ines
, 6'<'1- Legend

~,
_ _ Act ive Fa ull: sol id l ln ~" '.'!'.i ',, 'I :,

. dash ed line- c ttsnorc

@Capital Cityf Tow n

. _-~
.....,......,. ~
",
,-- - - - - ,

I
II
b
I
;
L ._. . j
....
Soronganl' '.

11 1>:Y

1.~,,"'b i1I"O

C> {\ 1\\ \

Figure 20X~ 2C. Sei smic Sou rces : Active Faults in Easl Central Philippines
 CHAPTER 2 - Minimum Design Loads 2-107

"I.'. ,.
-,
"

.
N"

1
t

~I.,
,,

.,
", - 1l 0lY

I~:

~~~
;:~
, .. .:' ' '0
6 ..
= o

..'P
.'
.'f . :\>
o

11 00' r-- - - - - - -

10 00'

I W OO'

Figure 208-2D. Seismic Sources : Active Faults in We st Central Ph ilippines

Na tional Struc tural Code of the Philippin es G i ll Edition Volu me 1

2 108 CIiAI' TER 2 - Minimum Design Loads

"""

,w

aco-

Legend
- -_ Act ive Fault: solid lin e- c manc ,
dashed line- off shor e

~\ Capital Cltyrrown &0:7

113 00 ' u eoo 11.1 00'

Figure 208-2E. Seismic Sources; Active Faults in Southern Philippines

Assoc iation of Structural Enqineers of the Philippi nes
 CHAP TER 2 - Minimum De sign Loa ds 2-109

.._._-- --------_ __._ - - -- ------ ---_._ - -

Con tro l Periods

1~ = c.t 2.5Ca
T = O? T

c.

f
I o -.J"- ............... _._J__....._ . _ . ~ ~ _ _ ..J..................__ I _.

o 0.2 2 3
. L _ __ .L. _ _J...._...,
4
_1 _ _ ~.

5
t r.a , Period (TITs)
,I Figure 20 8-3 - Design Response Spectra

Table 209 1 - Soil Later al Load

Design Lateral So il Load'

Unified Soil kPa ocr m width
Description Of Backfill Material ' Classification Active pre ssure At-res t pressure
Well -grad ed, c lean gravel s; grave l-sand mixes OW 5 10
Poorly graded clean grave ls; gra vel -sand mixes OP 5 10
Silty gravels, poorl y grad ed gra vel- sand mixe s OM 6 10
Clayey grav e ls, poor ly graded gravel-and-clay mixes OC 7 10
Well-graded , c lea n sands; grav e lly sand mixes SW 5 10
Poorl y graded clean sa nds; sand-grav el mixes SP 5 10
Silty sands, poo rly grad ed sand-silt mixes .- SM 7 iO
Sand-s ilt clay mix with plastic fines ._--- - -- SM SC 7 16
-- - -
Clayey sands, ooorl >.:Jaded sand-c lay mixe; -. SC 10 16
Ino rganic Sil ls and clayey silt s ML - 7 16
Mixture of inoraanic silt and clav ML- CL 10 16
Inorganic clays of low to medium plastici ty CL 10 16
Or gan ic silts and silt clays, low pla sticitv OL Note b Note b
Inorganic clayey sills, elast ic silts MH Note b Note b
Inorgani c clay s of high plasticity CH Note b Note b
Organi c clays and silty cl ays 0 11 Note b No te b
J)(,.~ig ll lateral soil loads an' g iven fIJ I' moist co nd itions for the specified so ils lit ,hei,. optimum dC '/l.vilies . Aounl {tdd c()/"I/II()".~ shall
govern. Submerg ed or satura ted soil ! U "t' J ,f W , '.I' ,I"!ralf inellld(' lite weight of tlu- hlfo.!'ClIl I soilplus the hydrost a tic loads.
/, UII.w i/ab le (ISha d j i ll l/l (/(eriof
The definitio/l mill c!(J,I'.l i(i ca/io n o(. w il lluJ/('riu /s shot! hi' in accordance \\'i/1I ASTM f) 248 7

National Struc tural Cone of the Plulip pmes s" Editio n v olume 1
2-110 CHAPTER 2 - Minimum Design Loads

'i liS"I!!
1 tilr

-Q
...

1'"

...
ZOHE4

1r

toO-

Ill" ZONE 2

8'
."

Figure 20R-4 Referenced Seismic Map oft he Philippines

Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippines

 CHAPT ER 2 - Minimum Des ign Loads 2-111

r, 209.1 Genera l 2 10.1 Ro of Dra in a ge

I' Basement , foundation and retain ing wall' s hall be
designed to resist lateral soil load s. So il loads speci fied in
Table 209 - J shall be used as the minimum desig n lateral
soil load s unless specified otherwise in a so il investi gation
report approved by the bui ldi ng offic ial. Basement w a lls
and othe r wa lls in which hori zont al movement is
restricted at the top sha ll be designed for at-rest pre ssure .
Retaining walls free to move and rotate at the top arc
permitted to be designed for active pressur e. Design
lateral pressure from surcharge load s sha ll be add ed to the
latera l earth pressure load. Design lateral pressure shall be
increased if soils with expansion potential are present at
the site.
Roof drainage sys tems shall be designed in acco rda nce
with the pro visio ns o f the code having jurisdi ction in the
area. T he flow ca pac ity of secondary (overflow) drains or
scuppers shall not be less than that of the primary dra ins
or scu ppers.
2 J0.2 Design Rain L, ads
Each port ion of a 1 )( f sh all be designe d to sus tain the
load of rainwat er thai w ill accu mulate on it if the pr imary
drain age system fOI rhat portion is bloc ked plus the
uniform load cau sed by water that rises abov e the in let of
the secondary drainage ;;ystem at its design flow .
(21 0- 1)

= additiona l dept h of water on the undeflected roof

above the inlet of sec ondary drainage sy stem at
its design now (i.e., the hydraulic head), in rnrn
d = ".,pth of water on tile undeflected roo f up to the
in let of secon dary drainage sys tem wh en the
primary drainage sy stem is blocked (i.e., the static
heac ), in mm
R = rain I'(.'ad on the untie ~lected roof, in kN/m 2
When the phru sc "unde flcc: id roof ' is used, deflections
from loads (inc t d ing dea d " ads) shall nol be co ns idered
when detcrmininp .the amo unt of rain on the roof.

210.3 Po nding Inst bili ty

For roofs with a slop. : less ths n 6 mrn per 30 0 mm ( 1.19
degrees or 0.02 08 ra u 'an), th e design calcula tio ns sha ll
include verification o r adeq uate stiffness to precl ude
progressive deflect ion in acco rdance with Section 8.4 of
ASC E-7-05.

210.4 Co ntro lled Drainage

Roofs eq uipped w ith hard" -a.e to conlro l the rate of
draina ge shall be eq uipped . vth a secondary drainage
system at a hi gher elev ation 1: 11;\t limits accumulation of
wat er 0 11 the roof above that e \ - Ji lti on . Such roofs shall be
designed to sustain the lot d if rainwater that will
accumulate on them (0 the c w. uion of the seco ndary
drainage system plu s the unifo m load caused by water
that rises above the inlet of the sc ~( ndary drain age system
at its design now de termi ned frc '." Sect ion 210 .2. Suc h
roofs sha ll also be chec ked for pending instability in
accordan ce with Section 2 10.3.

111
National Structural Code of the Philippines 6 Edition Volume 1
 2 112 CHAP TER 2 - Minimum Des ign Loads
2 11.1 G ene ra l
Wit hin flood haza rd areas as established in Sect ion 2 11.3.
all new construction of buildings, structures and portions
of buildings and structures, including substantial
im provement and restora tion of subs tantial dama ge to
bu ildings and st ructures. shall ' be desig ned and
con structed to resist the e ffects o f flood hazards and flood
load s. For build ings that are located in mo rc than one
flood hazard area , the provision s assoc iated with the most
res trict ive flood hazard area shall ap ply.
2 J1.2 Defi ni tion s
T he following wo rds and terms sha ll, for the purposes of
this section, have the meanings show n herein.
BA SE FLOO D. The flood havin g a l -percent chanee of
bei ng eq ua led or excee ded in any given ye ar.
BASE F LOO R ELEVATION. T he elev ation of the b ase
flood , inc lud ing wave height, rc lative to the datum to be
set by the specific national or local gov ernment agen cy ,
BAS EM E NT . The portion of " bu ilding having its floor
s ub grade (be low gro und leve l) on all sides. .
D ES IGN FLOOD. T he flood assoc iated w',th the great er
of the follo wing two areas:
I. A rea with a flood plain subject to a l- percent or
greater chance of flood ing in any year; or
2. Area desig nated as a flood hazard area on a
commu nity's flood hazard ma'j), or otherwi se lega lly
designa ted.
DESI G N F LO O D E LEV ATl fJN. Th e e levation of the
"d esign flood ," inclu di ng \ \' ;.1 ve he igh t, rela tive to the
datum specified on the CO l' " nu nity's legally designated
flood hazard map, T he desu-: flood elevation shall be the
e le ~a tion of the highes t ex s ting gra de of the building's
per imeter plus the depth nu.mb er (in meters) speci fied on
the flood hazard map .
DRY FLOO DPROOFL'G . A co mbinati on of design
modification s thai rcsu its in a buildin g or structure,
inc luding the atte ndant unluy and sa nitary fac ilities, bei ng
water light w ith walls -cnbstantially impermeable to the
passage of water and v /ith structural components havin g
the ca pac ity to resist 1\ 1~1 d s as iden tified ill the code .
E X ISTI NG C O NS" , RUC TI O N. Any buildings and
structures for wl rich the "s tart of co nstruc tio n"
commenced before the effective date of the community's
Association of Structural Engineers of the Philippine s
first flood plain managemen t code, ordinance or stand a rd.
" Existing construc tion" is also referred to as "e xisting
structures ."
EX ISTING STRUCTURE. See " Exis ting
cons truc tion."
FLO O D or FLOO DI NG. A general and temporary
co nditio n of partial or com plete inundation of norm all y
dry land fro m:
I. The overflow o f inland or tidal waters .
2. The unu s ual and rapid acc umula tion or runoff of
surface waters from any source .
FLOO D DAM AG E- R ESI ST A NT MATE R IALS. A ny
co nstruc tion material capable of withstanding d irect and
prolonged contac t w ith flood waters without susta in ing
any damage that requires more than cos metic repa ir.
FL O O D H AZ ARD A REA. The grea ter of the followi ng
two areas:
1. The area withi n a flood plain subject to a l-percent or
greater chance of floodi ng in any year.
2. The ar ea design ated as a flood hazard area on a
co mmunity' s flood hazard map , or otherw ise lega lly
desi gna ted .
FLOO D HAZA R D AR EA SU BJECT TO JIl G H
VE LOCITYWAV E ACTION . Area within the flood
hazard area that is subject to high velocity wave ac tion.
FLOO D\VAY. The channe l of thc river, creek or o ther
wate rcourse and the adjacen t land areas that must be
reserved in orde r to discharge the base fl ood without
cu mula tive ly inc rea sing the water sur face eleva tion more
than a desig nated he ight.
LO WEST FL O O R. The floor of the lowest enclosed
area, includi ng basement, but excluding any unfinished or
floo d-resistant enclos ure. usab le solely for vehicle
parking , bu ildin g acce ss or lim ited storage provided that
such enclo sure is not built so as to rende r the structure in
violation of this sec tio n.
STA llT O F C ON ST RU C TI ON. T he da te of permit
issuance for new co nstruct ion and substantial
improvem en ts to ex isting structures, provided the actual
start of co nstructio n, repa ir, recon st ruction , rehabilitation,
addition, placement or ot her improvement IS within 180
days after the dat e of issua nce . The actual start or
construction mean s the first placeme nt of permanent
co nstructio n of a bui lding (inc lud ing a manufactured
home) 011 a site, such as the pouring o f" a slab or footings,

i installation of pilings or construction of columns.
~. ' pcrstl:lncnt construction docs not include land preparation
;, (SU,.I, as clearing, excavation, grading or filling), the
l{; instaJiation of streets or walkways, excavation for a
r basement, footings, piers or foundations, the erection of
; temporary fonns or the installation of accessory buildings
I' such as garages or sheds not occupied as dwelling units or
I,: not part of the main building. For a substantial
~. improvement, the actual "start of construction" means the
r first alteration of any wall, ceiling, floor or other
f structural part of a building, whether or not that alteration
affects the external dimensions of the building.
t, SUBSTA NTIAL DAMAGE. Damage of any on gm
r sustained by a structure whereby the cost of restoring the
! structure to its before-damaged condition would equal or
exceed 50 percent of the market value of the structure
I before the damage occurred.
SUBSTANTIAL IMPROVEMENT. Any repair,
reconstruction, rehabilitation, addition or improvement of
a building or structure, the cost of which equals or
exceeds 50 percent of the market value of the structure
before the improvement or repair is started. If the
structure has sustained substantial damage , any repairs arc
considered substantial improvement regardless of the
actual repair work performed. The term does not,
however, include either:
1. Any project for improvement of a building required
to correct existing health, sanitaly or safety code
violations identified by the building official and that
are the minimum necessary to assure safe living
conditions.
2. Any alteration of a historic structure provided tha t the
alteration will not preclude the structure's continued
designation as a historic structure. -
211.3 Establ ishme nt of Flood Haza rd Are as
To establish flood hazard areas, the governing body shall
adopt a flood hazard map and supporting data. The flood
hazard map shall include, at a minimum, areas of special
flood hazard where records are available .
211.4 Design and Constr uction
The design and construction of buildings and structures
located in flood hazard areas, including flood hazard are as
Subject to high velocity wave action.
National Structural Code of the Philippines
CHAf'TEH 2 ... Minimum Design I.OHds 2 113
211.5 Flood lIazard Documentation
The following documentation shall be prepared and
sealed by an engineer-of-record and submitted to the
building official:
J. For construction in flood hazard areas not subjec t to
shigh-v eloci ty wa ve action:
1.1. The elevation of the lowest floor, including the
basement, as required by the lowest floor elevation,
1.2. For fully enclosed areas below the design flood
elevation where provisions to allow for the automatic
entry and exit of floodwaters do not meet the
m inimum requirement s, co ns truction documen ts shall
include a statement that the design will provide for
equalization of hydrostatic flood forces.
1.3. For dry flood-proofed nonresidential buildings,
construction documents shall include a statement that
the dry flood-proofing is designed.
2. For construction in flood hazard areas subject to
high-velocity wave action:
2.1. The elevation of the bottom of the lowest horizontal
structura l member as required by the lowest floor
elevation.
2.2 Construction documents shall include a statement
that the building is designed, including that the pile
or column foundation and building or structure to be
attached thereto is designed to be anchored to resist
flotation, collapse and lateral movement due to the
effects of wind and flood loads acting simultaneously
on all building components, and other load
requirements of Chapter 2.
2.3 For break away wa lls designed to resist a nominal load
of less than 0.48 kN/m' . or more than 0.96 k N/m' ,
co nstruction documen ts shall include a statemen t that
the breakaway wall is designed.
s'" Edition Volume 1
Association of Stn lGluml Engineers of the Philippines
 NSCP C101-10

Chapter 3

EXCAVATIONS AND
GEOMATERIALS

NATIONAL STRUCTURAL CODE OF THE PHILIPPINES

VOLUME I
BUILDINGS, TOWERS AND
OTHER VERTICAL STRUCTURES

SIXTH EDITION

Association of Structural Engineers of thc Philippines

Suite 713, Future Point Plaza Condominium 1
112 Panay Avenue, Quezon City, Philippines 1100

Tel. No : (+632) 410-0483

Fax No.: (+632) 411-8606
Email: i\;i~P9}1EJ1~{~~gmnH&QL1~.
\V cbsi tc: h t f p:/ Iww\'~' .ascponlinc.org
 CHAPT ER 3 .. Gen e ral & Excavation a nd Fill s 3 1

Table of Contents
, SECTION 301 GE NERAL 3
30 1. 1 Scope 3
301.2 Quality and De sign 3
30 1.3 Allowable Bearing Pressure s 3
SECTION 302 - EXCAVAT10N AND FILLS 3
302.1 Gen eral 3
~';
302.2 Cuts 3
302.3 Excavations 3
302.4 Fills 4
302.5 Setb acks 5
302.5 Drain age and Terracing 6
302 .6 Erosion Control... 6
SECTION 303 FOUNDATI ON INVESTI GATI ON 7
303.1 General 7
303.2 Soil Classification 7
303.3 Questionable Soil 7
303.4 Liquefaction Stud y 7
303.5 Expan sive So il 7
i 303.6 Compressible Soils , 8
!
I
303.7 Reports....... .............. . 8
303.8 Soil Tests . 9
r 303.9 Liquefaction Pote ntial aud Soil St rength Loss 9
303.10 Adjacent Loads.................. .. 10
f
! 303.11 Drai nage........ ..... ............. .............. ..... ................ ............. ......... ..... ..................... 10
303.12 Plate Load Test 10
SECTION 304 - ALLOWABLE FO UNDAnON AND LATE RAL PRESSURES 10
304 . 1 From Geotechnical Site Investigation and Assessment , 10
304.2 Presumpt ive Load-Bearing and Lateral Resisting Value s 10
304 .3 Min imum Allowable Pres sures II
304.4 Foundations Adj acent [Q Exist ing Ret ainin g/ Basement Wall s _ __ JI
SECTION 305 . FOOTINGS 12
305 .1 Gene ral 12
30 5.2 Fooling Design 12
305.3 Bear ing Wall s 12
305.4 S tepped Foundations 12
305.5 Foot ings on or Adj ace nt to Slop es 13
305.6 Fou nd ation Plates Or Sills 13
305.7 Designs Employi ng Lat eral Bearing 14
305.8 Grill age Foo ti ngs 14
305.9 Bleach er Footings 14
SECTION 306 PILES - GENERAL REQ UIR EMEi'o'TS 15
306.1 Gener al 15
306.2 l nte rco nnec lion 15
306.3 Det ermin ation o f Allowable Loads 15
306 .4 Static Load Test 15
306.5 Dynam ic Load Test .. 15
306.6 Column Action 15
306.7 Group Actio u 15
306 .8 Piles In Subsi ding Areas 16
306.9 Jellin g 16
306.10 Prot ecti on O f Pi le Materia ls .. .. J 6
306. 1 I Allowable Load s .... . .. 16
306. 12 Usc of High er Allowable Pile S tresse s .. 16
SECT ION 307 . PI LES . SPECIFIC REQ UIREM ENTS 17

Nation al Structu ral Code of the Philippines e" Edition Volume 1

 307.1 Round Wood Piles. . ,.
307.2 Uncased Cast-In-Place Concrete Piles.. . , .
307.3 Metal-Cased Concrete Piles.. . .
307,4 Precast Concrete Piles .
307.5 Precast Prestressed Concrete Piles (Prctcnsioncdj ..
307.6 Structural Steel Piles .. 10
, ')

307.7 Concrete-Filled Steel Pipe P i l e s . . )

SECTION 308 - FOUNDATION CONSTRUCTION-SEISMIC ZONE 4 19
308.1 Gcncml..
~08.2 Foundation and Gcorcchnicallnvcstigatious .
30B.3 Footings and Foundations ..
108,4 Picr and Pile Foundations. !O
lOX.S Driven Pile Foundations .. ;1

306.6 Cast .. In-Place Concrete Foundations. . .

SECTION 309 - SPECIAL FOUNDATION, SLOPE STABILIZAnON AND MATERIALS OF
CONSTRUCTION 22
t CHAPTER 3 - General & Excavation and Fills 3-3

301.1 Sco pe 302.1 Gen eral

This chapter sets forth requirements for excavations, fills,
footings and foundations for any building or structure.
301.2 Quality 'IOd Desi gn
The qualit y and design of materi als used structurally in
excavations, fills. footings and foundations shall conform 10
the requ irements specified in Chapters 4, 5, 6 and 7.
Excavation or fills for buildings o r structures shall be
constructed or protected such that they do not endanger life
or property. Refer ence is made to Section 109 of this code
[or requirements go verning exca vation, gradi ng and
earthwork co nstructio n. includ ing fills and embankments.
302.2 C uts

301.3 All owable Bea rin g Pressures 302.2.1 General

Allowable s IrC5SCS and design formulas provided in this
chapter shall be used with the allo wable stress design load
combinations specified in Section 203.4.
Unless otherw ise recommended in the approved
geotechnical engineering. cuts shall con form to the
provisions of this section. In the absence of an approved
geotechnica l engineering report , these provisions may be
waived for minor cuts not inten ded to support structures.

302.2.2 Slope
The slope of cut surfa ce s shall be no steeper than is safe for
the intended use and shall be no steep er than 1 unit vertical
in 2 units horizont al (50% slop e) unless a geotechni cal
engineering, or both , stating that the site has been
investigated, and giving an op inion that a cut at a steeper
slope will be stable and not create a hazard to public or
private property, is submitted and appro ved. Such cuts shall
be protected against eros io n or degradation by sufficient
cover, drainage, engineeri ng and/or biotechnical means,

30 2.3 Excav a tions

302.3. 3 Existing footings or foundations which may be

affected by any exc avation shall be under pinned adequately
or otherwise protected agai nst settlement and sh all be
protected against lateral movemen t.

302.3.4 Protection of Adjoining Prop erty

The requirement for pro tec tion of adja cen t property and the
depth to which protecti on is required shall be de fined by
prevailin g law. Where not defin ed by law, the followi ng
shall apply:

Nation al Structural Code of tlle Philippines 6(11 Edition Volume 1

 34 CHAPTER 3 - General & Exca va tion and Fills

Top of
Slope PA*
1lI5 but
md'
:.<- 0 .60
--- /--.
: min. an
Toe of
. 3 m max. ,
,/i
PA*
Sl?pe
1 \
Cut o r Fill ,' N turJ or Finish
:( HI2 ~~ 0.6 m_
>: S lope Grad e
: mi n. and 6 m :
max. H

r
r

1
Natural or Finish
Grade
* Permit Area Boundary

Figure 3021 Setback Dimensions for Cut and Fill Slopes

1. Before commencing the excavation, the person making

or causing the excavation to be made shall notify in
writing the owners of adjoining building not less than
10 day s befo re such ex cavation is to be mad e and th ai
the adjoining building will be protected . Th e co ndition
of the adjoi ning buildi ng will be doc umented to include
pho tog raphs prior to excavat ion. Techni cal docume nts
pert ainin g to the prop osed underpi nning and
excavation pla n shal l be pro vided the owner o f the
adjacent propert y.
2. Unless it ca n shown through a detai led geotechnical
investigation that underpinning is unnecessary, any
person makin g or cau sing an excavation shal l protect
the excavation so that the soil of adjoining property
will not cave in o r settle,
302.4 Fills
302.4. 1 General
Unless otherwise reco mmended in the appro ved
geo tec hnical en gineering report. fills shall conform 10 the
provisions o f thi s se ction . III the absence of an approved
geotechnical e nginee ring repo rt. these prov isions may be
waived fo r min or fills Hot intend ed to support structures.
rill s to be used to support the founda tions of any building
or structure shall be placed in acco rdance with acce pted
eng inee ring practice. A geotec hnical inves tigation report
and a report o f satisfactory placement of fill. both
acce ptable to the bu ilding official. sha ll be submitted when
required by the building official.

In cases where the existing adjace nt building will have
more basem ents than the pro pose d building. the fou ndation
o f the proposed bui ldin g shou ld be designed so as not to
impa rt addit ional lateral ea rth pressures on the ex isting
bui lding (sec section 304.4) .
No fill or othe r s urcharge loads shall be placed adjace nt to
any buildi ng or structure unless such build ing or structu re is
capable o f with sta nding the add itional vertical and
horizontal load s c aused by the fill Of surcharge.
Fill slopes s hall not be construc ted on natural slopes sleeper
than I unit vertical in 2 un its horizontal (50% slope),
pro vided furthe r that benches shall be made -to key in the
subsequent fill material.

Association of Structural Engineers of the Philip pines

 CHAPTER 3 - Ge ne ral & Excavation a nd Fills 3-5

02.4.2 Prepara tion of G ro u nd
e ground surface shall be prepared to received fill by
moving vegetation, non-complying fill, top soil and other
liable materials by scarifying and benching in the case
sloping ground The existing ground surface shall be
quately prepared to receive fill by removing vegetation
any materi als, non-comp lying fill, topsoi l and other
'table materials, and by sca rifying to provide a bond
'with the new fill.
Where the natural slopes arc steeper than I unit verticat in 5
'units horizontal (20% slope) and the height is greater than
1.5 m, the grou nd surface shall be prep ared by benching
into sound bedroc k or other co mpetent . materi al as
detennincd by the geotechnical engineer. The bench under
the toe of a fill on a slope steeper than 1 unit vertical in 5
. units horizont al (20% s lope) shall be at least 3 m wide.
The area beyond the toe of fill shall be sloped to drain or a
paved drain shall be provided . When fill is to be placed
over a cut , the bench under the toe of fill shall be 31 least 3
III wide but the cut shall be made before placing the fill and
only afte r accep tance by the geo tec hnical enginee r as a
suitable foundation for fill.
302.4.3 Fill M a teri al
I
!
Any organic or deleter ious material shall be remov ed and
will not be permitted in fills. Except as permitted by the
be used based on AST M D5030 -04. A minim um of three
tests for every 50 0 m2 area should be performed for every
lift to verify compliance with compaction requirements.
302.4.5 Slop e
The slop e of fiIl surfaces shall be no steeper than is safe for
the intended usc. Fill slopes shall be no steeper than I unit
vertical in 2 units horizontal (50% slope) unless
substantiating slope stability analyses justifying steeper
slopes arc submitted and approved.
302.5 Se tbacks
302.5.1 Ge neral
Cut and fiIl slopes shaIl be set back from site bo undaries in
accordance with this section subject to verification with
detai led slope stability study. Setbac k dimen sion s sha ll be
horizontal distances measured perpendic ular to the site
boundary. Setba ck dimensions shall be as shown in Figure
302- 1.
302 .5.2 To p of CuI Slope
TIle top of cut slopes shall not be made nearer to a site
boundary line than one fifth of the vertical height of cut
with a minimum of 0.6 III and a maximum of 3 m. Thr
setback may need to be increased for any required
interceptor drains.

I geotech nical enginee r, no rock or si milar irred uci ble

material with a maximum dimension greater than 200 nun
302.5.3 Toe of F ill S lope

I
I
shall be burie d or placed ill fills.
The toe of fill slope shall be made not nearer to the site
boundar y line than one half the height of the slope with
l : ~xception : minim um of 0 .6 In and a maximum of 6 ru. W her e a fil.
~e pla cement of larger rock may be permitted when the
slope is 10 be located near the site boundary and tlu
adjacent off-site property is developed, special precautio n.
~.;~

I
geotechnical engineer properly de vises a method of
shall be incorporated in the work as the building o fficial
placement, and continuously inspects its placement and
deems necessary to protect the adjoining property Iron.
approves the fi ll stability. The f ollowing conditions shall
~ also apply: damage as a result of such grading. These precautions ma;
include but are not limited to:
1. Prior to issuance of the gradi ng pe rmit, pot ential rock
I. Add itional set backs .
disposal areas shall be delineated Oil the grading plan.
2. Provision for retaining or slough walls.
2. Rock sizes greater than 300 mm ill maximum
-.; ' dimension shall be 3 m or more below grade. measured 3. Mechanical stabilization or chemical treatment of I !;;"
vertically. rill slope surface to minimize erosion.
3. Rocks shall be placed so as to assure fillin g of all voids 4. Rockfall protection
with well-graded soil.
5. Provisions fo r the control o f surface wate rs.
302.4.4 C om p actio n
J02.5.4 M odifi ca tion or S lop e Lo cat io n
All fill s sha ll be com pacted in lifts not exceeding 200 nun
in thicknes s to a minimum or 95 percent of maximum The building official may approve al tern ate setbacks. Tl
bui Iding offic ial may require an investigation :~ : "
density as determined by ASTM Standard D- I557. In-
recommendation by a qualified geotechnical cngiucc-
place dcn xu y sh<l ll he determined in accordance with
de mon strate that the intent of this section has been sanst !c
AST M D- 1556 . )) -2 167. 0 -29 22 . )) -) 017 or eq uivalent.
For clean granular materials. the usc of the foregoing
procedures is inappropriate, Relative density criteria shall

1
N;l tlon;l i Snuc turat Code of tho Philippines 6 1\ Edition volum e 1
 3-6 CHAPTER 3 -- Gen era l & Excava tion and Fills
302.5 Drainage and Te r racing
302.5.1 General
Unless otherwise indicated on the approved grading plan,
drainage facilities and terracing shall conform to the
provisions of this section for cut or fill slopes steeper than 1
unit vertical in 3 units horizontal (33.3% slope).
302.5.2 Terrace
Terra ces at ICHSI 2 III in width shall be established at not
more than 10 III vertical inter vals o n all cut or fill slope s to
co ntrol s urf ace drainage and deb ris except that where only
o ne terrace is required, it shall be at mid-height. For cut o r
fill slopes greater than 20 m and up to 40 rn in vertical
heig ht. o ne terrace at approximately mid-height shall be 4
m in width. Terrace widths and spacing for cut and fill
slopes greater than 40 m in height sha ll be des igned by the
c ivil engineer and approved by the building official.
Suitable access shall be provided to permit proper cleaning
and maintenance.
Swales or ditches on terraces shall be des igned to
effectiv ely collect surface water and discharge to an outfall.
It shall have a minimum gradient of 0.5 percent and must be
paved with reinforced concrete not less than 75 mm in
thicknes s or an approved equal paving material.
A single run of swale or ditch shall not collect runoff from <I
tribu tary area exceeding 1,000 m 2 (projected area) without
discharging into a down drain.
30 2.5.3 Subsurface Drainage
Cut and fill slopes shall be provided with surface drainage
as necessary for stability.
302.5.4 Dis posa l
All draina ge facilities shall bc designed to carry waters to
the nearest practicable drainage way approved by the
building officia l or other appropriate ju risdiction as a safe
place to deposit such waters. Erosion of ground in the area
of discharge shall be prevented by installation of nOJ1 ~
erosive down drains or other devices or splash blocks and
sedimentation basins.
Building pads shall have a drainage gradient of 2 percent
toward appro ved drainage facilities, un less waived by the
building official.
Association of Stru ctural
Exception:
17,e gradient from the building pad may be I percent fr all
of the f ollowing conditions exist throughout ilu: permit
area:
1. No prop osed fi lls are greate r than 3 111 maximum dept h.
2. No prop osed fini sh cut or fill slope faces have a
vertical height in excess of 3 m.
3. No existing slope faces steeper than 1 unit vertical in
/0 units horizontal (10% slope) have a vertical height
ill excess of 3 m.
302.5 .5 Interceptor Dra ins
Paved or Lined interceptor drains shall be installed along
the top of alI cut slopes where the tributary drainage area
above slopes toward the cut has a draina ge path greater 1I1<1ll
12 an measured horiz.ontally. Interceptor drains shall be
paved with a minimum of 75 mm of concrete or gunitc and
reinforced. They shall have a minimum depth of 300 mm
and a minimum paved width of 750 mm measured
horizontally across the drain. The slope of drain shall be
approved by the building offi cial.
302.6 Erosion Control
302 .6.1 Slopes
The faces of cui and fill slopes shall be prepared and
maintained to co ntrol against erosion. This control may
consist of effective planting adapted to or indigenous to the
locality. T he protection for the slopes shall be installed as
soon as practicable and prior to calling for final approval.
Where cut slopes are not subj ect [ 0 erosion due to the
erosion-resistant character of the materials. such protection
may be om iucd .
302 .6.2 O ther Devices
Where necessar y, check dams, cribb ing. riprap or other
devices or methods shall be em ployed to control erosion
and provide safety.
E ng l ne (~ I s of the Pilili ppines
I
[:
I
I Additional studies may be necessary to evaluate soil
303.1 General
Foundation investigation shall be conducted and a
professional Report by a Registered Civil Engineer
experienced or knowledgeable in Soil Mechanics and
Foundations shall be submitted at each building site.
For structures to two stories or higher" it is recommended
that an exhaustive geotechnical study be performed to
evaluate in-situ soil parameters for foundation design and
analysis. It is recommended that a minimum of one
borehole per two hundred, 200 m2 of the structure's
footprint be drilled to a depth of at least 5 In into hard strata
or until a suitable bearing layer is reached unless otherwise
specified by the consulting geotechnical engineer. The total
number of boreholes per structure should be no less than 2
for structures whose footprints are less than 300 m2 and no
less than 3 for those structures with larger footprints.
For buildings with basements, it is recommended that the
depth of boring should extend to twice the least plan
dimension of the structure's footprint plus the depth of the
basement.
An exhaustive geotechnical investigation should also be
conducted in cases of questionable soils, expansive soils,
unknown groundwater table to determine whether the
existing ground water table is above or within 1.5 m below
the elevation of the lowest floor level or where such floor is
located below the finished ground level adjacent to the
foundation , pile foundations, or in rock strata where the
rock is suspected to be of doubtful characteristics or
indicate variations in the structure of the rock or where
solution cavities or voids arc expected to be present in the
rock.
The building official may require that the interpretation and
evaluation of the results of the foundation investigation be
made by a registered civil engineer experienced and
knowledgeable in the field of geotechnical engineering.
303.2 Soil Classification
For the purposes of this chapter, the definition and
classification of soil materials for usc in Table 304-1 shall
be according to ASTM D-2487.
Soil classification shall. be based on observation and any
necessary field or laboratory tests or the materials disclosed
by borings or excavations made in appropriate locations.
N81101l81 Structural Code of the Philippines
CHAPTER 3 - General & Excavation and Fills 3~7
strength, the effect of moisture variation on soil-bearing
capacity, compressibility, liquefaction and expansiveness.
303.3 Questionable Soil
Where the classification, strength or compressibility of the
soil are in doubt, or where a load bearing value superior to
that specified in this code is claimed, the building official
shall require that the necessary soil investigation be made.
303.4 Liqnefaction Study
The building official may require a Liquefaction evaluation
study in accordance with Section 303.6 when, during the
course of the foundation investigation, all of the following
conditions are discovered:
1. ShaJiow ground water, 2 m or less.
2. Unconsolidated saturated sandy alluvium (N < 15)
3. Seismic Zone 4.
Exception:
The building official may waive this evaluation upon receipt
of written opinion of a qualified geotechnical engineer that
liquefaction is not probable.
303.5 Expansive Soil
Soils meeting all four of the following provisions shall be
considered expansive, except that tests to show compliance
with Items I, 2 and 3 shall not be required if the test
prescribed in Item 4 is conducted:
I. Plasticity index (PI) of 15 or greater, determined in
accordance with ASTM 0 4318.and Liquid Limit> 50.
2. More than 10 percent of the soil panicles pass a No.
200 sieve (75 m), determined in accordance with
ASTM J) 422.
3. More than 10 percent of the soil particles are less than
5 micrometers in size, determined in accordance with
ASTM [) 422.
4. Expansion index greater than 20, determined in
accordance with ASTM 04829.
303.5.1 Design for Expansive Soils
Footings or foundations for buildings and structures
founded on expansive soils shall I;.> designed in accordance
with Section 1805.8.1 or 1805.8.2.
Footing or foundation design need not comply with Section
303.5.1 or 303.5.4 where the soil is removed in accordance
with Section 303.5.4, nor where the building official
approves stabilization of the soil in accordance with Section
3m55
o" Edition voru-nc 1
 3-8 CHAPTER 3 - General & Excavalion and Fills

303.5.5 Sta biliza tion

303.5.2 Fo unda tions Where the active l on e o f e xpansive soils is stabilized in lie u
Foot ings or fou nda tio ns placed on or within the active zo ne of design ing footi ngs or foundations in acco rdance wi th
of expansive soils shall be designed to resist differential Section 306 .2. the soil shall be stabilized hy chemica l
volume chan ges and 10 pre vent stru ctural dam ag e to the . treatm en t, dewaterin g . pre -saturation or equ ivale n t
support ed st ruc ture . Deflec tion and rack ing of the tec hniques .
supported sha ll be limited to that whi ch will not int erfere
with the usabilit y and serviceability of the structure. 303.6 Compressible Soils
If the borehol es show that the proposed structures are to be
Fou ndations placed belo w whe re vo lum e cha nge occurs or built abo ve co mpressible fine -graine d so ils (with N< 6), it
be lo w e xpansive so il shall comply with the foll ow ing is recommended that co nso lidation tes ts be perfo rmed in
pro visions: acco rdance wi th ASTM D 2435 to det ermine the settle me nt
I. Foundations ex ten din g into or penetrating expansive parame ters for the site.
so ils shall be design ed to preven t uplift o f the
supported struc ture. If wide , massive loads within the struc tu res to be bu ilt on
co mpressible fin e-grained so ils are to be e xpec ted fo r
2. Fou ndation s pe net rating exp ansive so ils shall be prolonged periods of time built, the sett le me nt effects o n
de sig ned Co res ist forces e xerted on the founda tio n due adja ce nt struct ures should be ev a luated as well.
to so il volume c hanges or sha ll be isolated from the
e xpa nsive soi l. 303.7 Reports
T he soil c lass ifica tion and desig n bear ing ca pacity sha ll be
303.5.3 Slab on G roun d Fouuda lio ns
shown on the pla ns , unless the foundation conforms to
Momen ts , shears and de f1 ections for usc in designing slab- Table 305- 1. Th e building offi c ial ma y requ ire submissio n
on-ground mat or raft foundations on ex pansive soils sh all of a written reran of the investigation, wh ich shall include,
be determi ned in ac cordance with W RJlCR S I Design of but need not be limited to, the followin g information:
Slab-an-Ground Foundations or PT I Standard
Require ments for Anal ysi s of Shallow Co ncre te I. A plot showing the loca tion of al l test bor ings and/ o r
Fou ndations on Expan sive So ils . Usi ng the mome nts, excava tion s .
she ars and defl ect ion s de termined a bove , prestressed slab s- 2. Descriptions a nd class ifica tion s of the materia ls
o n-ground , mat or ra ft fou nd ations o n expans ive so ils shal l encounte red .
be de signe d in acc ordance w ith PTJ Standard Requ ire ment s
for De sign of Sh allow Post-Ten sioned Con c rete 3. Ele va tion of the wate r table, if encou ntered .
Foundations all Expa ns ive Soils . It sha ll be permitted to 4. Recommendat ion s for fou ndat ion type and design
a nal yze and desig n suc h slabs by othe r met hod s that criteria, incl ud ing bearing capac ity, pro visions to
account for so il-s truc ture interact io n, the deformed sha pe of mitigate the effec ts o f di ffere ntia l settlements and
the soil support, the place or stiffened plate action of the expa ns ive so ils , pro vision s to mitigate the effec ts of
s lab as well as both center lift a nd ed gc lift cond itio ns . liquefac tio n an d soil stre ngth, prov isio ns for specia l
Su c h alte rnati ve methods sha ll be rational a nd the basis for foundatio n so lutio ns and gro und improve ment , and th e
all aspec ts and parame te rs of the met hod shall be a va ilable effects of adj ace nt load s.
for peer re view.
5. Expected to tal and differential settl e ment.
303.5.4 Removal of Expansive Soil 6. Laborat or y test results or so il sam ples.
W he re expansive so il is rem ov ed in licu o f desi gning
7. Field bore hole log c onta ining the follow ing
fo otings o r Ioundmic ns in accordance with Sec tion 302.3.2,
information
the soil s hall be removed to a de pth su ffic ient to ensure a
co ns ta nt moi st ure co nte nt in the rem aini ng soil. Fill a) Project locati on
mate rial sha ll not contai n ex pan si ve soi ls a nd sha ll co mp ly b) Depth of horehole
with Sec tion 302 .3.3. c) G round e levation
d) G round w ate r tab le eleva tion
Exception:
c) Date sta rted and finis hed
Expansive soil need not be remo ved to the depth of constant
moisture, provided the confini ng pressure in the expansive T he soil cla ssification and des ign -bea ring capacity shall be
soil created by the fi ll and suppo rted structure exceeds the shown o n the plans , un less the founda tion con for ms to
swell pressure. Tab le 305- 1.

As s ociation o f Struct ura l Engine e rs of the Philippine s

 CHAf' lHl 3 - General & Excavation and Fills :,-9

When expansive soils Me present, the building official may

Table 3033 Geophysical Tests
require that special provisions be made in the foundation
design and construction to safeguard against damage due to Field Test ASTM O utpu t Data I
this expansiveness. The building official may require a Deslz nation Parameter Obtained
special investigation and report to provide these design and
construction criteria.
Geophysica l Tests
Table 303-2 Laboratory and field Tests Seismic refract ion
Laboratory I
Field Test
I ASTM/Tes
Dcsiana uon
' I Ou tput Dat a I
Pa rameter Ob tained
Seismic D5777-00 Maps subsurface
reflect ion geologic conditions,
Classification ofSoils lithologic units and
fractures.
Moisture content D2216-05 Moisture! water
con tent Gro und D7128 Maps lateral
Pcnctrating continuity of
Grain size D422-63 Soil gradation
Radar lit hologic units and
analysis
detects changes in
Auerberg Limits D43 18-05 Liquid limit. plastic
the acoustic
limit
properties of
USCS D2487-00 Classification of
subsurface
soils
aeomatcrials.
Specific Gravity D854-05 Snecific gravity
Crosshole D6432 99 p-wave and s-wave
Shrinkage Limit D427-04 Shrinkaec limit velocity
seismic survey
Organic Maller D2974-00 Moisture content. ash determinat ion.
content and percen t
elastic moduli
orea nic mailer in soil
de te rm inatio n
Swedish W ei ght JlS N,w-valuc indicating,
und rai ned soil shear Gco-rcsistivity D4428 Corrosion Potential
Soundi ng T est A 122 1:2002
strcnath Survey of soils. Electrical

I, UCT Tw (Soils)
Tri-axial
Test)
(UU
D2 I66-00
D2850 -03a
Strength parameters
Strength parameters
grounding,
stratigraphic studies

I Tri-axial (CU D4767-04 Strength parameters 303.XSoil Tests

I
I
Test)
Oedomete r ( I-D
Consolidation)
D2435-04 Consolidation
naramctcrs
Tab les 303-2 and 303-3 summar ize the commonly used
field and laborator y (CSIS needed in determining the in-situ
soil parameters for usc in foundation design and analysis,
! Laborato ry Vane D4648-05 Strength parameters
S hear J0 3.9 Liquefact ion Potenti al and Soil Strength Loss
Direct S hea r D3080-04 Strength parameters
Test When required by Section ] <n .3, the potential for soil
UCT for Intact D2938-95 Strength parameters liquefaction and soil strength loss during earthquakes shall
Rock he evaluated during the geotechnical investigation. The
Standard D1586-99 N-valuc geotechnical eva luation shall assess potential liquefaction
Penetration Test susceptibility potential consequences of any liquefact io n
Modified Proctor D1557*02 Maximum dry and soil strength loss, includ ing estimation of differential
Test dcnsitv se ttlem en t. late ral movement or reduction in fou ndation
Stand ard PnK'(Or D698-00a Maximum dr y so il-beari ng ca pac ity , an d discuss mitigating measures.
T c st de nsity Such measures shall he given consideration in the design of
the building and may include, but arc not lim ited to, gro und
Field Density D I S5o0n Maximum dry
stabilization. se lec tio n o f" ap pro priat e foundation type a nd
Test density
!-:::
C:7:IJ':'R:-I:--'-:
lh- l:::-es-t- - - 1)-1X-,X
-,3-()5--- -C
-:I-
l/-l- -- - -- --- de pths. se lectio n o f appropr iate struct ural syste ms to
;H.TOIllIllIHI;lte autici pntcd displacements. or ;my
Cone Pcnctnni on DJ44/ 05 So il SlJl'IIJ;lh
coutbinaucn o f these me asures .
Tc~!- _~ ... .__._.. .._~ __.J.~;~~l C~.!::~ ..._... ..~ __
The potential for lique faction and soi l strength loss shall \J; '
evaluated for a s ire peak ground acceleration (hat, as
mininuu n. con forms to tile probability o f c xcccdano-
specified in Section 20K.6. 2 . PC..ik ground acce le ration m.:.
 3-10 CHAPTEli 3 ._. General & Excavation and Fills

be determined based on a site-specific study taking into

account soil amplification effects.

In the absence of such a study, peak ground acceleration

may be assumed equal to the seismic zone factor in Tabl'e
208-3.

303.10 Adjacent Loads 304.1 From Geotechnical Site Investigation and

Where footings arc placed at varying elevations, the effect
of adjacent loads shall be included in the foundation design.
303.11 Drainage
Provisions shall be made for the control and drainage of
surface water around buildings and ensure that scour will
not threaten such structures through adequate embedment.
(Sec also Section 305.5.5).
303.12 Pillte Load Test
The plate load test is generally used for determination of
soil subgradc properties for rigid foundations. If used for
building foundations, it must be emphasized that the Depth
of Influence is only up to twice the width of the test plate,
Care must be used when extending the results to deeper
depths.
Assessment
The recommended allowable foundation and 1;,1' '.,:
pressures shall be estimated from a reasonab' y
geotechnical site investigation and assessment, which shall
include at least the following:
a) Description or regional geologic charactcristicx:
b) Characterization of in-situ geotechnical conditions;
c) Factual report on the in-situ and laboratory :c:;I::
performed to characterize the site tSc-.' '\,'clinn
303.7 for a list of in-situ and laix.r.uory IC:';(~
commonly carried out for geotechnical site
characterization) ;
d) Disclosure of the assumptions and tile .tpplicab!c
analytical or empirical models used in
the allowable foundation and lateral pre.',' ii C'-;
e) Calculations carried out and Factor til' ;!:'.~')
assumed in arriving at the recommended allovvablc
foundation and lateral pressures; and
f) Evaluation of existing potential geologic haZ;\Fds
and those that may be induced or triggered by the
construction/installation of the structure.

The geotechnical site investigation and assessment shall be

performed by a registered civil engineer experienced and
knowledgeable in the field of geotechnical engineering,

A geotechnical investigation and assessment shall be

presented in a report. The report. together with a brief
resume and a sworn statement of accountability of 'I Je
geotechnical engineering consultant who prepared :i, 11
be included in the submittals to be reviewed and c.xan. -d
by the building official or government authority in ch:lr,:.~,c.
of issuing the relevant permits such as cnvironm: .tul
compliance certificate and/or building permit.

304.2 Presumptive Load-Bearing and Lateral Resisting

Values
When no exhaustive geotechnical site assessment and
investigation is performed, especially when no in-situ or
very limited tests arc carried nut, the prcsumpriv- Io.al-
bearing and lateral resisting values provided in Table ,'w I
shall be used, Usc of these values requires that the
foundation design engineer has, at the least, c.uricd oi.: iii]
inspection of the site and has become familiar with tile
predominant soil or rock characteristics or the site.

Association of Structural Lnqincc:rs of the Philippines

 CHAF)TEn 3 ~- General & Excavation and F:ills 3-11

Presumptive load-bearing values shall apply 10 materials 304.3 Minimum Allowab le Pr essures,
with similar physical characteristics and dispositions, Mud, The recommended allowable foundation and lateral values
prganic silt, organic clays, peat or unprepared fill shall not shall be with the allowable stress design load combinations
be assumed to have a presump tive load-bearing capacity s pecified in Section 203.4.
unless data from a geotech nical site assessment and ,
.[ investigation to substantiate the use of such it value arc
submiued.
304.4 Fo undat ions Adjacent to Existi ng
.,i Retainin g/Basement \ Valls
In cases where the adjacent building will have more
For clay, sandy clay, silty cla y and clayey silt, in no case
basements than the proposed building, the foundation of the

II
shaH Ihe lateral sliding resistance exceed euc-ha! f the dead
proposed building should be designed so as not to impart
load.
additionall ateral earth pressures on the existing building.
It is (he responsib ility of the eng ineer-of-record 10
.' determinc the applicability of these presumptive values for
I
the Project.
t Table 304 t Allowable Foundation and Lateral Pressure
Lateral

I r;
Cl ass of l\!1ate ri a ls'
Allowab le
Founda tion
Pressure'
Bearing
Uclow Nat ura l
Grad e"
{kf' a/m of
Late r a l Slid ing'

Coefficicnls
Resist ance"

I
( k Pa )
d <,pt h ) (kPa)

I- Mass.i ve Crystalline Bedrock 200 200 0.70

f --
i 2. Sedimentary and Fo liated Rock 100 60 0.35 -

I
3. Sand y Grave l and lor Gra vel (GW & GP) 100 30 0.35

4. Well-grad ed Sand. Poo rly-gra ded Sand, Silt y Sand,

C layey Sand, Silt y G ravel and Claye y Gravel (SW, 75 25 0.25
S P, SM, SC, GM and GCl
5. COlay, Sandy Cl ay, S ilty C lay and Clayey Silt (CL. ML.
50 " 15 , - 7
M i l, and CIl )
.._- ---- -- - ....... . __..._----- .- - ~ - _ . _ --_ ._ ..
L _ _._ __ _ ___ ._
A geatccltnicalsite investigation is recommendedfor soil rla ssifi ("(/ tirl/l ( f?(fl'l" /0 Sei"lioll .W.!).
A flll a!/It's of allo wahle [ aundatian pre ss ure (lJ~' fOl" fiw till,t:.,{ IUII'illg auuuinunu II"Idt h (If J (X) mmnnd ([ millimum de'plh (~r .1001/1/11 illfO IIU'I/aluml grnde.
Exc ept as nosed in Foo tno te 'a ', an increase of 20% is aiiawcd for each udduional .100m", oj 11';,1111 (///(//01'depth ttl II maximum value oj Ih l"('e' tlll//'.\ thr
designated value. A /I inc rease of one-third i.{ pe rmitted \.-Ilt'/ I using II/{' a ltl ' /' //(I(" lom / omdJifll llio ll J ill Scctinn 203.4 that include wind n r clInhql/(/Kt.'
loads.
The resistance values derived f rons the tahle 1lI"(' /Jt'171Iiut',1 to be increased hy ,I/(, ill/m Ill" 1'01,,1.' fi' " l'ud , m/dltir"' (l/ .WOmill l~f delJth to II maxilllum of 15
limes the tabular value . lsolcued poles fo r UJCS s((ch as j /aK{}()/es or ,rig llJ (//1( / pales 11.1"('(/ /0 suppan hllildill}i.\ tluu nrc not ad l'(,l"w ly (~Ifi.' ("/ nl hy a /2 11111/
1II00iO/l at me ground surjoce due {() shart.term lateral loads are pfl'miff('(! /0 /u' aesignod IH illg /a/cml.hc'urillg values eql/al 10 (\I'O l illle .\" 111(' It/lmllll
1'<11/1('.\ .
I ..cnernl hca l"i',g ' II/ll .didill,t:. 1"(' .\ i.{flI/lCC' rnav 1)(' ..,,,,,hi"" II.
Co('//iI'iI'1I 1 to be multiplied hy the dead toad.
f.,at(~ "111 .d id i ll g resis tance value to 1,(' IIIlIltl/,/in l hy tl,t' cm l1(l("/ (l1('1I. I" 110 n ul' _
, Im ll lllt' l ot l'rtll .l /itling resistance l' In ',,,1 {1/l(' . IIl1~f 1111' ,h'"d 11IC/(1.
No in rr('/u'l' .dwlllJ('attowedfor all increase o( lt'idlll.

r
I
!
I
II
f

I
l
 3 12 CHAPTEH 3 - General & Excavation and Fills

305.2.1 Design Load s

Foot ings shall be design edfor the most un favorable load
effects due' to co mbinations of loads . The dead load is
permi tted to inclu de the weight of fou ndation s. footings
305.1 General and overlying fi ll. Reduced live loads as permitte d in the
Footings and foundations shall be constructed of masonry. Chapter on Loadin gs are perm itted to be used in the
conc rete or trea ted woo d in COn f0 n11UnCe with Chapte rs 4 , design of footings.
6 and 7. Footi ngs of concre te and masonr y sha ll be of
so lid mate rial. Foun da tion s su ppo rting wood shall exte nd 305.2.2 Vibratory Loads
a t least 150 mill above the adjacent finish grade. Footi ngs Where machi nery o perat ions o r other vibratory loads o r
shall have a mini mum de pth as ind icated in T able 3051, vibrations are transmi tted to the foundations,
unless another dept h is warranted , as esta blished by a consideration shall be gi ve n in the report to address the
fo undat ion investigati on. fou ndation design to pre vent det rime ntal disturbances ( 0
the soil due to vibrato ry load ings.
The provisions of this section do n OI apply to building and
foundat ion syste ms in those areas subj ec t ( 0 scour and Dyn ami c Soi l Prop erti es shall be inclu ded where required .
wate r pressure by wi nd a nd wave action. Buildings and
foundations subject to such loads shall be designed in
accordance with appro ved nati ona l sta ndard s. 305.3 Bearing Walls
T ab le 3051 Minimum Requi reme nts for Foundations /,2.J
Bearing walls shall be supported on masonry or
-- - _ .. reinforced concrete fou nd ation s or piles or othe r
Number of T hickness of Dep th permitted found at ion system that shall be of sufficient
Width Th ickness Below
Floors Foundation Wall s ize to support all loads.
_......__
of of Undistur bed
Sup ported (m m )
by the
. Fooling Foolin g Gr ound
-~;ii~-
(mm ) [m m] Surface Where a design is not pro vided . the mi nimum foundation
Fou ndat ions Concrete (m ill) ~
1--._ - \ - -. Maxcnrv req uire ments for stud bearing wall s shall be as set forth in
I 150 150 300 150 300 Table 305- 1, unle ss exp ansive so ils o f a seve rity to cause
, . ..... . ... . . ... _. . _". , .. different ial movem en t are know n 10 exist.
2 200 200 375 175 450 Exceptions:

3 250 250 450 200 600 I. A one -sto ry wood or metal-frame building not used
.. f or human occupancy and not over 40 tIl in fl oor
I\ '/wn ' IIIIU I//(,{ n mdlflol/.\ (I re [ouud. ffJOI"'.~ .\ fi lU l/I l (/ 1I0 ll J -fllalJ
(I I/(/
a rea may be constructed with wails suppo rted 0 11 (J
he' as rrqu irrd ill St,,'fil m 305. I.
T",. /:uI/II /(1 nude r II/(, }lollr m ay b l' ('xC(l\'{II( '(1 1d tl"r ("/<-I'(l l io " I~r fll ,' wood foundation plate permanently under the wate r
f{lfl f~f f lit' fl/fl/ill/:. tab le when permitted by the building officia l.
, !-'of(l/(Iatitm may support a ro of ill m ld i/ioll III lil t' stipula trd IIIlmhcI"
of fl oor.f. Foundations .Ulpp o r fiflg mol\' only J//(/II he ns rrqu irrd filT 2. The suppo rt of buildings by posts embedded in earth
\llp/lo f f; ng emr floo r . shall be de signed as specified in Section 305.7. Wood
111(" (Irplh of rlllh('c/l/J('1I1 1/1I0 f a /ll'oyJ In' teto w pOle-lliiof dl'W" of posts or poles emb edded in earth shall be pr essure
,\"I' m l l"
treated with an app roved p reservati ve. Steel posts or
po les shall be protected as spe cified ill Section
305.2 Footin g Design
306. 10.
Except for spec ial pro vision s o f Section 307 co ve ring {he
design or piles. .11 1 port ions o f footings shall he des igned 305.4 Stepped Foun dat ions
in acco rdance w ith the structural provisio ns or this code
Foundatio ns for all bu ild ings whe re the surface of the
and shall hc designed to..-millimil.c differe ntial settle me nt
gro und slo pes more than I unit vert ical in 10 units
wh e n necessa ry and the effect s o f expan sive so ils w h,..~ 11
horizontal ( 10% s lope) shall be leve l Of shall he stepped
prese nt.
so tha t both top and botto m of such fo undation a rc level.

S lub-on -gnulc and mal type footin gs for huild ings located
o n ex pa ns ive so ils lila )' be des ign ed in acc ord ance with
t he geotech nic al recomme ndation as pe rmi tted hy thc
bui ldin g official.

! \'SSOCi:l ll(1I 1 o f S lrllCIU(rl l E nq llw e rs o f lh(~ Phi lip pine :;


Top of Slope
F3CC of Suucterc
Hn but
<: need
exceed
nol
4.501 max.
) l tr
Of.5
.'.1.0.P"
Figure 305- 1 Set back Dimen sions for DuiJding Clearance from Slope s
,.1----- -- -- - -- -- - -- -- - -- - - - -- - -- -- - - - -- ------'
305.5 Footings on or Adjacent to Slopes
305.5.1 Scope
The placement of buildings and struc tures O il or adjace nt
to slopes sleeper than I unit vertical in 3 units horizontal
(33.3% slope) shall be in accordance with this section.
305.5.2 Building Clearance from Ascen ding Slopes
In general, buildings below slopes shall be set a sufficient
distance from the slope to provide protection from slope
drainage, Sco ur erosion and shallow failures. Except as
provided for in Section 305.5.6 and Figure 305- 1. the
following criteria will be assumed to provide this
protection. Where the existing slope is Sleeper than I unit
vertical in I unit horizontal ( 100% slope), thc toe of the
slope shall be assumed 10 be at the intersection of a
horizonta l plane drawn from the top of the foundation and
a plane drawn tangent to the slope at an angle of 45
degrees to the horizontal. where a retaining wall is
constructed at the toe of the slope, the height of the slope
shall be measured from the top of the wall to the top of
the slope .
305.5.3 Footing Se tback fro m Descend ing Slope
Surface
Footings on or adjacent 10 slope surfaces sha ll be founded
in firm material with an embedment and setback from the
slope surface sufficient to provide vertical and latera l
SUppOl1 for u.e fooling w itho ut detrimental settlement.
Except as provided for in Section 305.5.6 and Figure 305-
I, the following setback is deemed adequate to meet the
criteria . Where the slope is steeper than I unit vertical in
I unit horizontal ( 100% slope ). the required setback shall
be measu red From all imaginary plane 45 deg rees to the
hori zo ut ul, project ed upwa rd fro m the toe of the slope.
No t.on a! SlruClul";-l1Cod e o f the Pll iJIPPHlCl S (3t1 , Edition Vol ume 1
CHAP TER 3 -- Gen e ral & Excav ation and Fills 3-13
Face of Fooling
~:
~ -
(~~7-::U~-)!
V--),.. .-- . ';:';';
H/3 but need not
exceed 12 III max. I
H
_ _ _ _ .Y_. _
305.5.4 Pools
The setback between pools regulated by this code and
slopes shall be equ al 10 one half the building fooling
setback distance required by this section. That por tion of
the pool wall within a horizontal distance of 2 III from the
top of the slope shall be capable of supporting the water
in the pool without soil support .
305.5.5 Fou nda tion Elevation
On graded sites, the top of any exterior foundation shall
extend above the elevation of the street gutter at point of
discharge or the inlet of all approved drainage device a
minimuni of 300 mill plus 2 percent. The building official
may permit al tcrnute elevations. provided it call be
demonstrated that req uired drainage to the point of
discharge and away from the structure is provided at all
locations on the site.
305.5.6 Alternate Setback and Clearance
The building officia l may approve alternate setbacks and
clearances, The building official may requir e an
investigation and recommendation of a qualified engineer
to demonstrate that the intent of this section has been
satisfied. Such an investigation shall include
consideration of materia l, height of slope, slope gradient,
load intensity and erosion characteristics of slope
material.
305 .6 Found ati on Plates or Sills
Wo o d plates or sills s ha ll be bolted to the fou nd atio n 01
foundation wall. Steel bolls with a minimum nominal
diameter of 12 nun shall be used in Seismic Zone 2. Steel
holts with a minimum nominal diameter of 16 mm shall
he used in Seismic Zone 4 . Bolts shall be embedded at
least 180 mill into the concre te or maso nry and sl);:lll be
spaced not more than 2 m apart. There shall be a
minimum of two bolls per piece with O IlC- boll located nor
 3 14 CHAPTEn 3 _. General & Excavation and Fills
m ore than Jon
mill or less tha n seve n bolt diameters from
each en d of the piece . A properly size d nut and washer
sha ll bc tightened 011 each bo lt to the plate. Fo undation
plates and sills shall be the kind o f wood speci fied in
Chapter 6.
305. 7 Design s Em ploying Lat eral Hea rin g
305.7 .1 Ge nera l
Constru ct io n employing posts or pol es as columns
e m bedde d ill eart h or e mbedded in concre te footin gs in
th e e arth may be use d and des igned 10 res ist both axial
and latera l loads . T he dep th to resis t latera l load s sha ll be
de te rm ined by mea ns of the design c rite ria e stab lished
her e in or o ther met hod s appro ved by the building offic ial.
305.7.2 Design Cri teria
305 .7.2.1 Non-cunstralucd
T he fo llowi ng formu la may be used in de termining the
dept h of embed ment req uir ed to res ist late ral loa ds where
no constrai nt is prov ided at the gro und surface, such as
r ig id 1100ror rigid ground surface P:l\ emc nr.
( f ---T )
d=2'A 1+ I + -
4311
whe re :
2.3 I'
A brac ing is pro vid ed .
Sib
h = di a mete r of round post or foo{ing or diagonal
d imen s ion of sq uare pos t o r rooting. III
d = depth of em be dm ent in earth in m hut not ove r 3.5
III for purpose o f co m puting latera l pre ssu re. J1l
" = di stan ce fro m ground surfac e to point o f
application of P, m
P lateral force. kN
-x: app lied
S, = allowable lateral soil-bearing pressure as set fort h
in Tab le 304- 1 based o n a de pth o f o ne third the
dept h of embedment, kf'a
'')'1 = allowabl e later a l soi l-bea ring press ure as se t fo rth
in Ta ble 304- 1 based on a depth equal to the depth
o r em be dm e nt. kPa
J05.7.2.2 Cons tra tucd
T he follo win g Ionuuln ma y be used to determine the
depth of embe dme nt required 10 resist lateral load s where
co nstrain t is pro vid ed at the grou nd sur face , suc h as a
rig id floor o r pave me nt.
/i-;,snClil !IOi) o f
305.7.2.3 Vertica l loa d
T he resistan ce to ve rtica l load s is dc tcrmi nc. t I":", ;:,c
a llo wable soil-bearing pressure se t f01111 in ' b ~ +' ::' "
305.7 .3 ll a ekfill
The backfill in the annular space around colum n not
embedded in poured foo tings shall be by one of the
following meth ods :
1. Bac kfi ll shall be of co ncrete with an ultimarc slrcng lh
of 15 MPa a t 28 da ys . The hol e shall no t be k.;~; rh an
100 nun larger th an the diamet er o f the col umn ::( its
bott om o r 100 m m larger than ~ h <' ~ ;: : " .: D B <:!
dimension of a sq uare or rectang ul ar CO IU!llIl.
2. Bac kfill sha ll be o f clean sa nd . The sand shall be
thoroughly compacted by tamp ing in layers not more
than 200 mm in thickness.
305.7.4 Limi ta tlons
Th e de si gn procedure o utli ned in th is sectio n shall be
subj ec t to the follow ing limi tati on s:
305.7.4.1 T he frictional res istance for retaining walL(; an d
slabs on silt s and clays shall be limited to one half ur the
normal fo rce imposed on the soil by the we igh t of th e
(305 1) footing or slab.
305.7 .4.1 I'OS!S e mbe dde d in ea rth shall no! be nsed 10
pro vide lat eral s upport for struc tura l o r non slructu ral
mat eri als suc h as plaster. masonry or concre te unle ss
305.8 Grilla ge Footings
W hen grillage foot in gs of stru c tura l ste e l shapes arc used
o n soils, the y shall be co m pletely embedded in concrete.
Concrete cover shall be at least 150 nu n o n the botto m
and at least 100 mill at all ot he r points .
305. 9 Bleacher Foo lings
Footings for o pe n-air se ating faci litie s shalf co m ply with
C hapter 3.
Exceptions:
Temporary open -air portable bleachers may be .mppo! ::.r/
upon wood sills or steel plates placed directly UpOIi the
gm uflil surface. provided soil pressure does not cxr.rcd
50 kPo.
005 2 )
~ ! !i i ( l ur ; l l Enq llll;nrs o f !11r; Pt lIIIPPII"W;.';

.1 General
foundations shall be designed and installed on the
basis of a foundation investigation as defined in Section
303 where required by the building official.
The investigation and rCpO!1 provisions of Section 303
shall be expanded to include, but not be limited to, the
. following:
Recommended pile types and installed capacities.
Driving criteria.
Installation procedures.
Field inspection and reponing procedures (to include
procedures for verification of the installed bearing
capacity where required).
Pile load test requirements.
The usc of piles not specifically mentioned in this chapter
shall be permitted, subject to the approval of the building
official upon submission of acceptable lest data,
calculations or other information relating to the properties
and load-carrying capacities of such piles.
306.2 Interconnection
Individual pile caps and caissons of every structure
subjected to seismic forces shall be interconnected by tic
Beams. Such tic beams shall be capable of resisting, in
tension or compression, a minimum horizontal force equal
to 10 percent of the largest column vertical load.
Exception:
Other approved methods mav be used 'where it can be
demonstrated that equivalent restraint can be provided.
306.3 Determination of Allowable Loads
The allowable axial and lateral loads on piles shall be
determined by an approved formula, by a foundation
investigation or by load tests. Static axial compressive
pile load test shall be in accordance with ASTM Standard
D-l14J, and lateral load testing of piles shall conform to
ASTM Standard 1)-3966. Dynamic pile tests shall be in
accordance with ASTM Standard D-4945. Static axial
t~nsilc load testing to determine the uplif capacity of
pile-soil systems shall be in accordance with ASTM
Standard l)-36S9.
Nauonat Structural Codo of the Philippines 6: Edition Volume 1
CHAPTEFi 3 - General & Excavation and Fills 31 b
306.4 Static Load Test
Static axial compressive pile load test shall be in
accordance with ASTM Standard D-ll43. Performance of
the load test require that the test be conducted under the
supervision of a registered civil engineer experienced and
knowledgeable in the practice of static pile load testing.
When the allowable axial compressive load of a single
pile is determined by a static load test, one of the
following methods shall be used:
Method 1. It shall not exceed 50 percent of the yield
point under test load. The yield point shall be defined as
that point at which an increase in load produces a
disproportionate increase in settlement.
Method 2. It shall not exceed one half of the load, which
causes a net seulcmcnt. after deducting rebound, of
O.03mm/kN of test load, which has been applied for a
period of at least 24 hours.
Method 3. It shall not exceed one half of that load under
which, during a 40-hour period of continuous load
application, no additional settlement takes place.
306.5 Dynamic Load Test
High-strain dynamic load lest may be used to determine
the bearing capacity of piles, in accordance with ASTM
Standard 0-4945. It is required that the test be conducted
by a registered civil engineer experienced and
knowledgeable in the practice of pile dynamic load
testing.
306.6 Column Action
All piles standing unbraccd in air, water or material not
capable of lateral support shall conform to the applicable
column formula as specified in this code. Such piles
driven into finn ground may be considered fixed and
laterally supported at 1.5 m below the ground surface and
in son material at 3 III from the ground surface unless
otherwise prescribed by the building official after a
foundation investigation by an approved agency.
306.7 Group Action
Consideration shall be given to the reduction of allowable
pile load when piles are placed in groups.
Where soil conditions make such load reductions
advisable or necessary, the allowable axial and lateral
loads determined for a single pile shall be reduced by any
rational method or formula submitted to the building
official.
1
',